Blog

Physics teaches us about many things and makes life easier. Making the tools we use in everyday life refers to the laws of physics. For example, nail clippers apply simple plane theory.

Most of us will feel bored and dizzy when studying physics. This is due to the large number of formulas and the complexity of how to calculate the numbers. However, basically physics will be easy to learn by understanding the basic concepts.

One of the physics that is often taught is pressure. Various pressures, uses of pressure, various pressure calculations, and others. So, what exactly is pressure? What does it do? What types?

To find out the pressure, You can listen to the following explanation.

Definition, Formulas, and Pressure Units

Pressure is the magnitude of the strong pushing force. In the SMP and MTs Integrated Science book for Class VIII semester 2 written by Lutfi, et al, pressure is the magnitude of the force acting on each unit surface area. Pressure can occur because of a push on an object in a perpendicular direction.

Pressure is related not only to force, but also to area, temperature, and volume. The international unit of pressure is the newton per unit area (N/m ² ). While the symbol P or p. In addition, another unit of measurement for pressure is Pascal (Pa) which is the last name of the physicist, Blaise Pascal.

Then it can be stated that 1 N/m ² = 1 Pa

The magnitude of pressure is a derivative of the principal quantities, length, and time. In addition, pressure is a vector quantity, but is expressed in numbers or values. Basically the pressure formula as below.

P = F/A

Information:

P = pressure in Pascals

F = force in newtons

A = surface area in m ^{2 units}

Types of Pressure

Pressure has several types as follows.

1. Pressure Solids

In solids that are given a thrust from above, pressure will arise. The greater the area of ​​the press field, the smaller the pressure. Therefore, the factors that affect the amount of pressure are the pressure force and the area of ​​the field.

The formula for the pressure of a solid is as follows.

P = F/A

Information:

P = pressure in Pascals

F = force in newtons

A = surface area in m ^{2 units}

2. Liquid Pressure

Liquid pressure is also known as hydrostatic pressure. Hydro means static water in still water conditions. This pressure occurs because of the weight of the water which makes the liquid exert pressure. The pressure of a liquid depends on the depth of the liquid in a chamber and gravity also determines the pressure of the water.

The formula for liquid pressure is as follows.

P = p xgxh

P = hydrostatic pressure (Pascal or N/m ² )

p = density of liquid (kg/m ² )

g = acceleration due to gravity (10 m/s ² )

h = depth of liquid (meters), calculated from the surface of the water to the depth of the object.

3. Gas Substance Pressure

Earth has a protective layer in the form of an atmosphere. This layer extends up to 1000 km above the earth and has a mass of 4.5 x 1018 kg. The mass of the atmosphere pressing on the surface is called atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric pressure at sea level is 76 cmHg.

Every place has a different air pressure. Gas in a closed space will apply Boyle’s law, namely the pressure and volume of gas are constant or fixed as long as the temperature of the gas is still the same.

The gas formula in a closed room is as follows.

px V = constant

p1 x v1 = p2 x v2

The mixed gas formula is as follows.

(p1 x v1) – (p2 x v2) / (v1 + v2)

Information:

p1 = initial atmospheric pressure (atm)

v1 = initial volume (m ³ )

p2 = final atmospheric pressure (atm)

v2 = final volume (m ³ )

Factors Affecting the Amount of Pressure

The factors that affect the amount of pressure are the compressive force and the area. The following is a more detailed explanation of these two factors.

1. Press Force

The compressive force is a vector quantity that has a direct value. The compressive force is applied perpendicular to the compression plane. The amount of pressure is influenced by the compressive force. The greater the compressive force given, the greater the pressure generated.

For example, when trying to drive a nail into the wall by hand it will never stick. This is caused by the compressive force generated by the hand is very small.

Unlike the hammer, when using a hammer, nails will be stuck in the wall easily. This is caused by the hand-driven hammer having a greater compressive force.

2. Area of ​​Press

The influence of the compressive field area can be seen from the pressure formula. Of which, the compression area (A) is the denominator. Meanwhile, the compressive force (F) is the quantifier.

This means that the compressive force is perpendicular to the pressure force. Thus, the area of ​​the compressive field is inversely proportional to the amount of pressure. The wider a field of pressure, the smaller the pressure generated.

A given compressive force can produce different effects. It depends on the pressure field. The same compressive force will provide greater pressure on the compressed area with a smaller area.

For example in the use of fingers and syringes. Hand needles have a larger surface area than syringe needles. When both are given the same compressive force, the resulting pressure will be different.

When the finger of the hand is given a compressive force to suppress someone’s hand, the pressure exerted is small. This is due to the large surface area. Meanwhile, when the syringe is given a compressive force of the same magnitude to suppress someone’s hand. So, it can penetrate the person’s skin.

This can happen because the area of ​​the syringe press is smaller than the area of ​​the press of the fingers. All of the applied force is concentrated into a very small area on the sharp end of the needle.

The same compressive force on the area with a wider distribution on the fingers will produce a smaller pressure.

The Benefits of Pressure in Everyday Life

Pressure is very useful for everyday life. Here are some tools or objects that use pressure as their working principle.

• Hydraulic pump to help wash the car.
• The soles of the shoes are made flat to apply minimal pressure to the floor so they don’t poke into the floor.
• Small dots under the football boots to put a lot of pressure on the ground. So, ball players can tread firmly on the ground and not slip easily.
• The tips of the nails are made sharp to apply great pressure and easily stick into boards, wood or walls.
• The ax is made sharp to increase the pressure making it easier for carpenters to cut or split wood.
• The blade is made thin to apply great pressure to the object so that it is easy to cut.
• The base of the table is made flat to provide little pressure on the floor. So, don’t stab the floor.
• The tip of the needle is made sharp so that it exerts great pressure and makes it easier to puncture.

Example of a Pressure Problem

The following are examples of questions that can be used as learning references by You in learning pressure.

1. Determine the hydrostatic pressure of water at a depth of 5 meters (ρ = 1,000 ^kg / _m ³ ) and the acceleration due to gravity is 10 ^m / _s ² .

Answer:

Is known:

h = 5 meters

ρ = 1000 ^kg / _m ³

g = 10 ^m / _s ²

Asked:

p _h ……..?

Completion:

p _h = ρ . g. h
= 1,000 . 10 . 5
= 50,000 ^N / _m ² or Pa, or
= 50 kPa (kPa = kilopascal)

2. The pressure of the liquid is 3,000 Pa, the height of the liquid is 30 cm, what is the density of the liquid?

Answer:

Is known:

p = 3,000 Pa

h = 30 cm = 0.3 m

Asked:

ρ….?

Completion:

p _h = ρ . g. h
3.000 = ρ . 10 . 0.3
ρ = ^3,000 / ₃
ρ = 1,000 ^kg / _m ³

So, the density of the liquid is 1000 ^kg / _m ³ .

Answer:

Is known:

h = 2 m

ρ = 1000 ^kg / _m ³

g = 10 ^m / _s ²

Asked:

p _h …….?

Completion:

p _h = ρ . g. h
= 1,000 . 10 . 2
= 20,000 Pa, or
= 20 kPa

So, the hydrostatic pressure at that depth is 20 kPa

4. The height of a city is 300 meters above sea level (above sea level). What is the air pressure in that city?

Answer:

Is known:

Altitude = 300 m

Asked:

Air pressure…?

Completion:

Air Pressure = 76 cmHg – ( ^Altitude / _{100 meters} )
= 76 cmHg – ( ^{300 meters} / _{100 meters} )
= 76 cmHg – 3
= 73 cmHg, or
= 730 mmHg

5. A cylinder with a volume of 2 m ³ has a pressure of 6 atm, then the volume is reduced to 0.5 m ³ . What’s the pressure now?

Answer:

Is known:

V ₁ = 2 m ³

p ₁ = 6 atm

V ₂ = 0.5 m ³

Asked:

p2 _…… ?

Completion:

p.1 . _{_} V ₁ = p ₂ . V ₂
6 . 2 = p ₂ . 0.5
p ₂ = ¹² / _0.5
p ₂ = 24 atm

So, the pressure now is 24 atm.

Factors Affecting the Amount of Pressure – Physics makes a major contribution to human life. Through the laws of physics, many tools can facilitate various human activities. Like the hydraulic jack used to lift a car, it uses the pressure of a liquid from Pascal’s law.

Unfortunately, most people often feel bored when studying physics because there are so many formulas and numbers that have to be calculated or can be said to be the same as mathematics. When in fact, physics can be learned easily as long as you understand the basic concepts.

Well, one of the physics that is considered complicated is pressure. How did it happen? Because in the chapter on pressure, there are calculations, symbols, graphs, and pictures. In short, there are many aspects that need to be understood.

In this article, we will discuss pressure in easy-to-understand language so that Sinaumed’s can better understand the chapter on pressure. Come on, let’s look at the review of the factors that affect the amount of pressure below.

What Is Meant by Pressure?

In short, pressure is the amount of force acting per unit. This is the same as the principle that force can affect motion and changes in the shape of objects. For example, when you drive a sharp nail into a block of wood, the force (force) you apply causes the nail to sink into the block.

In addition to force, pressure is also related to area, temperature, and volume. In physics, the International (SI) unit for pressure is newtons per unit area (N/m2), while the symbol for it is P or p.

To make it easier to understand, try to imagine Sinaumed’s walking on soft ground. Every time you take a step, your footprints will appear on the ground, right? Well, these traces are evidence of pressure from the soles of your feet.

Generally, you’ll want to place your entire foot on soft ground so you don’t sink easily. If you walk on your tiptoes, your feet will sink quickly because the pressure on the ground is much greater.

So in conclusion, pressure is the amount of force exerted on a surface area. Meanwhile, the magnitude of the pressure is highly dependent on the magnitude of the force.

In physics there are lots of terms or laws that you have to remember. To make it easier, Sinaumed’s can use the Physics Dictionary book written by Cahya Budi Kartiawan to find explanations about terms in physics.

Factors Affecting the Amount of Pressure

1. Press Force

The first factor affecting the amount of pressure is, of course, the compressive force. In principle, the greater the compressive force applied, the greater the resulting pressure will be. For example like this, suppose you are repairing a study cupboard that has holes in your house. To close the hole, you have to use wood that is nailed firmly.

So, in order for the nails to stick through the wood and the surface of the cupboard, of course you have to put out a lot of force (force). Because, if you hit a nail with little force, the nail won’t stick properly. In fact, it might come off again after two or three hours.

So, the greater the power (force) exerted by the hammer on the nail, the greater the pressure generated, so that the nail sinks deeper. Vice versa, the smaller the force (force) applied, the less pressure is generated so that the nail will not stick perfectly into the wood.

2. Press Surface Area

In addition to the compressive force, the amount of pressure is also strongly influenced by the surface area of ​​the press. In principle, the greater the surface area, the smaller the pressure. That’s why a sharp knife is easier to cut food than a dull knife, why is that?

This is because a sharp knife must have a thinner edge than a dull knife. In other words, the compressed surface area is smaller. That way, the pressure received by the knife becomes greater, so you can cut or slice food easily.

On the other hand, a blunt knife has a thicker tip, so the pressing surface is also larger. The greater the surface area, the smaller the pressure received. That is why, a dull knife is more difficult to use to cut food.

Types of Stress

1. Pressure of Solids

A solid always has a length and a width which you often use to measure its area. As previously mentioned, pressure is affected by the surface area of ​​the press. The greater the surface area, the smaller the pressure received.

To understand this, let’s use the shape of a duck’s leg and a chicken’s leg as an example. Chickens and ducks have different habitats. Chickens are more likely to walk on solid ground, while ducks are more comfortable with soft ground. That is why the shape of chicken and duck feet is different.

The surface of the chicken’s feet is smaller than that of ducks, the goal is that the chickens can walk nimbly on solid ground. With a small size, the pressure exerted on the ground is greater, so that it can support its larger body.

Meanwhile, ducks need bigger legs so they can walk on mud. The big feet make the pressure received by the mud or soil smaller, so the ducks don’t sink easily.

2. Liquid Pressure

Liquids and gases have many special properties, one of which is the ability to flow. That is why, both are classified as fluids. Well, this fluid will flow when there is a pressure difference. Like air flowing from a place of high pressure to a place of low pressure.

However, liquids at rest also have pressure, Sinaumed’s. This pressure is often referred to as hydrostatic pressure. Hydrostatic pressure is the pressure caused by the force that exists in the liquid on the area of ​​the compressive field. The amount of pressure on a liquid depends on its depth.

So, anything that is a liquid will exert a pressure whose magnitude depends on its depth. Therefore, divers must always wear wetsuits and breathing apparatus.

This equipment can protect them from hydrostatic pressure in the deep sea. Otherwise, the hydrostatic pressure will cause the diver to feel chest tightness or damage the eardrums. This is the reason why many traditional divers who do not use diving equipment experience hearing loss.

a. Pascal’s law

According to Pascal’s law, if you apply pressure to one part of the liquid, then the pressure will be transmitted equally in all directions. To prove it, you can prepare a plastic bottle filled with water. Then, tightly close the bottle so that the water does not leak.

After that, make several small holes on the surface of the bottle, then press the bottle firmly. Water will automatically come out through the small hole, right? So, let’s look at the water that comes out and that’s the proof of Pascal’s law.

Now, try to close some of the holes in the bottle, then fill it again with water. After that, press the bottle firmly and see that the water coming out of the hole will get farther away, why is that?

The reason is because the amount of pressure on a flowing liquid depends on the surface area over which the liquid flows. By closing some of the holes, the surface area of ​​the bottle is getting smaller, so the pressure received by the water is greater. Therefore, water can reach far places.

b. Archimedes’ law

A Greek mathematician named Archimedes said that when an object is immersed in a liquid, the object will experience a buoyant force equal to the liquid it displaces. In physics, this is known as Archimedes’ law.

To understand this, try to remember whether you ever carried your friend while swimming or not. If you have, surely you know that your friend feels lighter than when carried on land. Is not it? It’s like the water in a swimming pool helping to lift your friend’s weight.

So in short, because there is buoyancy, your friend’s weight can be reduced, so it becomes lighter than when he was lifted on land.

Archimedes’ law also states that there are three possibilities for objects that are in liquids, namely floating, floating, and sinking. What’s the difference between the three? Let’s discuss them one by one!

1) Floats

An object will float when placed in water if the mass of the water is greater than the mass of the object. This floating state is a state in which some objects are immersed in water and some are above the water.

Therefore, people who cannot swim must use aids such as floats to float on the water. Because, the density of the buoy is smaller than the density of water.

2) Drift

In contrast to floating, an object is said to float when all of its parts are submerged in the water, but not touching the bottom of the water. This situation can occur because the object’s density is the same as the fluid’s density. For example, like an egg dipped in water with a little salt added.

3) Drown

Drowning is a condition in which an object immersed in a fluid enters completely until all of its parts touch the bottom. This condition is caused because the density of the object is greater than the density of the fluid. some of those things, like iron or metal dipped in water.

3. Gas Substance Pressure

The oxygen that you breathe freely on this earth is one of the air particles that is suspended on earth by the force of gravity. The gravitational force itself is a strong force that is invisible and pushes the air down, so the air molecules have weight.

The molecular weight of the air then exerts a force on the earth’s surface, including everything on it. This is what is then referred to as air pressure or atmospheric pressure.

In principle, atmospheric pressure is the total weight of air above the surface at each atmospheric level. This pressure is inversely proportional to altitude. That is, the higher the atmosphere, the fewer air molecules pressing down so that the air pressure decreases.

That is why, the lowlands (coastal areas) have high air pressure and it decreases at higher altitudes (mountain areas). If at the same altitude there is a difference in air pressure, strong winds will appear.

To prove the presence of pressure on gaseous substances, Sinaumed’s can do a simple experiment using a glass filled with water and hvs paper. The trick, first fill the glass with water until it is full then cover the top using hvs paper.

After it is completely closed, turn the glass upside down while holding the hvs paper by hand. Wait a moment, then release the hand holding the paper. The result is that the water in the glass will not spill because the air pressure received by the paper is greater than the water pressure in the glass.

A brief explanation of the types of pressure above is a brief introduction for you. If Sinaumed’s wants to learn more, in the Smart Pocket Book of Physics: Collection of Formulas and Applications for Class 10, 11, 12 SMA / MA compiled by the Scholar Partners Team there is a very complete explanation of pressure.

Application of Pressure in Human Life

After knowing the factors that affect the amount of pressure, then we also need to know what are the benefits of pressure on equipment or things in everyday life. Pressure is widely used as the working principle of various objects and equipment that help human life. Here are some examples and a brief explanation:

1. Hydraulic jack

A hydraulic jack is a tool used to lift a car while changing a flat tire or repairing damaged parts. Inside this tool, there are two tubes. One large and one smaller size.

The large tube is connected to a lever and serves to support the weight of the car. Meanwhile, the small tube serves to drain the fluid into the larger tube.

In principle, the smaller the surface area of ​​the tube, the greater the pressure generated. So, in a hydraulic jack, air is pumped into a small tube and then forwarded to a larger tube. As a result, the pressure on the large tube is strong enough to lift large loads such as cars.

2. Hydraulic lifting machine

Have you ever accompanied your father to a car wash and seen a device that lifts a car so that the underside can be thoroughly cleaned?

The lifting equipment is called a hydraulic lifting machine. The working principle of this tool is quite similar to that of a hydraulic jack. It’s just that, this machine uses oil (liquid fluid).

So, initially air will be pumped into a small tube, as in a hydraulic jack, then the resulting air pressure will be transmitted to a larger tube. Then, this pressure then pushes the oil in the large tube, so that the jack can move up and down.

3. Automatic faucet in water reservoir

If you have a water storage tank in your house, take a close look, surely the tank is placed in a high place, right? What is the reason? Yes, the goal is for the tank to get a lot of pressure, so it can drain water.

The water storage tank does use Archimedes’ law as its working principle. So, inside the tank is actually a float that becomes an automatic faucet, so the float is designed to float in the water.

That way, the float will move up along with the height of the water. If the water is empty, the float will open the faucet to allow water to flow and if the water is full, the float will close the faucet.

4. Submarine

In a submarine, there is a tank whose job is to regulate entry and exit of water, so that the submarine can go up or dive whenever needed. When the tank is filled with air, the submarine will float and surface.

However, if the tanks were filled with water, the submarine would sink into the water. Therefore, when the submarine is about to surface, the water in the tank must be removed and replaced with air.

5. Hot air balloon

A hot air balloon can float in the air because its density is less than the density of the air around it. The density of the hot air balloon itself can be controlled using the air temperature in the balloon.

So in principle, to make a hot air balloon fly high, the density of air in the balloon must be reduced by increasing its temperature. Remember, hot air is lighter than cold air.

Conversely, if you want to go down, the density of air inside the balloon is increased by turning off the combustion engine so that the temperature drops. As explained in the book Basic Physics 7th Edition written by Halliday, Resnick, Walker.

That’s the discussion about the factors that affect the amount of pressure, Sinaumed’s. It turns out that if studied seriously, physics is very close to everyday life, yes. Hopefully the information you get in this article will be useful in the future. See you next time, Sinaumed’s!

If you want to find more books about physics, you can find them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

 

Factors Affecting Gas Pressure – When talking about the pressure of matter, be it liquids, solids, or gases, it must be included in the discipline of physics. Yep, physics is a science that prioritizes experiments and formulas to measure the results.

In everyday life, we often encounter various kinds of substances, such as solids, liquids, and gases. If we describe each of these substances, liquids are substances that have a liquid form such as oil, water, oil, syrup, and others. Then, there are also solid substances that have a hard and solid shape, for example a table. While gaseous substances are substances whose form is gas or air, for example a balloon being blown.

Each substance that has a different shape when subjected to pressure from several factors, the results will be different. This is because basically, both liquids, solids, and gases have different characteristics from one another.

Then, what are the factors that influence gas pressure? What is the most basic difference of the three substances?

So that You can understand this, let’s look at the following review!

Factors Affecting Gas Substance Pressure

Please note, pressure is a force acting perpendicularly on a plane divided by the area of ​​that plane. Well, here are the factors that affect the presence of pressure on gaseous substances, namely:

1. gas volumes
2. Changes in the magnitude of the temperature around it

Gas/Air Pressure

As with solids and liquids, gases, of course, also have pressure. Gas/air pressure is a pressure that moves air masses within a certain unit area. An instrument that can be used to measure air pressure is called a barometer.

The unit for air pressure is millibars (mb). So, the amount of air pressure will be inversely proportional to the height from a place. The higher the place, the lower the air pressure. The opposite is true.

There is an experiment to see if there is pressure in gaseous substances, namely by using a glass filled with water and HVS paper.

The trick is to invert the glass filled with water on the HVS paper. When the glass is turned over, we can see that the HVS paper will hold the water in the glass.

This can happen because the HVS paper gets pressure from the outside air which is greater than the pressure of the water in the glass.

Take a look at the illustration of the following gas pressure!

Look at the following illustration!

If you put an Erlenmeyer filled with hot water and it has been tightly closed with a rubber balloon into cold water, the rubber balloon will be pressed into the Erlenmeyer. This is due to the presence of heat in the gas particles in the Erlenmeyer which propagates towards the cold water.

The movement of the gas particles will be slower until they finally shrink. This shrinkage causes the gas pressure in the Erlenmeyer to be lower than the gas pressure outside. As a result, the rubber balloon will enter the Erlenmeyer due to the gas pressure from outside.

This principle can also be used to inflate a hot air balloon. Yep, the large air balloon can fly because the total density of the air balloon is lower than the density of the air around it.

The density of this hot air balloon will be controlled by changes in temperature in the air in the balloon. Later, there is a pilot whose job is to control the air temperature in the balloon using the combustion engine located under the balloon hole.

When the embers from the combustion engine heat the air in the balloon, the weight of the balloon will become smaller than the upward force, so the balloon can move upwards. Keep in mind that hot air is lighter than cold air. Meanwhile, the upward force on the balloon is equal to the weight of the cold air displaced by the balloon.

If the hot air balloon wants to go down, the combustion engine will reduce or stop heating the air inside the balloon, so that the air temperature inside the balloon can decrease.

Differences in the Properties of Solids, Liquids, and Gases

Solid	Liquid	Gases
Has a fixed shape and volume	Has a certain volume, but the shape is not fixed, depending on the media or place used	Does not have a certain volume and shape
The distance between the particles is very tight and regular	The distance between the particles is more tenuous and the arrangement is not regular	The distance between the particles is very tenuous and the arrangement is not regular
The particles cannot move freely	The particles can move, but are limited	The particles can move very freely
The attractive forces between the particles are strong	The attractive forces between the particles are not very strong	The attractive force between the particles is very weak

Expansion of Gases

All substances, whether solid, liquid or gas, will experience expansion. Expansion is the process of increasing the size (volume) of a material that has a fixed mass.

Well, an example of the expansion of a gas is a balloon that suddenly explodes. Why does a balloon that has been inflated suddenly explode?

The answer is because there is expansion of the gas in the balloon as a result of increasing temperature.

Apart from balloons, there are also other examples of gas expansion, namely a vehicle tire that suddenly explodes. As with a balloon, a vehicle tire that is filled with air too full will experience an increase in temperature, so that the gas in the tire will expand and cause the tire to explode.

Understanding Fact Sentences – Does Sinaumed’s still have difficulty identifying fact sentences? Both in form or example sentences? Exactly, there are still many people who often interpret or determine which sentences are facts and which are not. Ordinary people will find it difficult to distinguish it from opinion sentences because these two types of sentences are often juxtaposed in one particular discourse context. 

Even though fact sentences and opinion sentences have very different application concepts, especially in terms of the intent and purpose of these sentences appearing in someone’s communication. Both verbal and written communication. Sinaumed’s certainly needs to understand and master what fact sentences are because we will often encounter and use these sentences in everyday communication. 

So, if Sinaumed’s is still wrong in defining facts, then there may be a possibility of misunderstandings in communication, for example, we are consumed by hoax news or fake news that sends sentences of facts and opinions in news texts. The following is an explanation of fact sentences, starting from the meaning, characteristics, types, examples, to how to determine fact sentences: 

Definition of Fact Sentences

Talking about fact sentences, it will not be separated from discussing the meaning of sentences and facts themselves. The definition of a sentence in Indonesian is a unit of language consisting of several words that have a certain main idea with the composition of the SPOK or subject, predicate, object, and description. In forming a sentence, you don’t have to have a complete SPOK arrangement, but the most important thing is to have a certain main idea whose SPOK arrangement can be random or reduced and added.   

The definition of fact in a sentence then becomes a trait that shows the form of the sentence or statement in a real situation or event, problem, and discourse context that actually happened. The truth in the fact then creates the characteristics or characteristics of the sentence so that it can display the truth itself linguistically. So facts demand truth to be shown because it has been tested and proven. 

Sentences of fact can then be interpreted as an arrangement of language that is real or actually occurs without the interference of the author’s opinion, opinion, or perspective about the event or phenomenon that is being discussed in the context of the sentence. So it can be concluded that fact sentences can be identified because there are no specific opinion or subjective sentences in the context of the sentence. 

Sentences of Facts in the context of written communication will be found in many news texts from various media. Starting from print media such as newspapers, magazines, bulletins, brochures, and so on, and online or online media such as online news on websites or in the form of videos and graphic illustrations. In practice, news must indeed contain sentences that really happened because it aims to provide information to the public or a large audience. That’s why we can only trust the facts in the news so we don’t get false information. Instead of getting correct information, if we can’t identify facts properly in sentences, we will be misled by the information itself. 

Features of Fact Sentences

To understand the meaning of a fact sentence and determine the sentence, Sinaumed’s can look at the features or characteristics of the facts in the sentence. There are several things that Sinaumed’s can pay attention to in determining whether or not the sentence is factual, such as the following: 

1. There is Accurate Data

The first feature that fact sentences have is the presence of clear data about an event to support the context or intent in the sentence. The form of the data then has various types according to the needs of the sentence. For example, it could be statistics, date and time of incident, statements or confessions, and other things that have been verified. The following is an example sentence that displays accurate data: Based on the 2021 government census, Indonesia’s population will reach more than 2500 million people. 

2. Be objective

A fact can be detected in a sentence if it is objective which states a neutral or impartial statement of one of the objects being discussed. Rather, it provides a general context that has been recognized as true by many parties. Objectivity in a sentence can be determined from the consideration of existing data in an incident context in order to speak according to the facts without giving an impartial judgement. The following is an example of an objective sentence: Based on Komnas Anak records, the number of violence against children in 2019 increased by 10 percent compared to 2018. 

3. Has Really Happened

The easiest thing to identify whether the sentence is a fact or not is to see the sentence showing a situation that really happened. The context of what really happened in the sentence can then be displayed logically or logically thinking that the incident really happened and many pairs of eyes saw and heard the incident. That is why in determining a sentence of fact there are many elements that need to be involved, one of which is the source of the fact that can appear. 

TYPES OF SENTENCES OF FACTS

In practice, Sinaumed’s can find sentences of fact in various forms with specific purposes and contexts. The following are types of fact sentences that Sinaumed’s can find in the use of language in everyday life: 

1. Data Sentences

Data sentence is a form of sentence that contains data to indicate a certain fact in the context of the sentence showing events. The involvement of data in a sentence can be an indicator that the sentence contains facts. The data displayed in the sentence must also have a clear source and legitimacy in order to prove the truth of an incident. Examples of data sentences as follows: 

” The Sangihe Islands region has indicated mineral resources of 3.16 million tons with a gold grade of 1.13 grams per ton (g/t) which can be extracted and is estimated to reach 114,700 troy ounces.”–News source from Tirto.id 2. Sentence Statement Or Acknowledgment

Sentences of statements or confessions of a person enter as sentences that are facts because they provide evidence or legitimacy of certain events that these things really happened. In practice a person’s response can become a fact if presented as the response itself. An article of a sentence displays someone’s clear statement with the symptoms or context of the language they have for a truth. 

For example statements from doctors, experts, practitioners, and so on which can prove that the phenomenon really happened or is a fact. The following is an example of an acknowledgment sentence or statement that becomes a fact: 

” Based on a study by experts at the Mine Advocacy Network (JATAM) states that gold mining is one of the most voracious in consuming water to extract minerals.”— Tirtto.id news source 3. News Sentence

News sentences become sentences that display facts because they are carried over from the nature of the news itself which must provide factual information. The news sentence in question is containing information that proves a phenomenon that actually occurs from news elements, namely sentences containing 5W 1 H ( what, where, when, who, why, How ). The following are examples of news sentences that show facts:  

” Several community groups visited the State Secretariat on Wednesday (29/9/2021) to deliver a letter requesting President Joko Widodo to take action on the removal of 56 KPK employees who did not pass the TWK.”- Tirtto.id news source

Fact Sentence Examples

Here are some examples of fact sentences from various sources that have been proven true: 

1. The government has officially resumed the project for the State Capital (IKN) or stone capital in East Kalimantan-Kumparan.com news source
2. The Institute for Research and Community Service (LPPM) from the Faculty of Social and Political Sciences (Fisip) Halu Oleo University has released voting rights data for the 2019 elections. The data shows that as many as 60-70 percent of persons with disabilities in Kendari City do not cast their voting rights—a source News Kumparan.com
3. The Polish government has sent over 100,000 doses of the AstraZeneca vaccine to Egypt – news source  Kumparan.com
4. Two motorcycle gang members were arrested by the Bojongpicung Sector Police, Cianjur Regency , West Java, Wednesday (29/9) evening for committing robbery—news source Kumparan.com
5. The Head of the South Sumatra High Prosecutor’s Office named three suspects in the alleged corruption case in the distribution of grants from the South Sumatra Province Regional Revenue and Expenditure Budget (APBD) funds on September 22, 2021—news source Tirto.id
6. Muhammad Furqon, a resident of Kampung Bayam, routinely chops vegetable waste to feed his chickens and ducks—news source Tirto.id
7. The Ahmadiyya congregation has lived in Sintang District since 2004 and there are already 76 people from 20 heads of families-news source Tirto.id
8. The riot that occurred in an Ecuadorian  prison on Tuesday, September 28 2021, left at least 100 people dead—news source Tempo.co
9. The Indonesian badminton team managed to qualify for the quarter-finals at  this year’s Sudirman Cup as Group C winners—news source Tempo.co
10. Semarang Tawang Station now has  a statue of Soekarno located in the polder area—news source Tempo.co
11. West Nusa Tenggara Governor Zulkieflimansyah provided free tickets for students, students and vaccinators to watch the Asia Challenge junior motorbike racing championship at the  Mandalika Circuit —source Tempo.co
12.  The Indonesian Fishermen’s Alliance rejects PP No. 75 of 2015 to PP No. 85 of 2021 concerning Types and Tariffs of PNBP in the Marine Fisheries Sector on the grounds that it will be even more burdensome for fishermen during the Covid-19 pandemic—news source Suaramerdeka.com
13. Minister of Social Affairs Tri Rismaharini confirmed that athletes with disabilities at the 2021 National Paralympics Week had undergone vaccinations—news source Suaramerdeka.com 
14. Central Java Kick Boxing   succeeded in becoming the overall champion by winning three gold medals and two bronze medals in the  XX PON exhibition  at the Waringin Sports Hall, Jayapura City, Papua—news source Suaramerdeka.com
15. The Directorate General of Intellectual Property of the Ministry of Law and Human Rights stated that Warkop has the potential to infringe on the intellectual property rights owned by Warkop DKI—news source Assum.co
16. The Ministry of Health issues Circular Letter HK.02.01/I/2529/2021 concerning COVID-19 Vaccination for Survivors dated 29 September 2021—News source Antara
17. President Jokowi has officially signed a Presidential Regulation concerning the obligation of state administrators in carrying out public services to keep the data on the National Identity Number and Taxpayer Identification Number—antara news source

How to Determine Fact Sentences

After knowing the definition, characteristics, types, and examples, Sinaumed’s needs to know how to determine fact sentences. There are several things that Sinaumed’s can observe and do in order to define and determine whether a sentence is a fact or not. The following are things that need to be considered by Sinaumed’s to determine fact sentences: 

1. Understanding the characteristics of the fact itself in a sentence

Sinaumed’s certainly has to understand the characteristics of the fact itself in order to be able to determine that the sentence, both written and written, is a fact. As explained above, the characteristics of a sentence can be said to be a fact if it has accurate data, is objective, and contains events that actually happened with various evidences. 

To determine the proof, Sinaumed’s can use the 5W 1 H formula in the sentence, whether it has been answered clearly and completely or not. If the context of the sentence can logically answer the formula, then it can be determined or said that the sentence is a fact.  

2. Look at the composition or structure of sentences

Sinaumed’s can determine if the sentence is a fact or not by paying attention to the structure of the sentence. Is it complete and clear in providing certain information, namely through the SPOK sentence structure whether it is filled with clear wording or not. If a sentence is even more confusing, in this case it is convoluted in presenting something, you need to be aware that the sentence may contain opinions, not facts. 

Sinaumed’s needs to underline that fact sentences must be clear and to the point in presenting the main idea. So if the sentence structure alone is not correct then it cannot be determined as a fact sentence. 

3. Seeing the Source Who Conveys the Sentence

The sentence becomes a fact if said or stated by the right person. For example, in a fire incident, the statements of sources that are valid are the victims or people who witnessed the incident. So in determining whether a sentence is a fact or not, it can be seen from the source or the person who stated or the author of the sentence. 

4. See the media or platform that contains the sentence

In determining facts, Sinaumed’s needs to trust who produced or those who made the sentence. This shows the credibility of a person, organization, group, and so on in conveying information that really happened. So to determine whether or not the information is true, Sinaumed’s needs to know who produced the facts. 

5. Be Skeptical And Critical In Consuming Information

Determining facts in a phenomenon or problem certainly requires criticality or skepticism to find out the truth. Sinaumed’s needs to be curious so they don’t easily believe and fall for information that isn’t clear. So to determine whether or not a Sinaumed’s information is a fact, it is necessary to verify the data.  

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Well, that’s an explanation of fact sentences, starting from the definition, characteristics, types, examples, to how to determine the sentence. Has Sinaumed’s been able to define and define fact sentences? Apart from being studied in Indonesian subject matter at school, understanding the fact sentence itself is important for someone in communicating and consuming information. In the midst of technological advances like now, it is easier for us to access and control information. 

That is why understanding the concept of sentences in the context of discourse is also necessary so that we can consume correct information and facts. If Sinaumed’s feels that he is still having trouble determining fact sentences or needs a reference for learning Indonesian, then you can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com . Sinaumed’s can find references for Indonesian language textbooks that are in accordance with the curriculum in schools as well as books with a broader perspective on the language, such as the following: Enjoy learning. #Friends Without Limits 

Material for Expressing Intention, Dialogue, & Example Questions – In speaking or interacting, of course, we will find many phrases or expressions. Starting from getting acquainted, offering something to others, inviting other people and conveying a wish.

Not only in Indonesian, all languages ​​certainly have expressions in conveying a wish. In English, this is called expressing intention. To understand what expressing intention is and how to use it in everyday conversation, see the text below.

What is Expressing Intention

Intention is a goal or vision that guides activities, thoughts, attitudes and choices.

Means, expressing intention has the meaning of expressing intentions, hopes or intentions.

This expression includes an expression that has never happened because this expression is still in the form of a plan or hope. To express an intention, the simple future tense is usually used.

1. He will
2. I am going to
3. I am planning to
4. I am thinking of (I am thinking about)
5. I fully intended to
6. Maybe I will
7. I would like to

The following is an example of expressing intention to ask someone about a plan or intention.

1. Will you go fishing with me in the lake? (Will you go fishing with me on the lake?)
2. We are going to practice tennis this afternoon
3. What would you like to do? (What do you want to do?)
4. What are you doing tonight? (What are you doing tonight?)
5. What will you do in the summer? (What will you do in summer?)

Forms of Expressing Intention and Examples

BE + going to + simple verb 

Consider the examples of expressing intention as follows:

1. I am going to my friend’s house tonight
2. The United State Circus is going to be perform in New York tomorrow
3. Are you going to join me in a music contest? (Are you going to join me in the music contest?)
4. What are you going to do this weekend? (What are you going to do this weekend?)

BE + planning to + simple verb 

Consider the examples of expressing intention as follows:

1. She is planning to go swimming in the public pool next week
2. I am planning to knit a sweater for my boyfriend
3. Are you planning to run away from here? (Are you planning to escape from here?)
4. Are you planning to date him? (Are you planning to date him?)

BE + planning on + Ving

Consider the examples of expressing intention as follows:

1. She is planning on translating the Japanese textbook tonight
2. I am planning on fixing my dad’s old car tomorrow
3. Are you planning on playing video games this weekend? (Are you planning on playing video games on the weekends?)
4. Are you planning on running to the hill tomorrow morning? (Are you planning to run for the hills tomorrow morning?)

Would like to + simple verb

Consider the examples of expressing intention as follows:

1. I would like to present my science project at this moment
2. I would like to get a ticket for tomorrow
3. Would you like to discuss the recycling project tomorrow at 7 pm? (Would you like to discuss the recycling project tomorrow at 7pm?)
4. Would you like to come with me? (Do you want to come with me?)

Will + simple verb

Consider the examples of expressing intention as follows:

1. I will make my birthday cake at home
2. We will celebrate our first anniversary by going to the beach
3. Will you attend his birthday party tonight? (Are you going to her birthday party tonight?)
4. Will you marry me? (Will you marry me?)

Would rather + simple verb + than + simple verb

Consider the following examples of expressing intention:

1. I would rather bring my own food than buy food in the restaurant
2. She would rather stay in the house than go out with their family
3. Would you rather buy a new book or buy the old one? (Would you rather buy a new book or buy an old one?)
4. Would you rather live in a country side or live in the middle of town?

Would prefer + Ving + to + Ving

Consider the following examples of expressing intention:

1. I would prefer buying instant food to making a food at home
2. My sister prefers watching tv to playing with her friends (My sister prefers watching tv to playing with her friends)
3. Do you prefer cooking in the kitchen or cooking in the yard? (Do you prefer to cook in the kitchen or in the yard?)
4. Do you prefer swimming in the ocean or in the lake? (Would you rather swim in the ocean or in a lake?)

Intend to + simple verb

Consider the following examples:

1. I intend to visit my grandmother this week
2. He does not intend to continue his studies
3. Do you intend to return home next year? (Do you intend to return home next year?)
4. Do you intend to transfer the property to your daughter? (Do you intend to transfer the property to your daughter?)

Hope to + simple verb

Consider the examples of expressing intention as follows:

1. We hope to see you again soon
2. She hopes to go to college this year
3. Does he hope to repair his car in your garage? (Is he hoping to fix his car in your garage?)
4. Do you hope to have a bigger store this year? Do you hope to have a bigger store this year?

Want to + simple verb

Consider the examples of expressing intention as follows:

1. Me and my sister want to bake a cake for my mom’s birthday
2. I just want to wish you a happy birthday and wish you all the best! (I just want to wish you a happy birthday and wish you all the best)
3. Do you want to talk about it tomorrow? (Do you want to talk about that tomorrow?)
4. Do you want to make a trip schedule for this year? (Would you like to make a travel itinerary for this year?)

Those are several forms of expressing intention, each of which can be further developed. Therefore, in order for you to become proficient at having expressing intention conversations, you should continue to practice every day.

Example of Expressing Intention Conversation

So that you better understand expressing intention, you can listen to some examples of expressing intention below.

Example 1

• A: Could you buy me some meat and vegetables? (Could you buy some meat and vegetables?)
• B: Sure. What are you going to do with them? (Of course. What are you going to do with the ingredients?)
• A: I’m planning to cook vegetables and meat stir fry
• B: what is that for? (What for?)
• A: I want to give it to my mom. She really likes meat and vegetables. So, I intend to cook for her. (I want to give it to my mother. She really likes meat and vegetables. So, I intend to cook it for her)
• B: Wow, that’s cool. OK, I’ll buy them for you. (wow, that’s cool. ok. i’ll buy those ingredients for you)
• A: thanks a lot! (Thank you very much!) 

Example 2

• A: Hey, B. What are you going to do this Sunday? (Hey, B. what are you going to do this week?)
• B: Hey A. I’m going to visit my grandfather in Bandung. How about you? (Hey A. I’m going to visit my grandfather in Bandung. How about you?)
• A: Hmm, I still do not have a plan for this Sunday.
• B: Why don’t you go to the movie theater and watch some cool movies? (Why don’t you go to the theater and watch some cool movies?)
• A: Well, actually that’s a good idea. But, i have to do my homework first. Have you done your homework? (Well, it’s actually a great idea. But I have to finish my homework first. Have you finished your homework yet?
• B: Nope. i want to do my homework tonight. (Not yet. I want to do it tonight)
• A: Shall we do our homework together? (Should we do it together?)
• B: yeah sure, why not. (Yeah, of course, why not)
• A: Okay, awesome! I will go to your house at 6 PM is that cool? (Okay, awesome! I’ll be over to your house at 6pm. Do you mind?)
• B: Yeah cool, see you soon. (Yeah, alright. see you later)
• A: see ya! (See you later)

The book “Smart Strategies for Mastering English Conversation” is easy to understand and practical. This book is very suitable to be used as a reference when you want to practice English conversation because it contains discussions about tenses, structure or vocabulary.

Examples of Expressing Intention Practice Questions

Dialogue 1 

• A: What would you like to do after you graduate from school?
• B: I would like to take an undergraduate program on law education
• A: Are you going to prepare yourself as a lawyer?
• B: Yes, I love studying law. I would like to become a good lawyer.
• A: What’s a nice goal you have
• B: Thank you. What About you?
• A: Well I am going to apply for the English program. I want to be a teacher
• B: wow that’s cool.

Dialogue Question 1

1. What is the expression of asking for intention found in the dialogue?
2. What is the expression of telling intent found in the dialogue?

Dialogue 2

• A: What would you like to do this weekend?
• B: I have no idea about it. What are you going to do?
• A: I am going on vacation with my family.
• B: That’s awesome. I hope i can go with you.
• A: Well, Would you like to come with me and my family?
• B: Are you sure?
• A: Yes, the more the merrier, right?
• B: I think I would enjoy the vacation.

Dialogue Question 2

1. What is the expression of asking for intention found in the dialogue?
2. What is the expression of telling intent found in the dialogue?

Answers to Expressing Intention Practice Questions

Dialogue 1

• A: What would you like to do after you graduate from school? (What are you going to do after graduating from school?)
• B: I would like to take undergraduate program on law education
• A: Are you going to prepare yourself as a lawyer? (Do you want to be a lawyer?)
• B: Yes, I love studying law. I would like to become a good lawyer. (Yes, I like studying law. I want to be a great lawyer)
• A: What a nice goal you have
• B: Thank you. What About you? (Thank you. How about you?)
• A: Well I am going to apply for the English program. I want to be a teacher (yes, I want to take an English program. I want to be a teacher)
• B: wow that’s cool. (Wow that’s so cool!)

Question 1 Dialogue 1

• What is the expression of asking for intention found in the dialogue? (What expressions of asking for intent are found in dialogue?)

Answers to Question 1 Dialogue 1

1. What would you like to do after you graduate from school? (What are you going to do after graduating from school?)
2. Are you going to prepare yourself as a lawyer? (Do you want to be a lawyer?

Question 2 Dialogue 1

• What is the expression of telling intent found in the dialogue? (Does the expression express an intention found in the dialogue?)

Answers to Question 2 Dialogue 1

1. I would like to take undergraduate program on law education
2. Yes, I love studying law. I would like to become a good lawyer. (Yes, I like studying law. I want to be a great lawyer)
3. Well I am going to apply for the English program. I want to be a teacher (yes, I want to take an English program. I want to be a teacher)

Dialogue 2

• A: What would you like to do this weekend? (What are you going to do this weekend?)
• B: I have no idea about it. What are you going to do? (I don’t have any idea about that yet. What are you going to do?)
• A: I am going on vacation with my family. (I’m going on vacation with my family)
• B: That’s awesome. I hope i can go with you. (how awesome! I wish I could come with you)
• A: Well, Would you like to come with me and my family? (Yes, will you come with me and my family?)
• B: Are you sure? (Are you sure?)
• A: Yes, the more the merrier, right? (Yeah, the more the busier right?)
• B: I think I would enjoy the vacation. (I think I will really enjoy my vacation later)

Problem 1 Dialogue 2

• What is the expression of asking for intention found in the dialogue? (What expressions of asking for intent are found in dialogue?)

Answers to Question 1 Dialogue 2

1. What would you like to do this weekend? (What are you going to do this weekend?)
2. What are you going to do? (What would you do?)
3. Well, Would you like to come with me and my family? (Yes, will you come with me and my family?)

Question 2 Dialogue 2

• What is the expression of telling intent found in the dialogue? (Does the expression express an intention found in the dialogue?)

Answers to Question 2 Dialogue 2

• I am going on vacation with my family. (I’m going on vacation with my family)

 

Exploitation is – The term exploitation is now not a foreign thing in society. The word exploitation itself refers to the description of an excessive use of something. An example is the environment, this environmental exploitation refers to the utilization of natural resources without carrying out various repairs for the benefit of restoring the surrounding environment.

Then what is exploitation? What are some examples? And how is it different from exploration? Check out the more detailed explanation below:

Definition of Exploitation

In general, exploitation is an action or activity carried out in order to take advantage and take advantage of something excessively and full of arbitrariness without any responsibility. Generally, this action will then cause harm to other parties, be it humans, animals, and various surrounding environments.

The word exploitation itself is taken from the English language exploitation which means political attempts to use certain objects arbitrarily. The use of this word is also often used in various fields, both in terms of politics, the environment, in social matters and various other things. Simply put, exploitation is an activity that tends to be negative because it will cause harm to many people.

Definition of Exploitation According to Experts

In order to better understand the notion of exploitation, we must be able to refer to some of the income of experts and experts in their fields. Some experts also reveal the notion of exploitation. Some definitions of exploitation based on experts include the following:

1. Definition of Exploitation According to Martaja

Martaja explained that exploitation is an activity of using it in an unethical way for the benefit or good of an individual.

2. Definition of Exploitation According to Joni

Joni believes that exploitation is an act of using other people for personal gain.

3. Definition of Exploitation According to Suharto

Suharto explained that exploitation is a discriminatory attitude or treatment which is then carried out arbitrarily.

4. Definition of Exploitation According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI)

Based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), Exploitation is an act of exploitation carried out for personal gain, exploitation, extortion of other people which is basically a form of action that is not commendable and cannot be justified.

Examples of Exploits

Based on the understanding of exploitation that has been discussed previously, it can be concluded that this action is an action that can cause harm, both for the environment and for humans. The following below are some examples of exploitation, among others:

1. Child Exploitation

Exploitation of children is an activity that takes advantage of children full of arbitrariness that can be carried out by the family and society by forcing the child to do something without regard to his physical and mental development. Usually, this action can then be found easily when someone uses a child to gain an economic advantage.

Below are some examples of child exploitation.

• Using children to become beggars or scavengers.
• Utilizing children to then become buskers on the side of the road or at red lights.
• Utilizing children to be able to sell newspapers at red lights.
• Forcing minors to become commercial sex workers (PSK).
• Utilizing children to do various things with the aim of pursuing economic gain or for the mere pursuit of popularity.

2. Animal Exploitation

Animal exploitation is an act that takes advantage of animals to obtain various personal benefits without thinking about the various impacts that will occur on these animals. Currently, there are many people who do not realize that what they are doing can be considered as an act of animal exploitation and this has been happening for decades. Below are some examples of unconscious animal exploitation:

• Monkey Mask, although its purpose is to entertain, in reality this action is a form of exploitation of animals.
• Animal attractions or circuses, this activity is clearly a form of animal exploitation which is then carried out by humans in order to gain as much profit as possible.

3. Exploitation of Women

Exploitation of women is an act that is carried out by taking advantage of women for the benefit of a certain group. For now, the level of equal rights between men and women has indeed been proclaimed. However, in practice, women often experience acts of discrimination and exploitation. Some examples are as follows.

• Become a commercial sex worker. Even though there are some women who think that this profession is then a job, in reality most of them still don’t like this job.
• Exploitation of women in mass media, such as TV, the Internet, as well as print media. This advertisement is intended to increase public attention to a media and product. Even so there are many of us who are not aware of this, but these examples of exploitation are very damaging.

4. Forest Exploitation

For land clearing for forest fires, most of the incidents of forest fires then occur due to deliberate factors. Some irresponsible parties deliberately set fire to the forest to then turn it into plantation land, residential land, livestock land, and so on. Fires can also result in the loss of these habitats, thus causing species extinction.

In addition, there are several examples of forest exploitation, including:

• Conversion of land functions that change functions by changing the function of part or all of the land area from its original function to another function which then has problems or adverse impacts on the environment and the potential of the land itself.
• In the opening of mining land in the forest for mining, there is an activity of taking mineral deposits (ie valuable minerals) from the earth’s crust, whether excavation is carried out on the surface or below the earth’s surface. While the mine is a place to dig (take) as well as results from the earth’s crust in the form of minerals (valuable minerals). The mining system is also a way or technique that is carried out in freeing or taking mineral deposits that have economic meaning from the parent rock for further processing so that it can then provide large profits.
• Illegal logging, this logging activity itself occurs in a forest area which is carried out illegally, thereby reducing or changing the original function of the forest. Even though there has been a strict prohibition from the Government to do so, most people still carry out these activities. If there are many people who still carry out this action on a large scale, regardless of the after effects, it will be easier for the negative impacts to occur.

Difference between Exploration and Exploitation

Although they are often used together, these two words actually have very basic differences. Well, the difference between exploitation and exploration is as follows:

1. Understanding

Exploration is the beginning of all exploitation activities and is carried out over a long period of time because it requires an in-depth and detailed process.

Exploitation is a follow-up activity from various exploitation processes that have previously been carried out. This activity will depend on the results after exploration is carried out, it can be in a long or short period of time.

2. Purpose

If exploration is more likely to be a process of searching for in-depth information by exploring new areas or foreign objects, then exploitation refers more to seeking benefits from previously known potentials through exploration activities.

3. Processing Time

Exploration is a process that takes a long time and is full of risks and uncertainties. Conversely, exploitation has a short-term nature and the benefits can be directly utilized with certain results that are more relative.

4. Goals and Outcomes

Exploitation is carried out in order to obtain as much as possible from what is obtained through exploration activities, be it agricultural products or natural resources contained in an area that has been explored. Whether the goal is positive or negative, it will all depend on the perpetrator of the activity itself.

5. Application

Exploration activities require very complex tactics and strategies and cannot be carried out at random. Of course, this is different from exploitation activities that rely on various technical equipment. The more sophisticated the technology used in this activity, the greater the results can be obtained.

6. Impact

Exploration activities do not or even rarely cause harmful direct effects on an object, because they are only researching and also exploring potential profits.

Meanwhile, exploitation can be considered as an activity that often causes negative and detrimental effects, including on the surrounding environment, as well as social and other problems related to the activity itself.

Impact of Forest Exploitation

The following are some of the impacts of forest exploitation that you need to know.

1. Human and Animal Conflict

Conflicts between wild animals and humans sometimes occur due to human activities themselves. Animals, such as elephants, monkeys, for example, descend into village areas, then damage the plants.

As a result of the conflict, it can swallow many victims both from the human side, gardens and also from the animals. Because of the conflict, there was a reaction from part of the community, especially for those who had experienced disturbances.

2. Disturbed Ecosystem

The forest is a habitat for various types of animal and plant species. That means that the forest is one of the biological natural resources that exist on this earth. Forest exploitation activities can cause damage.

Forest damage that occurs will result in flooding and erosion which can transport soil particles to the sea which will later undergo a process of sedimentation or deposition there.

3. Economic Losses

Forest areas are a source of natural wealth, some people depend on forest products for their lives. If the forest is damaged, their source of income will also disappear. Forest destruction can cause land to become barren, making it difficult to use it for farming.

In addition, forest destruction can trigger various kinds of disasters which will eventually cause losses, be it losses, especially economic losses. Many people lost their land, homes, and family members due to disasters such as floods and landslides.

From the discussion above, it can be said that exploration is an activity that can damage nature. Thus the discussion about exploitation. We hope that after reading this article to the end, you can participate in protecting the environment.

Recommended Books Related to Exploitation

1. Water Resources Management Reform

Reform in the field of water resources is urgently needed considering there is a paradigm shift in the management of water resources along with climate change, hydrometeorology and people’s behavior. Let’s look at the required reforms one by one so that we don’t make mistakes in the management of water resources in the future.

2. Natural Resource Economics

This book explains in detail the aforementioned issues with a rather mathematical micro-approach. This book is designed to provide a complete understanding of the economics of natural resources and is equipped with a graphical and mathematical approach as well as detailed explanations to help the reader understand it. Although not suitable for beginners, this book can be understood while studying microeconomics. The breadth of the discussion and the depth of the material are the hallmarks of this book. Happy reading.

3. Management of Marine & Forest Resources: Perspectives, Policy

Indonesia has abundant marine and forest resources, but they have not been used optimally to improve people’s welfare. The management also pays less attention to the sustainability aspect. As a result, the sustainability of natural resources is also threatened, including the provision of the necessities of life for future generations.

Through good management, natural resources can actually be used optimally to improve people’s welfare. However, many fishing communities and those who live around forests are still trapped in poverty due to the use of natural resources that often only prioritizes economic aspects, while social and ecological aspects are not given priority.

In the concept of sustainable development, these three aspects must receive balanced attention so that the benefits are felt by the community, both present and future generations. This book reveals issues surrounding marine and forest resource management from perspectives, policies, and resource management issues that occur in several regions.

4. Management of Resources & Environment

“This book is a translation and adaptation of “Resource and Environmental Management” by Bruce Mitchell, professor of Geography at the University of Waterloo, Canada. This book presents the latest and innovative concepts, methods and strategies in resource and environmental management, which are linked to four fundamental themes, namely change, complexity, uncertainty and conflict.

Attention is paid to the role of sustainable development in providing a vision for management, using ecosystems as a vehicle for realizing this vision. Key features of this book include: the combination of conceptual and practical management approaches; the use of boxes with text items which constitute the core of the description; the presentation of case studies which include examples from several corners of the world with special attention to developed and developing countries.

In addition to theoretical approaches, this book also presents examples from Indonesia to make them more contextual. Thus, this book is very useful from the point of view of understanding the concepts of resource and environmental management and their implementation practices, both in other countries and in Indonesia.”

5. Strategic Environmental Assessment

Strategic Environmental Assessment (KLHS) or Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) is an instrument supporting sustainable development planning through efforts to internalize environmental interests (LH) and the principles of sustainable development into the development plan. Efforts to mainstream environmental interests and the principles of sustainable development are important because development implementation so far has not only increased economic benefits, but also resulted in a decline in environmental quality and social problems.

If you want to find books about natural resources, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

 

Experiment report text structure – In conducting a correct research, of course, you have to follow the right steps and instructions so that everything is in accordance with what is being done. Usually someone who has finished making observations in research must make a text of an experimental report as a result of the research that has been made.

The text of the test report consists of a title and includes two important parts that make up the framework, namely a general statement and a description. Each of these sections consists of excerpts and explanations that support the experiments carried out.

The general statement section contains a description or classification whose contents are generally related to the test object. This section consists of background, objectives and theoretical basis. The descriptive section consists of tools and materials, test steps, test results and conclusions. Some simple reports have a shorter structure, namely the title, objectives, tools and materials, steps, test results and conclusions. Meanwhile, more complex reports may include other sections such as data analysis/discussion, experimental variables and others.

For this reason, in order to make it easier for Sinaumed’s friends to understand how the correct experimental report text structure is used as additional knowledge, in this discussion we will try to describe the correct experimental report text structure complete with its features and functions.

Further discussion of the structure of the trial report can be seen below!

Definition of Test Report Text

Reports are a form of observation and serve to inform the public about the results obtained. Based on this understanding, report text is a form of writing that describes the observed phenomenon to the reader.

Report text (report text) is also often referred to as classification text. Because in this text objects are classified according to certain criteria. This text is almost the same as descriptive text, but has a different style. If the descriptive text discusses a particular topic, the report text discusses a broader phenomenon or general topic.

The test report text is a text that explains the purpose, procedure and results of the test. Experimental report text is a text that reports about the experiment conducted by the researcher. Test report text is usually used to report test results, scientific work or practicum reports. The text of the test results report is intended to provide information to the reader about the test results. The text of the test results is general or universal.

Experiment Report Text Structure

The structure of the research report text is divided into two parts, namely general statements and descriptions. The difference is that general statements involve a general description or classification of the subject. Meanwhile, the description contains aspects of the report that are arranged according to certain classifications.

In general, the text of the test report consists of five structures. Before heading to the sample test report, please pay attention to the structure of the test report in the form of a description below, Sinaumed’s friends!

• Objective

In this section you need to provide the background why this experiment needs to be done.

• Materials and tools

Write down the tools used during the experiment. The materials used were in fact written according to what was used in the experiment.

• Trial Period

State and explain in detail the process or systematic steps you did in the experiment process. Also convey the steps of the experiment or how it works by using active clauses, not imperative sentences, so that it tells what was done during the experiment.

• Experimental Results

This section allows you to explain your observations using experimental results. Describe the test results in detail.

• Conclusion

Finally, make conclusions about the results you get from all the experimental processes that you do. The conclusion is the answer to the proposed hypothesis.

While the following is the structure of a trial report arranged in the form of a general statement:

• Title

As a form of scientific work, the text of the experimental report also has a title. The title of the test report text generally describes the type of test to be made.

• Introduction

Introduction The next experimental report text structure is the introduction. The introduction has three elements, namely the background of the problem, the formulation of the problem and the purpose of the experiment.

• Materials and tools

Of course in conducting experiments or research requires materials and tools.

• Try the process steps

The test report text must clearly explain the stages of the exam activities. In this text structure, it is usually described in detail step by step. However, in the example of the experimental report text above, the steps for the experimental activities are written in the form of a simple bullet point.

• Conclusion

The final text structure of the experimental report is the conclusion. The conclusion is a brief description of the entire test suite.

Test Report Text Features

After understanding the examples and knowing the structure of the test report text, the next step is to understand the characteristics of the test report text.

Below are some features of the experimental results report text as follows:

• Report test results.
• Science experiments are conducted to prove something.
• The text of the test report begins with an explanation of the purpose of the test.
• Name the materials and tools needed to carry out the experiment!
• Describe the procedure for conducting experiments and observations. Presents test results.
• At the end of the report, the conclusions of the experimental results are presented based on the results of the analysis of observational data.
• must contain facts.
• Be objective.
• Must write completely and perfectly.
• Does not contain discriminatory, prejudiced or partial matters.
• Presented in an engaging way, and consistent with clear grammar, heavy content, and logical organization.

Language Rules of Experiment Report Text

The linguistic rules of the experimental report text are as follows:

• Use of synonyms and antonyms

The test report text usually contains synonyms or even antonyms. Usually these words are found in the Experiment Steps section.

• Use of Number Words

In the text of the test report you will find word numbers indicating the amount of material used in the test.

• Use of Command Statements

In the experiment report text there are commands such as preferably, avoid, mix, unite, stir, wrap, and others.

• Use of Conjunctions

Purpose of Experiment Report Text

The text of this test report aims to understand the material based on a written exam. Experiments were carried out using observation to identify causal relationships between symptoms. The contents of the experimental report text thus begins with a description of the objectives, procedures, and tests carried out systematically.

How to make Test Report Text?

After completing an observation, you must, of course, record the results in the experimental text report text. So how do you make it? Check out the explanation below, Sinaumed’s friends!

• Make an outline based on the test report text structure

First, make an outline according to the structure of the test report text. Starting from the purpose of the experiment, the tools and materials used during the experiment, as well as the steps from the beginning to the end of the experiment. Then write down the test results in the form of tables, graphs, graphs or pictures to make it easier for the reader to see the results. After that, write down the final results of the test.

• Let’s expand the terms of reference into a full text

Once you’ve created an outline, you need to develop it into a full text. Remember to pay attention to the rules of the language used, so that the results of the test report text are easy to understand.

Sample Test Report Text

Title:

Make a rainbow at the glass party

Objective:

Know the rainbow process with simple tools

Tools and materials used:

• enough water
• glass,
• scissors,
• glass (size that fits in the glass),
• Lantern.

Trial phase:

• Pour water into a glass cup and then place the glass on the table.
• Place the glass on the glass diagonally or diagonally.
• Darken the room by turning off the lights, closing the curtains, etc.
• Turn on the flashlight and then point the flashlight at the glass inside the glass. Look at the rainbow visible from the corner of the glass.
• Adjust the glass angle for different results.

Test results:

If the flashlight is turned on and then pointed at a glass in a glass filled with water, a rainbow will appear from the corner of the glass. This can happen because the light from the flashlight is refracted by the water in the glass.

Because light has wave properties, i.e. light propagates straight then it can be refracted. So, a flashlight can also be used to make a rainbow as long as there is an environment that can bend it.

Conclusion:

From the experiment of making rainbows on glass, it can be concluded that rainbows can arise due to refraction. The incoming and outgoing light is directly deflected by the water so that rainbow rays are created across the surface of the glass.

Example of another Test Report Text:

Title:

Make slime without borax

Objective:

You can make your own slime at home from safe ingredients and it’s cheaper than buying it outside. This activity can make you more creative and innovative.

Tools and materials:

• Povinal glue to taste
• washing powder to taste
• Adequate floor cleaning
• Mixer (can be with a mixer, spoon or hand)
• enough water
• Liquid detergent to taste
• Slime container (in the form of a basin or the like)

Steps:

• Mix Povinal glue, floor cleaner, liquid detergent, powdered detergent and enough water into the slime container, this mixture is usually called activator.
• Then, stir the mixture until it is evenly mixed.
• Add Povinal glue to the activation mixture.
• Then stir until thick texture or shape. 5. Put it in the freezer.
• Then take it out after 5-10 minutes.
• Mix until just about playable.
• Slime is ready to use.

Results:

It’s time for you to get slime that is safe to play without borax. Nowadays slime is very popular among kids.

Conclusion:

By making your own slime, your knowledge and creativity will increase. On the other hand, you can also save money and buy slime which is safer if it gets on your skin because it doesn’t contain borax.

Examples of other Trial Report Text:

Title:

The salted egg experiment

Objective:

Salted eggs are eggs made from duck eggs that have gone through the salting process first. Salted eggs contain lots of vitamins and nutrients, so consuming salted eggs can be beneficial for the body. One of the benefits of eating salted eggs is to maintain endurance and improve vision. The process of making salted eggs is very simple and done in the traditional way.

Tools and materials:

• duck egg
• Abu Rub
• Clay
• Salt
• Sandpaper

Steps to make the experiment:

• Wash the duck eggs carefully and then grind the egg shells thinly.
• Mix ash, clay and salt until evenly distributed.
• Grease the previously ground egg with the dough. 4. Leave the eggs at room temperature for a maximum of 20 days or 3 weeks.

Conclusion:

Based on the trial results, making salted eggs provides a fairly complete nutritional content and is suitable for all ages except those with high blood pressure. This is due to the high salt content in salted eggs. Even though salted eggs have complete nutritional content, it is not recommended to consume them in large quantities.

Example of Other Trial Report Text:

Title:

Make Tempe Mendoan Original Banyumas

Objective:

Tempe mendoan is a very popular processed food in Indonesia. The purpose of making Tempe Mendoan is to try the original Banyumas Tempe Mendoan recipe which is very delicious and interesting to try.

Tools and Materials:

• 10 pieces of tempe mendoan ready to use
• 250 grams of medium protein flour
• 50 grams of rice flour
• 2 scallions (use only the green part and thinly slice)
• 400 ml of water
• The oil for frying
• Knife
• Other cooking tools

Ground spices :

• 1 cm kencur
• 2 cloves of garlic
• ¾ tsp coriander
• Salt to taste

Ingredients for soy sauce tempe mendoan:

• 5 tbsp sweet soy sauce
• 1 clove garlic, puree
• 4 red bird’s eye chilies or according to taste
• 2 shallots (you can remove it if you don’t like it)
• Salt to taste

How to make:

• Mix flour and rice flour until evenly distributed.
• Add the thinly sliced ​​green onions and the ground spices. Add water little by little until all the ingredients are mixed and the dough is not lumpy. Make sure the mixture is not too thick or too runny because it will damage the texture of the tempe mendoan.
• Heat a large amount of oil.
• After the oil is hot, add the mendoan tempeh which has been covered with flour. Cook briefly until it changes color then remove and drain. Do this until all the tempe mendoan mixture is used up.
• How to make tempe mendoan sauce: mix the sliced ​​bird’s eye chilies, finely chopped garlic and sliced ​​shallots. Combine all ingredients with soy sauce and stir until smooth.
• Serve tempe mendoan with dipping sauce while warm.

Experiment Conclusion:

Conclusion

This is a brief discussion of the meaning of the structure of the experimental report text. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of the experimental report text structure but also discusses the characteristics, types, purposes, benefits and examples of an experimental report text structure itself.

Understanding the structure of the experimental report text makes us better understand the results of our research through experimental text reports and makes it easier to make them.

Thus a review of the notion of the structure of the experimental report text. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn everything about understanding the structure of experimental report texts and knowledge related to other languages, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Pandu Akram
Related articles:

Persuasive Text Structure and Its Definition, Characteristics, and Examples!

Understanding the Definition, Types, and Structure of Review Text

Persuasion Text: Definition, Structure, Types, and Characteristics

Understanding the Definition to the Structure of Narrative Text

Fantasy Text: Definition, Characteristics, Structure, Types, and Examples

Experimental Research – When discussing experimental research for the first time, did Sinaumed’s ever think about the activities carried out by researchers who had gray hair and were in the laboratory with beakers? Yep, if you look at animated films, experimental research will definitely be described that way. When in fact, experimental research does not have to be in the laboratory with beakers and create sophisticated discoveries, you know…

In this day and age, various research methods have been developed and can be carried out in all fields of science. Not only in science and technology, but also in the fields of literature, education, linguistics, law, sociology, and history. Even students who are completing their undergraduate and postgraduate assignments often use this research method.

Then actually, what is experimental research? If it doesn’t have to be done in the laboratory with beakers, can it be done using literature based on books or journal articles?

So, so that Sinaumed’s isn’t confused about what experimental research is, let’s look at the following review!

Definition of Experimental Research

If you look at KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary), an experiment means an experiment that is systematic and plans to prove the truth of a theory or so on. It should be noted that the term ” experimental ” is the equivalent of a foreign language (English), namely ” experiment “, which also in Latin is ” experimental ” which means to try out.

According to Sugiyono (2012), revealed that experimental research is a research method used to look for the effect of certain treatments on others under controlled conditions. Then, according to Arikunto (2006), defines that this experimental research is a way to look for a causal relationship (causal) between two factors that are deliberately raised by researchers by eliminating or setting aside other disturbing factors.

Then there is also Solso & MacLin (2002) who also argue that this experimental research is a study in which at least one manipulation variable will be found to study cause-and-effect relationships. Therefore, experimental research will definitely be closely related to the activity of testing a hypothesis. This is done to look for influences, relationships, or differences in changes to the group or variable being studied.

So, based on the opinions of these experts, we can conclude that this experimental research is a research method that is carried out by first manipulating data through certain treatments so that in the next step data can be observed in the future. 

An example of the application of experimental research in the field of education is to examine student understanding in a subject using certain learning media.

Knowing Variables in Experimental Research

In conducting any research, this experimental research is no exception, Sinaumed’s must have often come across the term variable. Actually, what is that variable?

Variables are anything related to conditions, circumstances, factors, treatments, or actions that are expected to affect research results. It can be said that the variable is something that we want to examine. When viewed in experimental research, there are two variables, namely experimental variables ( treatment variables ) and non-experimental variables.

Experimental variables ( treatment variables ) are variables that are directly related and applied to determine a certain situation; which is expected to get the impact or result of the experiment. This experimental variable becomes a condition that the researcher wants to examine regarding how it affects a symptom. Then, non-experimental variables are variables that are not intentionally carried out but can still have an impact on the results. So, to find out the effect on these variables, these two groups must be subject to different controls.

Characteristics of Experimental Research

As with other research methods, experimental research also has special characteristics, one of which is manipulation. This is because basically, this research method requires data manipulation beforehand but in a planned manner. Well, here are some of its characteristics according to Sukardi (2009), namely:

1. Manipulate Variables

The first characteristic that is not owned by other research methods is the act of manipulating variables. In this action, it is not done haphazardly, but must still be planned by the researcher. Maybe Sinaumed’s thinks that manipulation is an effort that has a negative sense of value, but in the context of this study that is not necessarily so …

The act of manipulation in question is the action or treatment carried out by the researcher on the basis of scientific considerations that can be accounted for openly, in order to obtain different effects on the variable concerned. For example, in an experimental research process carried out in the laboratory, there are two groups, namely the treatment group and the control group, which are given a temperature level in the room in the form of cold, medium and hot. Now, during the manipulation process, there will be differences in room conditions that have been planned beforehand so that researchers can obtain results that may be different for the two groups. From the differences that arise, it can be calculated as a result of the manipulation of variables for the two groups.

2. Controlling Variables

Controlling is an act of shifting the influence of other variables on the dependent variable which might affect the appearance of that variable. The activity of controlling a variable or subject in this study certainly has an important role. This is because without systematic control measures, the researcher cannot carry out an evaluation by making careful measurements, especially on the dependent variable.

The purpose of this action is to regulate the situation that occurs in experimental research, so that the effects of these variables can be studied.

3. Make Observations

When the experimental research process was in progress, the researchers would observe two groups. The aim is to be able to see and record what phenomena arise and to allow for differences between the two groups due to the control and manipulation of variables that have been carried out previously.

In the process of this experimental research, there will usually be two groups of variables, namely the independent variables and the dependent variables. Well, researchers are advised to make further observations of the dependent variable, because these variables will later receive the consequences of systematic changes in the independent variables.

Experiment Research Objectives

In general, the purpose of conducting experimental research is to examine the effect of a particular treatment on the symptoms of a particular group and compared with other groups that receive different treatment. So, here is a description of the purpose of conducting experimental research:

• To build a relationship that has a causal-effect relationship
• To study the effect of changing factors on a controlled situation.
• To find the effect of certain treatments on others under controlled conditions.
• To find out the consequences of giving a behavior intentionally by researchers.
• To test the hypothesis proposed in the study.

Requirements for Conducting Experimental Research

All of these research methods can work well and provide accurate results if researchers carry them out in accordance with the rules or guidelines. This experimental research is no exception, which also has certain requirements and must be fulfilled by the researcher so that the research process can run well, namely:

• The researcher must be able to determine deliberately about the time and location where he will conduct the research.
• Research on the same thing must be repeated under the same conditions.
• Researchers must be able to manipulate the variables (change and control) studied according to what they want.
• A comparison group ( control group ) is needed in addition to the group that will be given a certain treatment ( experimental group ).

Common Mistakes that Often Occur in Experimental Research

• Unable to control other variables outside the research variables.
• The cases studied are too few.
• Not able to divide the group into sub-groups.
• The variables used as the basis for grouping are too many.
• The variables used as the basis for grouping do not have a strong correlation or relationship with the dependent variable.
• Give several treatments.

Experimental Research Subjects

In this experimental research, the research subject is an aspect that refers to the respondent or informant who wants to be asked for information as the data. Determining the right subject will actually be the main key because it has a big influence when it comes to drawing conclusions. In the process in the field, especially when you want to determine who or which group to give treatment , you will usually use a sampling technique that is adapted to the conditions of the subject as well as being representative of the population you want to generalize.

To conduct this research, a relatively homogeneous population is needed, aka population homogeneity. If this homogeneity effort can be achieved optimally, then later the process of conducting experimental research will run smoothly, especially in increasing research validity. Well, subject homogeneity in this experimental research can be achieved by limiting population characteristics, including:

• Aspects of place or geography, where the subject lives. It can be a province, district, village, or school.
• Aspects of the subject itself, ranging from gender, education, age, and others.
• Social aspect, which includes social class and social environment.

Since this experimental research is usually carried out on samples, that is, part of the total population, the research subjects must also be representative. The representativeness of this sample is influenced by several factors, namely the number of samples, the size of the sample members, and the sampling technique.

Experimental Research Procedures

The procedure or steps for conducting this experimental research are basically the same as those of other research methods. According to Emzir (2010), the procedures in this study include:

1. Select and formulate a problem.
2. Choose a subject and measurement instrument.
3. Choosing a research design.
4. Carry out the procedure.
5. Analyze data.
6. Formulate conclusions.

In experimental research, it must be guided by at least one hypothesis which states that there is an expected causal relationship between the two groups.

Then, according to Darmadi (2013) who both stated that the procedure for carrying out this research was not much different from other research procedures, explicitly namely:

1. Conduct an inductive study that is closely related to the problem to be solved.
2. Identify existing problems.
3. Using literature studies from several relevant sources (usually books and journal articles), formulating research hypotheses, determining operational definitions and variables.
4. Make plans related to the implementation of research, which includes activities:

• Identify external variables that are not needed, but allow contamination during implementation.
• Determine how to control the prepared groups.
• Choose the right research design.
• Determine the population and sample that will represent a number of research subjects.
• Divide the subjects into the control group and the experimental group.
• Compile appropriate instruments, validate instruments, and conduct pilot studies in order to obtain instruments that meet the requirements for data collection.
• Identify data collection procedures and define hypotheses.

5. Conduct experiments.

6. Collect raw data from the experimental process.

7. Organize and describe the data according to the variables that have been determined.

9. Analyze data with relevant statistical techniques.

10. Prepare experimental research reports based on existing guidelines.

Experimental Research Validity

Please note, Sinaumed’s, that the implementation of this experimental research can be said to be valid if the results are caused by the manipulated independent variables and if the results of the research can be generalized to situations outside the experimental setting. Basically, validity is the degree of accuracy of the research measuring instrument to the actual content being measured. In this case, there are two conditions that must be accepted and referred to as internal and external validity.

• Internal Validity

According to Hadjar (1996), this internal validity is an assessment made regarding the belief that alternative hypotheses can be removed from the possibility as an explanation of the research results. Therefore, researchers need to identify what variables might appear in the alternative hypothesis for experimental variables.

There are 8 types of foreign variables that can threaten this validity and need to be considered when carrying out experimental research, namely: history, maturity, instrumentation, testing, regression, statistics, different selection, and morality.

• External Validity

In this validity there are 2 kinds, namely population validity related to the sample subject population, and ecological validity related to experimental conditions to other environmental conditions.

Determination of Research Titles and Variables

In the process of determining the title of experimental research and its variables, you must also pay attention ! For example, Sinaumed’s wants to conduct this experimental research to examine in the field of education, namely the influence of parental background on the level of student discipline at school. Well, Sinaumed’s can use the title “The Influence of Parental Background and Parenting Patterns on Student Discipline in Schools”.

This research will later investigate background factors and parenting patterns from parents that turn out to influence student discipline. So that there are three factors, namely background, parenting, and student discipline that relate to one another. In this study later, the application of the variables is as follows:

• Parents’ background and upbringing = independent variables
• Student discipline = dependent variable.

In practice, you can use analytical techniques in the form of regression analysis and calculate the effective contribution of the three variables along with the relative contribution of each variable.

Strengths and Weaknesses of Experimental Research

No.	Excess	Lack
1.	Minimizing the risk of unrelated variables and the existence of confounding in the research results.	Experimental research design is difficult to represent a particular population.
2.	Being the only research design that makes a causal relationship (causal) from its variables.	Difficulties in selecting ‘controlling’ variables to exclude all confounding variables.
3.	Able to control threats related to time to validity, especially when doing pre and post testing.	Not being able to isolate one variable because when the hypothesis cannot be controlled, a large number of variables are not related to each other.
4.	Allows for flexible, efficient, and statistical manipulation efforts.	It is often not possible to create the ‘natural place’ desired by the researcher as a research field.

So, that’s a review of what experimental research is and its advantages and disadvantages. If Sinaumed’s is studying in his final semester and wants to write a thesis using this research method, the thing that must be considered carefully is the validity of the data.

Expectations Are – Today, the term “expectations” is often used by many people, especially when talking about expectations for life that must be balanced with reality. Yep, expectations are basically the same as expectations, which are things or ideas that we want in the future. What’s more, if the expectations that arise from within are further strengthened by supporting factors, one of which is self-esteem.

Even though the existence of this expectation is natural for an individual, it should not be excessive, especially if you are reluctant to look at the existing reality. As Sinaumed’s gets older, he must realize that an expectation within us, regarding whatever it is, must be balanced with the course of reality in everyday life. So, what are those expectations?

Is the discussion about expectations included in the study of psychology? What are the factors that influence the emergence of expectations in humans? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the discussion below!

What is Expectation?

If Sinaumed’s looks at the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), the word “expectation” means ‘expectation’. Yep, expectation is the same as hope, which is something we want to happen or materialize in the real world. An expectation or hope, does not only apply to an individual, but also in a group which will certainly have a positive impact. In psychological studies, there are several experts who have put forward the definition of this expectation. Reporting from education.co.id , here are some expert opinions about expectations.

`1. According to Fleming and Levie (1981)

Expectations are all the desires, hopes and aspirations regarding something to be achieved with real behavior and actions.

2. According to Sutisna (2001)

Expectation is a belief or belief from an individual about things that should happen in a certain situation.

3. Farmer (2005)

Expectation is a pleasure that occurs inconstantly, which arises from having an idea about something in the future or the past, especially about the problem that is being worried about.

So, since this time we are going to discuss expectations in psychological studies, there is nothing wrong with looking at the definition of “expectation” according to the psychological dictionary. Based on the psychology dictionary, expectations can be a learned tendency, where an organism can predict how a certain situation will appear by responding to a stimulus (Kartono, 1987).

Meanwhile, according to Riggio (1990), “expectancy is the perceived relationship between the individual’s effort and performance of the behavior” . That is, this expectation becomes the relationship felt by an individual between effort and reality that occurs in everyday life. Expectations will be considered as estimates from an individual to another individual or group (and vice versa), so that it will have a positive impact on the individual himself.

It is different from Snyder’s opinion, who argues that expectations can be defined as expectations that are driven by only one goal. According to him, these expectations or expectations are “the process of thinking about one’s goals, along with the motivation to move toward those goals (agency), and the ways to achieve those goals (pathway)”. That is, the process of thinking about a goal with the motivation to get these goals, accompanied by ways to achieve these goals. The concept of expectations also emphasizes 3 components, namely motivation ( agency ), strategy ( pathways ), and goals ( goals). So, if an individual cannot fulfill these 3 components, then his ideas cannot be called expectations. So, it can be concluded that,

“Expectation is the expectation of something that an individual wants to achieve so that it will happen in a certain situation, especially regarding the problem that is being worried about.”

Even though expectations within yourself are excessive, they can lead to disappointment and feelings of sadness, but for some people, their very existence determines success, you know… That’s why having expectations and optimism, especially in living life, must really be well related. If you only have high expectations, without carrying out a clear strategy, goals, and sense of optimism, then all of these expectations will be in vain.

Understanding Expectation Theory in Psychological Studies

Previously, it has been briefly explained that expectations have been developed in the form of theory, especially in psychological studies. In general, this theory of expectation has been developed by several psychologists, but the most popular are those of Victor Vroom, Edward Lawyer, and Lyman Porter.

Victor Vroom put forward this expectation theory or theory of hope as Expectancy Theory and written in his book, it reads “expectancy theory is a theory about work motivation that focuses on how employees make choices among alternative behaviors and levels of effort” . That is, this expectation theory is a theory of work motivation that focuses on how a person can make a choice between the chosen behavior and the level of effort that will be carried out later.

Not only that, Victor Vroom also argues about his systematic theory of expectations in a book entitled Work and Motivation (1964). In his theory it states that expectations become a strong tendency to be able to act in a certain way, depending on how strong the hope is, with certain actions must be followed by certain consequences for the individual.

The existence of Expectancy-Value Theory which is in the psychological dictionary also defines it as “a theory of motivation in humans, which explains how human behavior is viewed in terms of the norms of individual expectations in achieving a goal, with a a situation where the motives can be aroused, as well as related to the incentive value of the goals of the target.

Meanwhile, according to Siagian (2004), argues that the essence of the theory of existing expectations will relate to the strength of an individual’s tendency to act, in a certain way, depending on how strong the expectation is, but must still be followed by realistic and rational actions. . That is why, the existence of the theory of expectations will always focus on things that are realistic and rational.

In a theory of expectations it also explains that all individuals in this world must have a certain way to achieve something or expectations that are indeed different, so they can be motivated especially if they believe that:

• There is a positive relationship between efforts and the results to be achieved.
• Positive results will definitely produce a return that is in accordance with expectations.
• The results to be achieved can satisfy individual needs.
• A strong desire to satisfy these needs can make his business more meaningful.

Actually, the existence of expectations from within an individual will always be there, especially because of the desire to achieve goals. Expectations are also one of the drivers that underlies a person to carry out an action. Yep, not infrequently, someone can achieve success after expectations are carried out logically first. After that, he began to think of ways or strategies that were appropriate and suitable for achieving these goals.

According to Tosi (1990), this expectation theory can be divided into 2, namely:

1. Effort-performance Expectancy (E-P)

In this expectation theory model, presenting the possibility of a given level of effort in order to produce a successful goal from the effort. Example: a sales worker who is trying to work (business) to be able to sell his goods and thinks how many items he can sell if he works hard (expectations).

2. Performance Outcome-expectancy (P-O)

In this second expectation theory model, it is possible that the display results will affect the results obtained, so that they are related to the achievement of their needs.

Actually, this expectation theory will always be related to motivation. Motivation can be something that ‘if someone really wants something and there is an open way of opportunity to get it, then that person will really try to get that desire’. Still in the opinion of Victor Vroom, the existence of motivation certainly leads to decisions about how much effort is expended in certain situations. However, the motivation itself is also based on a sequence of expectations in 2 stages, namely effort-achievement; and achievements.

Factors Influencing the Emergence of Expectations Within

Discussion about the factors that influence the emergence of expectations in a person is put forward by several experts.

According to Kreitner

According to Kreitner (2001), there are several factors that influence the emergence of expectations in a person, namely self-esteem, one’s degree, success from the past, help from others, information, and materials. Well, here is the description.

a. Pride

Actually, the expectations that exist in a person will definitely be influenced by that person’s self-esteem. A little trivia, self-esteem is a person’s impression of how good he is. Therefore, if someone has a high sense of self-esteem, then they will also tend to have high expectations, especially to raise their self-esteem in their surroundings.

b. Self Degree

The degree of self in a person will be recognized by the environment if that person can indeed get maximum results, especially when doing a job. Not infrequently, the degree of self can also affect a person’s expectations for doing his job.

c. Past Success

Usually, someone who has had success in the past, their expectations will increase. However, all of this must also be accompanied by harder efforts (strategies) so that these expectations can be realized. What’s more, if you have had success in the past, then that person has experience that can be used to meet their higher expectations.

d. Help From Others

Through the help of others, one’s expectations of what one wants can also be realized. Yep, with the help of other people, expectations for maximum results will be easy to achieve.

e. Clear Information

Information is very useful for influencing expectations in a person, especially to get maximum results.

According to Jewel

According to Jewel (1998), there are 4 factors that influence expectations from within a person, namely.

a. Ability, Experience, Knowledge, and Expertise

The ability, experience, knowledge, and expertise possessed by a person also greatly influences the expectations that arise. Yep, someone will see and interpret something based on what they know, so it greatly influences expectations of what is expected.

b. Learning Process

An individual can form an expectation about the things he has learned, especially in the surrounding environment.

c. Physical Conditions of the Environment, Human Resources, and Others

An expectation turns out to be heavily influenced by the physical conditions and human resources around it. The environment must be seen whether it really supports expectations or not.

d. Other People’s Ratings

In this case, expectations are strongly influenced by other people’s evaluations. Because, the results they want also “want” to be seen by others.

Aspects of Existence of Expectations

The expectations or expectations embedded in the individual have several aspects contained in the expectation theory itself. According to Snyder (2000), the component aspects of this expectation theory are:

1. Goals _

Goals or goals are the goals of the stages of mental action that produce a cognitive component. According to Averill et al (in Snyder, 2000), suggests that these goals or objectives are the end point of the stages of individual mental behavior regarding expectations. This goal or goal must of course be valuable enough so that it can be achieved logically and can be in the short term or long term.

2. Pathway Thinking

According to Snyder (2003), pathway thinking is when a person’s way of thinking is in order to achieve a goal or goal, then he must also view himself as an individual who has the ability to develop a “path” to achieve it. Pathway thinking is marked as a message statement internally to convince oneself about what it is like to find ways to solve problems.

3. Agency Thinking

The existence of agency thinking is so important, especially for goal-oriented and facing obstacles. Agency reflects more on how a person perceives how to be able to achieve his goals, especially with the paths he has thought of. Usually, people who have high expectations often do self-talk, for example “Can I do this?”, “I can definitely do this,” and “I’m not going to stop here.” Well, when a person faces obstacles, then indirectly, his mind will motivate him to find the best alternative path.

4. Combination Between Pathway Thinking and Agency Thinking

Based on the expectation theory, the components of pathway thinking and agency thinking are 2 important components. Although in reality, if one of these components cannot be achieved, then the ability to maintain the achievement of goals will also not be sufficient. That is why, the components of pathway thinking and agency thinking must complement each other, have a positive correlation, and be reciprocal.

Unfortunately, not everyone has these components of pathway thinking and agency thinking . In fact, if a person has both of these components, the expectations are very high. According to Snyder, there are 4 categories in the pathway thinking and agency thinking components , namely:

1. The components of pathway thinking and agency thinking are low

Such a person has little faith that he can achieve his goals. Not infrequently, someone with low pathway thinking and agency thinking components , lives life without any purpose at all and feels depressed. The feeling of depression arises because he does not have the ability to achieve his goals.

2. The components of pathway thinking are low and agency thinking is high

Such a person becomes an individual who does not have enough mental energy to realize his goals. In fact, not infrequently, he feels burnout because he does something just to impress other people.

3. Components of high thinking pathways and low agency thinking

Such a person is more confident in achieving the desired goal. However, he often encounters problems in the process of achieving his goals, such as anger and frustration.

4. The components of pathway thinking and high agency thinking

Such a person can actually arrange clear goals and ways to achieve these goals in their minds. This person is even easy to interact with other people, and often will take advantage of opportunities to achieve their goals. Because his expectations are so high, his mind is active and has the belief that there are various options to achieve that goal.

 

Expansive and Contractive Fiscal Policy – ​​Does You know how the government will build the country’s infrastructure such as roads, terminals, station stops and others? These various facilities were built using the taxes that we pay as citizens, you know !

Yes, the tax goes into state revenue and later this income will be managed and reissued for various community needs such as building roads, stations, terminals and so on. It is this management, which is then regulated in a fiscal policy.

Of course, with the potential for large tax revenues, tax management requires a strategy so that the management is effective and has a positive impact on people who tax well. Therefore, tax management is based on fiscal policy.

Come on, in this article we will learn in full about fiscal policy starting from its types, understanding, objectives, instruments!

Types of Fiscal Policy

First, we will discuss the types of fiscal policy. For more details, fiscal policy is classified into two types, namely:

1. Expansionary Fiscal Policy

Expansionary fiscal policy is carried out by increasing state spending while simultaneously lowering the tax rate. Well, this type of fiscal policy is enforced when the economy of a country experiences a decline in people’s purchasing power and/or is accompanied by a high unemployment rate. The goal is to encourage healthy economic growth.

An example of an expansionary fiscal policy is what happened last year, where the Fiscal Policy Agency (BKF) of the Indonesian Ministry of Finance throughout 2020-2021 implemented an expansionary fiscal policy. Expansion itself means that the government spending deficit remains large in order to maintain economic growth during the COVID-19 pandemic.

2. Contractionary Fiscal Policy

Contractionary fiscal policy is a policy whose procedure is to reduce state spending and increase tax rates. This policy aims to reduce people’s purchasing power and overcome the problem of inflation. The trick is to make your income bigger than your expenses. This type of policy is issued when the country’s economy is in an expansionary condition and begins to heat up ( overheating ) to reduce demand pressure.

Fiscal Definition

Next, we discuss the meaning of fiscal. So far, what did You know?

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary, fiscal is related to state income and tax matters. The word fiscal itself comes from the Latin word fiscus which is the name of someone who had or held power over finances in ancient Rome.

Meanwhile, in English, fiscal is referred to as fisc , which means the arrangement or treasury of the incoming and outgoing money in the kingdom.

So, this fiscal is used to explain the form of state and royal income that is collected from the community, then the royal government or state government is considered as income and used as expenditure for various programs with the aim of achieving national income, economy, production, and also used as balance device in the country’s economy.

Definition of Fiscal Policy

In terms of definition, fiscal policy is a policy or strategy implemented by the government with the aim of maintaining state financial expenditure and income. In more detail, fiscal policy is a policy originating from the government to influence the economy through changes in government revenues and spending.

The main regulated income is from the tax sector while the expenditure is in the form of a budget issued with the aim of supporting government programs. Fiscal policy has a close relationship with policies to achieve certain economic objectives through instruments of revenue, taxation, accounts payable, and government spending. In Indonesia, fiscal policy authority is held by the Fiscal Policy Agency (BKF) of the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Indonesia.

Fiscal Policy Objectives

The main objective of implementing fiscal policy is to determine the direction, goals, targets and priorities of national development and the nation’s economic growth. However, it is not only that, because it turns out that there are several other objectives of implementing fiscal policy, namely:

1. Increase the potential of human resources and reduce unemployment

Did you know, You , that one of the biggest problems in the Indonesian economy is the high number of unemployed who are in the productive age category. Fiscal policy can deal with this problem through programs to improve the quality of Community Resources (HR). By improving the quality of human resources, it is hoped that workers of productive age will have adequate competence and expertise and be able to compete in the world of work both domestically and internationally. This indirectly raises the level of the country’s economy.

2. Maintain price stability

You must have seen or heard news about rising commodity prices, starting from essential commodities such as fuel prices, to various things that are close to us such as the price of cooking ingredients. Rising and falling commodity prices can occur due to various factors, starting from the level of market demand, to various ways that are not justified such as hoarding stock and monopoly which can cause scarcity.

3. Stimulating the country’s economic growth

In its main objective, in addition to maintaining the balance of the country’s economy, fiscal policy also functions to increase economic growth. Fiscal policy is expected to spawn many new innovations in the economic sector as a solution to boost the economy and also play a role as a policy maker

4. Encouraging the rate of investment

One of the biggest transactions in the economy is the value of investment coming into the country. Through fiscal policy, the rate of investment can be encouraged to improve the economy and investors’ confidence in the stability of a country’s economy. With a good investment climate, investors will be interested in disbursing investment funds, so that the state can also attract more tax values.

5. Realizing social justice

Fiscal policy also has a role in programs to increase social protection and welfare. A clear example of this is the existence of the National Economic Recovery Program initiated by the Ministry of Finance so that people with a lower and vulnerable economy are able to survive all the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. Thus, economic stability will be maintained and the community can feel the positive impact directly.

Fiscal Policy Instruments

Then to find out more about fiscal policy, we also have to get to know some of the instruments. Fiscal policy instruments are sectors in the economy that are used by the government to maintain macroeconomic stability. These sectors include:

1. Taxes

An important sector in fiscal policy instruments is taxes from both the domestic and foreign sectors. In order to achieve economic goals, the government can increase or decrease people’s purchasing power through taxes.

For example, if taxes are reduced, the amount of output of goods and services will also increase so that it will affect and increase people’s purchasing power. However, the opposite also applies if taxes are increased, it will reduce the output of goods and services and can reduce people’s purchasing power.

2. Expenditures

The fiscal policy instrument that You needs to understand next is state spending. This is the same as the basic concept of whatever happens, even in You’ own life. For example, if the family income decreases, of course, You will try to save money and reduce expenses so that there is a balance between income and expenses.

In the context of the state, the value of state spending can be increased or decreased according to needs. If the country’s balance of payments is in deficit, the government can reduce spending on certain sectors, for example delaying the payment of holiday allowances for civil servants.

3. Public Bonds

The last fiscal policy instrument is regarding the issuance of bonds for citizens or bonds. These debt securities are quite well known in the field of investment, where people who have funds are offered to buy debt securities from the state, and the state will repay the debt accompanied by interest on the loan.

One of the bond products is Government Securities which are traded or Retail SBN. This letter is traded as one of the investment products. If You decides to buy Retail SBN, besides getting returns through interest, You will also play a direct role in financing the country’s development budget, you know !

Differences between Monetary Policy and Fiscal Policy

In order to maintain the stability of the country’s economy, the government can implement two policies, namely monetary policy and fiscal policy. These two economic policies are equally important for increasing economic growth and maintaining the stability of the country.

In practice, monetary policy and fiscal policy can be applied simultaneously or just one of them. All of this hinges on the country’s need to stabilize its economy. However, these two policies have their differences.

The second difference can be seen from the objectives of implementing monetary policy and fiscal policy. The objective of monetary policy is to maintain the amount of money circulating in society. While the purpose of implementing fiscal policy is to maintain state revenues and expenditures in order to create economic stability.

Examples of Fiscal Policy Applicable in Indonesia

There are several examples of fiscal policies that have been implemented by the Indonesian government. Among them:

The first fiscal policy was when President Joko Widodo announced the Tax Amnesty program in 2017. This program was launched because there were many cases of tax arrears reports and many people did not report the amount of wealth they owned. Therefore, finally President Joko Widodo decided to implement the Tax Amnesty program.

The Tax Amnesty Program is a program for the elimination of taxes owed as well as countless criminal sanctions in the field of tax administration sanctions. With this amnesty, many political parties are competing to immediately settle tax arrears as well as many individuals who immediately report the amount of their wealth to the authorities. This program can increase Indonesia’s national income against rupiah and it is proven that national income can increase up to 15.22 trillion rupiah.

The second is the tax relaxation that will take place from 2020 to early 2021. This tax relaxation program aims to increase people’s purchasing power.

An example of the last fiscal policy is gas and fuel subsidies. The purpose of this fiscal policy in the fuel sector is to facilitate mobility and economic transactions in society.

So, that was an explanation of fiscal policy. You understand, right? Now we know that fiscal policy plays a key role in maintaining a country’s economic stability.

Exhibitionism Meaning – When watching movies, has Sinaumed’s ever seen a scene where a man suddenly appears and then shows off his genitals to a woman who is passing by? Or even Sinaumed’s was a victim of this obscene act? If so, the case of exhibitionism, aka exhibitionism, is indeed very troubling for many people, because the victims can feel disgusted and end up traumatized. In the case of exhibitionism, the perpetrators are usually men who target women as victims, by showing off their genitals suddenly, both in quiet and crowded places. Although in fact, there are also women who are involved in this exhibitionism case.

Some people may think that the perpetrators of exhibitionism are crazy people. Even though that’s not necessarily the case, because the act of exhibitionism and the disturbance of exhibitionism are in fact different, even though both of them show their vital tools suddenly in a public space. Yep, exhibitionism is included in mental disorders that are classified as paraphilias, aka obsessions to perform strange sexual activities. So, what is exhibitionism? What are the levels in this exhibitionism mental disorder? Are there attempts to treat exhibitionism? How do we deal with this act of exhibitionism? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the following review!

What Is Exhibitionism?

Basically, exhibitionism is an act of obscenity as well as a mental illness. According to Simon, obscenity is an act related to life, especially in the sexual field, which is carried out with the intention of obtaining pleasure in a way that is very contrary to the norms of decency. This obscene act was not only carried out by adults on adults, but also by adults on young children, so it was strongly opposed by religion and the state. Even the definition of obscenity has been included in The National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect US, which is included in the category of “sexual assault” namely‘Contact or interaction between a child and an adult where the child is used for sexual stimulation by the perpetrator or another person who is in a position to have power or control over the victim’.

There are lots of examples of obscenity, ranging from physical contact, making a person or child view pornography, using a person or child to make pornography, to showing an adult’s genitals to a person or child. The last obscene act is called exhibitionism. Previously, it was explained that this act of obscenity was strongly opposed by the state, as stipulated in the Criminal Code Articles 289 to 296. Yep, the perpetrators of sexual abuse will actually get the sanctions that have been set, namely imprisonment for a maximum of 15 years. Unfortunately, in the field, this crime is still considered trivial and often occurs anywhere.

This act of exhibitionism has actually been included in the category of obscenity, which is interpreted as a deviant sexual fantasy and is characterized by the act of showing one’s genitals to other people. In the field, most of the perpetrators of exhibitionism incidents are men, but it is possible that female perpetrators can too.

For male offenders, they tend to find satisfaction, especially when they see the victim (usually a woman) shocked after seeing their genitals. That’s why many people often warn us to stay normal when we become victims of this exhibitionism. Meanwhile, for female perpetrators, they will find satisfaction when they see their victims feel aroused after watching their genitals, breasts, or buttocks, which are intentionally shown just like that. Yep, someone who suffers from exhibitionism will later get sexual pleasure when he shows his genitals in front of other people, then the other person shows a reaction, ranging from shock to fear.

This act of exhibitionism has actually entered into a psychological disorder, you know… In fact, the incident was not only in a quiet place, but also a crowded place with random victims. In some cases of exhibitionism where the perpetrators are men, it is not uncommon to be followed by acts of masturbation. Due to the large number of victims who feel harassed to form lasting trauma from this action, exhibitionism is categorized as a sexual crime which is then categorized as a violation of criminal law.

Just a little trivia , the act of exhibitionism which has clearly violated the norms of decency by showing off their genitals to other people is included in the category of violations of criminal law. The criminal law is stated in article 281 of the Criminal Code which reads:

“Threatened with imprisonment for a maximum of 2 (two) years and 8 (eight) months or a maximum fine of Rp. 4500.00 (four thousand five hundred rupiah): 

• Whoever deliberately and openly violates morality. 

• Anyone who deliberately and in front of others who is there against their will violates morality.”

Exhibitionism, which is included in the category of paraphilic disorders, aka sexual deviation, is generally limited to showing the genitals. While sexual contact with the victim is very rare. Reporting from hellosehat , as many as 2-4% of exhibitionists are male. Although it is also possible that women can also be the perpetrators. One example of a case where women are perpetrators of exhibitionism is the arrest of the owner of the Siskaeee account who deliberately exposed his genitals at the airport in December 2021.

Diagnosis Pelaku Exhibitionism

In fact, someone who has this sexual disorder can be diagnosed medically, you know… at least has the following conditions.

• Strong sexual arousal appears in the form of sexual fantasies, intentions or actions to show genitals repeatedly, for about 6 months.
• The emergence of sexual urges and actions to show intimate organs and sexual activity without the consent of the person concerned.
• The existence of this exhibitionism behavior causes problems that can interfere with, to hinder daily activities.

Level of Exhibitionism

An exhibitionist must always want to show off his vital organs to certain people, even the targets are random. They are not afraid of social sanctions, because for them the most important thing is that sexual stimulation can be conveyed.

Based on Targets

Based on the target, this exhibitionism action has several levels, namely:

1. To Children Before Puberty

Exhibitionists at this level will usually be sexually aroused when they succeed in showing their genitals to children who haven’t even reached puberty yet. They think that if they do this to children, there will be no problem. In fact, this level of exhibitionism has been included in a criminal offense, to be precise in Law No. 23 of 2002 Article 82 concerning Child Protection, which reads:

“Anyone who intentionally commits violence or threatens violence, forces, commits deception, series of lies, or induces a child to commit or permits obscene acts to be carried out, shall be punished with imprisonment for a maximum of 15 (fifteen) years and a minimum of 3 (three) ) years and a maximum fine of Rp. 300,000,000.00 (three hundred million rupiahs) and a minimum of Rp. 60,000,000.00 (sixty million rupiahs).”

2. To Adults

The next level is that exhibitionists will feel aroused after showing their genitals to adults. This action is usually carried out in random places, ranging from narrow alleys to crowded places. Target victims are also random, usually people who are passing by.

3. To Pre-Puberty Children and Adults

The third level is that the perpetrators of exhibitionism will not discriminate against the age of their victims. Because, they will feel aroused if the victims are pre-pubertal children and adults. The reaction of the victim, be it shock or fear, will also make his sexual fantasy more aroused.

Based on How

The perpetrators of this exhibitionism not only show their vital parts, but also their sexual activity to other people at random.

1. Anasyrma

Exhibitionism actors will carry out their actions by lifting their skirts when they are not wearing underwear.

2. Martymachlia

The perpetrators of exhibitionism will show their sexual activity to others. For example the activity of masturbation to have sex.

3. Candaulism

The perpetrators of exhibitionism will deliberately expose their partner’s body so that others can see it and are aroused by the reactions of these other people.

4. Telephone Scatology

The perpetrators of exhibitionism tend to have phone sex without the consent of the victim.

Factors Causing Exhibitionism

Many things are the causal factors of an exhibitionism actor which is certainly related to how their social and psychological environment is. The following are the causative factors that encourage a person to experience sexual exhibitionism disorder.

1. Psychological Disorders

Someone who experiences psychological disorders can occur because their psychological development during childhood is not perfect. Especially if you have a mother who is always dominant and protective, this can be the reason for this act of exhibitionism, because sufferers cannot interact with the opposite sex.

Those who experience exhibitionism are also suitable to be categorized as narcissistic disorders, because they feel that they are the center of attention so that their appearance will be considered “different” and invites attention. Meanwhile, there are several psychological problems that can cause a person to become an exhibitionist, namely:

• Sex addiction
• Tend to be antisocial
• Sexually attracted to children or teenagers (pedophilia)
• Alcohol addiction

2. Social Environment

The environment where you live and school certainly plays an important role in a person’s psychological development. Therefore, the social environment is very influential in this deviation of sexual exhibitionism. An exhibitionism usually grows without getting a sense of empathy from the people around him.

Not only having parents who are protective, but also those who often insult, act harshly, often criticize, often embarrass them, can also cause childhood trauma. Due to this trauma, excessive narcissism emerged so that when he grew up, he wanted to be noticed and admired by others.

Treatment of an Exhibitionism

So, can a person with exhibitionism be cured? Of course you can, but it requires a long treatment time. In addition, there are many ways to treat exhibitionism, ranging from psychotherapy to taking certain drugs.

1. Psychotherapy

Psychotherapy that will be given to an exhibitionist is a type of Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) to find out what are the roots of the problems that can trigger the emergence of this exhibitionism sexual deviation. This therapy will later solve the problem into 5 aspects, namely:

•  Situation
• Thought
• Feelings
• Physical Sensation
• Action

2. Group Counseling

The next treatment that can be done is group counseling consisting of 5-15 people with exhibitionism. Yep, later they will meet for a few hours every week to provide support to one another in an effort to control their sexual behavior.

For ordinary people, this treatment does seem strange because it brings exhibitionism actors together. But for them, communication from the point of view of fellow exhibitionism sufferers will provide new perspectives for each other. Through this, it can make it easier to control their deviant sexual behavior.

3. Consuming certain drugs

If an exhibitionism sufferer is aware that he has a sexual disorder, then of course he will come to a psychiatrist. So, the psychiatrist will give you a Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitor (SSRI) antidepressant. These antidepressant drugs are very useful for reducing libido and reducing orgasms. Usually, the effectiveness of the drug reaches 60-70 percent.

The psychiatrist may also prescribe the drugs leuprolide and medroxyprogesterone acetate to lower testosterone. Little information, the hormone testosterone is very instrumental in controlling sexual desire in a person.

How to Cope with Exhibitionism

When dealing with exhibitionists, our reactions are sure to be shocked, disgusted, scared, to tears. After the perpetrator left, we just felt a very deep trauma from the action. So, how do we deal with this act of exhibitionism when walking in a public place? Reporting from Sehatq , there are several ways to deal with this act of exhibitionism, namely:

• Try to stay calm and not give any reaction. This is because the perpetrators of exhibitionism tend to want a reaction from the attention they have done.
• Express indifference or annoyance.
• Position your body as if avoiding or turning your back to the perpetrator of exhibitionism. Give the impression that you don’t care about his actions.
• After moving away from the location where the exhibitionism occurred, immediately call the police.
• Don’t stay silent, approach, or even attack exhibitionism actors.
• If caught by exhibitionists, act as if they have a seizure because it can make them feel scared.
• For children and adolescents, teach them to shout “fire” if they are sexually assaulted.

Criminal Law Enforcement Against Exhibitionism Perpetrators

As previously explained, this act of exhibitionism has received great attention from the legal system in Indonesia. There are quite a number of statutory laws that stipulate that exhibitionism is a criminal offence. What’s more, the act of exhibitionism is already included in the category of obscenity which seriously violates the norms of decency.

Criminal sanctions for this exhibitionism crime can be seen in Article 36 of Law no. 44 of 2008 concerning Pornography, reads:

“Anyone who shows himself or another person in a show or in public that depicts nudity, sexual exploitation, intercourse, or other pornographic contents as referred to in Article 10 shall be punished with imprisonment for a maximum of 10 (ten) years and/or a fine. 5,000,000,000.00 (five billion rupiah) at most.”

Not only that, this act of exhibitionism is also regulated in Law Number 35 of 2014 Article 82 (previously Law No.23 of 2002) concerning Child Protection. Yep, this act of exhibitionism will receive legal scrutiny if it makes children the victims, which reads:

“Anyone who deliberately commits violence or threatens violence, forces, commits deception, a series of lies, or induces a child to commit or permits obscene acts to be carried out, shall be punished with imprisonment for a maximum of 15 (fifteen) years and a minimum of 3 (three) ) years and a maximum fine of Rp. 300,000,000.00 (three hundred million rupiahs) and a minimum of Rp. 60,000,000.00 (sixty million rupiahs).”

So, that’s a review of what exhibitionism is and its levels, causative factors, treatment, ways to deal with it, and the views of Indonesian law on it. If Sinaumed’s feels that he has been a victim of this exhibitionism action, we hope that the trauma you are feeling will heal soon…

•  

Causes of Sexual Disorders Exhibitionism – Viral cases related to exhibitionism have occurred several times. An abnormality that makes sufferers feel happy when other people see their genital area is certainly troubling residents. However, what actually happens to someone with the disorder?

Exhibitionism is a condition that can harm other people, even causing trauma. This disorder needs to get immediate treatment before it becomes a crime. The vast majority of exhibitionists are male, although women can experience this sexual disorder as well.

Definition of Exhibitionism

Exhibitionism disorder is a condition that causes a person to compulsively expose his vital parts and genitals, both male and female, to other people in public places. This can lead to stimulation and sexual pleasure while doing it.

This condition is classified as a paraphilic disorder, namely sexual interest that is dysfunctional, so that it has the potential to harm oneself or others. The sufferer has the main desire to find a feeling of surprise, impression, and fear of the victim.

Psychological Aspects of Exhibitionism

Exhibitionism was first described as a mental illness in the scientific journal published in 1877 by the French physician and psychologist Charles Lasègue (1809–1883). Exhibitionism behavior can interfere with a person’s normal quality of life. The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, 4th Edition (class 302.4) calls this behavior that is considered a psychological disorder “paraphilia”.

The general definition of exhibitionism is sexual deviation which is characterized by the behavior of showing one’s genitals to strangers. This behavior is motivated by sexual fantasies and strong sexual urges.

Just like other mental disorders, this condition can occur due to the interaction of biological (such as genes), psychological (psychological condition of the person), and social (such as parenting and environmental) factors. However, this theory of exhibitionism can be traced from a person’s childhood, including from his own sexual development, whether it was well formed in the upbringing of his parents.

A research team conducted research by taking a sample of respondents from 185 exhibitionists with the question: “How do you react when you show your genitals to other people?” The most common responses were “want to have sex” (35.1%), followed by “no reaction required at all” (19.5%), “to show their dick too” (15.1%), “admiration” (14.1%), and “any reaction” (11.9%). Only a few respondents chose “anger and disgust” (3.8%) or “fear” (0.5%).

Exhibitionism perpetrators in several countries can be caught in lawsuits, in the form of a violation of the law which is called indecent exposure. Several types of behavior can be included as a form of exhibitionism, including:

• Anasirma, namely lifting the skirt when not wearing underwear with the aim of showing off the genitals.
• Flashing, namely temporarily opening a limb that is normally closed. In women, for example, showing off their bare breasts briefly by lifting and lowering clothing and/or bras briefly. Or also briefly showing off male or female genitalia.
• Martimaklia, which is a type of paraphilia that involves sexual attraction so that other people watch the sexual act he is doing.
• Mooning, namely showing naked buttocks by pushing pants and underwear. This behavior tends to become a gendered double standard: when performed by a male, it is more likely to be seen as a joke, humor, insult or ridicule, and has nothing to do with sexual arousal; whereas if it is done by a woman, the opposite happens, which is considered sexual stimulation (or at least sexual attention) to the target person shown.
• Streaking, namely the act of running completely naked across a public place. The goal is usually not sexual, but tension and “surprise” value that can be done by a boy or a girl.
• Candaulism, namely someone who exposes his sexual partner in an explicit way.
• Reflectoporn, namely the act of stripping oneself naked and taking pictures (photos or videos) using a reflective surface, for example taking pictures from a mirror and then uploading them to the internet or public forums. Another example of this behavior is the reflection of a man’s or woman’s genitals on the surfaces of kettles, televisions, toasters, knives, spoons and forks. Some examples of this started when a man was selling kettles at an auction in Australia and posted a photo of the kettle with his naked body reflected in the kettle. The specific term “reflektoporn” was first popularized by Chris Stevens in Internet Magazine.
• Telephone schatology, namely exhibitionism variant behavior, even though there is no direct physical interaction component.

Exhibitionism Classification

In general, there are two main groups of exhibitionism. Harmless exhibitionism and dangerous exhibitionism. However, in a scientific paper entitled Forensics and Medical-Legal Aspects of Sexual Crimes and Unusual Sexual Practices (2009) it is stated that exhibitionism can be classified as follows.

Class I: Fantasy Exhibitionists

These people fantasize about showing off their genitals to unsuspecting people, but are too scared to actually carry out the fantasy. They tend to stay happy only with their exhibitionist fantasies. Some of them may turn to zoophilic exhibitionism to fulfill their fantasies, as it seems a safer activity.

Class II: Pure Exhibitionist

These people are content to just show off their genitals from a distance and masturbate. They don’t touch their victims or actually hurt them in any way.

Class III: Criminal Exhibitionists

This type of offender is the most numerous exhibitionist group. They are also involved in other sexual crimes, notably pedophilia and child abuse. After discovering a child as a victim, their sexual behavior may begin as exhibitionism, but may develop into crimes of sexual abuse and child abuse. This is considered very dangerous for society and requires more attention.

Class IV: Exclusive Exhibitionists

These offenders are unable to form normal romantic relationships with persons of their gender preference group, and are unable to engage in normal sexual relationships. For them, exhibitionism is the only outlet for sexual gratification. Such exhibitionists do not appear to have been reported in the literature so far, but on the basis of paraphilia equivalence theory it can be predicted that such types do exist in society and that they will be reported sometime in the future. Their behavior lies at the extreme ends of the paraphilic continuum because they are unable to form normal romantic relationships with other people.

Common Examples of Exhibitionism

Incidents of someone showing off his genitals in a public place can happen to one or more people. The victim is unsuspecting, or even happens from a distance. Some places that are often the scene of this condition, namely:

• Window.
• In the car.
• At the threshold or entrance of a building.
• City bus.
• In the locker room or bathroom, and more.

Victims of the act of showing off genitals are likely to be people who do not know. This can be a source of sexual stimulation for people with exhibitionism.

Is Exhibitionism a Crime?

This depends on the level of the offense to be considered a crime. A person who has this condition can be prosecuted and even punished for:

• Doing indecent acts.
• Committing sexual harassment.
• Doing indecent things in public.
• Other crimes depend on the severity and circumstances that occurred.

Someone who commits these actions can become a serious accusation, even get a legal punishment that applies to social sanctions. Of course this also causes a psychological impact on the victims.

People with this condition also need to be offered mental health care, so they know if what they are doing is wrong. That way, the right action can make this disturbance that harms others better.

Causes of Sexual Disorders Exhibitionism

The exact cause of exhibitionism is not known. However, several factors are thought to cause or increase a person’s risk of experiencing this disorder. However, these factors are still being debated and need further investigation.

The factors in question are:

• Genetic and neuropsychological factors.
• Exhibitionism sexual disorder is thought to be caused by disruption of fetal brain development since in the womb.
• Childhood trauma factor. Some events that cause trauma in childhood, such as sexual abuse, emotional suffering, and lack of attention and affection from parents, can also increase a person’s risk of experiencing exhibitionism. Deviant sexual fantasies can be a form of mechanism to overcome the childhood trauma ( coping mechanism ).
• Several other factors can also increase the risk of exhibitionism, such as antisocial personality, alcohol abuse, and lack of self-confidence.

What Are the Characteristics of Exhibitionism Sexual Disorder Sufferers?

Symptoms of exhibitionism sexual disorder usually begin to appear at the age of 15-25 years and begin to decrease with age. The following are characteristics of people with exhibitionism sexual disorders:

• Feeling satisfied when showing genitals to strangers in public places. Some people with exhibitionism like to show off their genitals only to certain groups of people, such as young children or the opposite sex.
• Sexual arousal arises when you see the victim feeling shocked, scared, or amazed, followed by masturbation. However, there is no intention to make further physical contact or sexual intercourse with the victim.
• It tends to be difficult to start or maintain a relationship, both romantic and friendship.
• It is not uncommon for people with exhibitionism to also show symptoms of other paraphilic disorders and are considered to be hypersexual.

How to Overcome Exhibitionism Disorders

Most people who have this condition do not seek treatment until they are caught and forced to do so. If your loved one is suspected of having this disorder, immediate treatment is highly recommended. Actions that are commonly performed are psychotherapy and drug consumption.

Psychotherapy can help a person control their impulses and find ways to overcome the urge to show off their genitals. There are several approaches taken to make it better, namely relaxation training, empathy training, to cognitive restructuring.

Consumption of drugs can also be done to help inhibit sex hormones, so that sexual desire can be suppressed. Some drugs to treat depression and mood disorders may also be needed to get these benefits.

Not many sufferers of exhibitionism sexual disorder go to a psychiatrist or psychologist. They tend to hide their disorder because they feel guilty, ashamed, or have financial and legal problems.

In fact, sufferers of this disorder are advised to immediately get treatment, both medically and psychologically. This needs to be done before he endangers himself and others, or even commits a crime.

Exhibitionism therapy is carried out by psychiatrists with a choice of methods that vary, according to the severity of the disorder experienced by the patient. Some of the therapeutic methods that can be done are:

1. Psychotherapy

Through psychotherapy, sufferers will undergo individual or group counseling sessions. Some of the topics in counseling are specific, such as the topic of marriage or family. Psychotherapy is expected to help sufferers to improve behavior and ability to interact socially.

2. Drug Therapy

The types of drugs given can be hormone suppressants, antidepressants, or mood controllers. These drugs generally work by reducing sex drive, so that deviant sexual behavior can be suppressed.

Treatment for exhibitionism disorder is long-term and the success of treatment depends on the individual. If the sufferer has the desire to recover and become a better person, then the chances of successful therapy will be even greater.

Exhibitionism sexual harassment can have an impact on personal, social and work life, up to legal consequences. Even though exhibitionism sufferers do not aim to make further physical contact with the victim, this should not be taken lightly because it can cause fear or psychological trauma to victims, especially children.

If you witness exhibitionism, the action that needs to be taken is to immediately leave the scene and ask for help from other people or security officers who are around. Thus, exhibitionism sufferers can be immediately secured and treated.

Conclusion

Exhibitionism is part of the paraphilic sexual disorder. Paraphilias are deviant sexual urges, passions, fantasies, or behaviors involving objects, activities, or situations that generally do not arouse sexual desire.

Someone will be diagnosed as having exhibitionism sexual disorder if this behavior has been going on for at least 6 months and causes suffering, disturbance, or loss, both for the sufferer himself and for others.

Reference

• ” Exhibitionism, Desire to Show Off Private Areas in the Public Audience “. Halodoc . Retrieved 18 January 2023.
• ” Exhibitionism Sexual Disturbance, Likes to Show Genitals “. HealthReplies.com Retrieved 18 January 2023.

 

 

The Example of Prophet Sulaiman – As a Muslim in general, you will certainly know about the stories of the prophet who are always told when hearing religious lectures, be it in mosques, schools, or other places that are holding religious events.

As is well known, the stories of the prophets are true stories that have occurred centuries ago as part of the history of the development of the Islamic religion to this day. Faith in the prophets and apostles is the fourth pillar of faith. For Muslims, the pillars of faith are things that must be practiced. Before cultivating faith in the prophets and apostles, one must first understand and study the stories, miracles, history, and journeys of all 25 prophets and apostles.

The lesson to be learned from believing in the Prophets and Messengers is that we can motivate ourselves to be more active in worshiping Allah Ta’ala, stay away from all the prohibitions of Allah Ta’ala, follow and emulate the attitudes of the prophets and apostles. and have good behavior according to God’s commands. Prophets and apostles who have good morals with honest and true faith.

Prophet Sulaiman AS was no exception, who was also a king in his time but still had a generous nature and did not forget Allah SWT who had given him wealth and power, but he still did not become arrogant or become a cruel ruler. Even though he was hit by various obstacles while carrying out the task of conveying God’s commands, he remained patient and determined to be able to get through it.

Therefore, it is very good for us Muslims to emulate the qualities of Prophet Sulaiman AS as our guide to live life in this world so that we always do good and believe in God’s power.

For this reason, as a guide in living this life, we also have to know what role models the Prophet Sulaiman AS did and in this discussion we have summarized the example of Prophet Sulaiman AS for Sinaumed’s friends to learn and practice in everyday life.

Furthermore, we have presented the discussion below!

History of Prophet Sulayman AS

Solomon was a prophet endowed with special brilliance, intelligence and power. Prophet Solomon is known among the Jews as Solomon or Solomon, which means Prince of Peace. The name Solomon was given by his father, the Prophet David. He was born in Palestine around the 10th century (989-931) BC.

His father was Prophet Daud bin Yahuda bin Ya’qub bin Ishaq bin Ibrahim Al-Khalil. Prophet Sulaiman was the second child born to one of the wives of Prophet David named Bathsheba bint Eliem. Prophet Sulaiman was a very wise Jewish king and his people were called the children of Israel. The Al-Quran and al-Kitab mention that Prophet Sulaiman was chosen as the crown prince, who was deliberately prepared by Prophet David from the age of 11 to become king.

Then Prophet Sulaiman became king at a very young age, Prophet Sulayman became king from the age of 13. It was not without reason that Prophet David As appointed Prophet Sulaiman as his successor at a very young age because Prophet David As saw advantages and privileges in Prophet Sulaiman that his other children did not have.

Prophet Sulaiman was a smart, clever, wise and calculating child. Prophet Sulaiman inherited all the advantages and majesty of Prophet David and because Allah gave Prophet Sulaiman AS wisdom and understanding in making decisions.

The Qur’an mentions that Sulaiman (Solomon) understood the language of animals such as birds and ants. It is said that the ants warned the herd to return to their nest because Solomon (Solomon) and his army would trample them. Sulaiman (Solomon), who heard and understood the words of the ants, smiled and laughed and gave thanks to Allah. Sulaiman (Solomon) can also chat with hud-hud birds and talk with genies.

Sulaiman (Solomon) is also said to have gathered his army consisting of humans, jinn and birds, ordered the hud-hud to convey messages and eavesdrop on people’s conversations, caught demons and ordered them to build and dive, melted copper, ordered the jinn to make things wanted Solomon (Solomon) to build it, what he wanted, such as tall buildings, statues and tiles the size of a pond.

The Qur’an mentions that no one knew about Solomon’s (Solomon) death until termites damaged the supports and caused Solomon’s (Solomon) body to fall. The scholars reported that Solomon (Solomon) died while in the house of worship, while the jinn who worked for him went in and out of the house of worship.

When Solomon’s body fell, they immediately came out and told the people that Solomon was dead. Another statement says that the jinn immediately ran away from his duties. Some scholars say Sulaiman (Solomon) died when he was over 50 years old, some scholars say he was 52 years old. The Bible says that Solomon (Solomon) ruled for forty years.

Exemplifying the Wisdom from the Story of Prophet Sulayman AS

The exemplary nature of Prophet Sulayman AS teaches us so many lessons about the true purpose of life. Imitating the practice of Prophet Sulaiman can make us pious Muslims.

Prophet Sulaiman AS was a prophet sent by Allah SWT to the Children of Israel. He was given a grand mandate to lead the kingdom of Israel. Previously under the guidance of his father the Prophet David AS. At that time he was known as one of the four great kings of the world who once ruled part of the world.

1. Trusted, Fair and Wise Leader

Prophet Sulayman was truly a legendary king as a leader. His name and majesty are known throughout the world

He was very good at organizing and managing his empire. Even Prophet Sulayman was famous for his wisdom and justice in finding solutions to the problem.

He also has the ability to organize his entire large army. Consists of humans, jinn and animals.

This huge army possessed enormous strength. Because of his trustworthiness, fairness and wisdom, Prophet Sulayman AS led his government for 40 years.

Some even claim that Prophet Sulayman AS led the Israelites to the pinnacle of glory through peaceful means. Prophet Solomon’s example is truly extraordinary.

2. Always Humble and Ashamed of God

Even though he was given enormous and unlimited power, this did not make Prophet Sulayman AS completely arrogant. On the contrary, he felt humiliated in front of other creatures of God.

Prophet Sulaiman was the only prophet and king who was privileged by Allah SWT to understand the language of animals, to be able to speak with hud-hud birds and also to understand the language of ants. Prophet Sulayman who had full power over the vast and expanding kingdom of the Children of Israel and Allah subjected him to other creatures, namely jinn, winds and birds, all of which were under his command. what he wants and obeys all his orders.

God also gave a gift of liquid copper flowing from the earth to be used in building work. The various features possessed by the prophet Sulaiman are: First, understanding the language of animals. Second, to be the richest Prophet of humanity in the history of civilization. Third, has the strongest army in human history, namely a team of humans and jinn working under his command. Fourth, He also directs the winds according to His commands.

However, with his great and unlimited strength, Prophet Sulaiman felt humbled before his fellow creatures, including a sense of shame before Allah SWT, Prophet Sulayman saw God’s grace so great, but he felt that his worship was still lacking.

He was ashamed to look at the sky because he was ashamed of Allah, Prophet Sulayman liked to have dialogue with the little people and he liked to communicate with his people, even if only with a few ants. Prophet Sulayman also liked to work in gratitude. And the solemnity of Prophet Sulaiman’s prayer was so great that he died while praying in a standing position.

3. Enjoying Work as Gratitude

Prophet Sulaiman was one of the prophets who enjoyed work as a form of gratitude and love for Allah. This later became one of the examples of Prophet Sulaiman.

His ability to be grateful is described in the Holy Qur’an. It is said that he once questioned God.

He asked God for guidance to show him someone who would make him intelligent and grateful. Then Allah told Prophet Sulayman to meet two people who were working hard.

One of them was working hard with the intention of stabbing his stomach out of hunger. Then the others worked hard with the intention of giving thanks to Allah.

He was not one of those who were said to be idle. After seeing the two men, Prophet Sulaiman AS also prayed to Allah to give him a job, which made him always grateful.

Then God taught the knowledge of iron with gold with gold. Thus, he became the first person to coat iron with gold. We must follow the example of Prophet Sulaiman in our daily lives.

4. Always keep the prayer

To the extent that he died in a standing position praying. Have you prayed humbly? Allah said in QS. As Saba’ (34): 14:

فَلَمَّا قَضَيْنَا عَلَيْهِ الْمَوْتَ مَا دَلَّهُمْ عَلَىٰ مَوْتِهِ إِلَّا دَابَّةُ الْأَرْضِ تَأْكُلُ مِنْسَأَتَهُ ۖ فَلَمَّا خَرَّ تَبَيَّنَتِ الْجِنُّ أَنْ لَوْ كَانُوا يَعْلَمُونَ الْغَيْبَ مَا لَبِثُوا فِي الْعَذَابِ الْمُهِينِ

Meaning: “So when We determined the death of Solomon, nothing showed them his death except for the termites that ate his staff. So when he had fallen down, the genie knew that if they had known the unseen they would not have remained in humiliating torment (becoming hard-working servants for Prophet Sulaiman). (QS. As Saba: 14)

Some interpretations state that Prophet Sulaiman died while praying while standing. While standing, Allah SWT took his soul and he stood with his hands leaning on his stick, he stood in a dead position for one year and his army which also consisted of jinns and demons, did not know that Prophet Sulaiman had died, even though he had been dead for one year. So the termites ate the stick used for prostration until it was fragile, then Prophet Sulaiman fell and the genie realized that it was Prophet Sulaiman who had died.

5. Has a High Level of Intelligence

One day there was an event that showed his intelligence and spirit of mind, which occurred at the court he attended. During the trial, two men came to complain and asked the Prophet David to hear their case, namely that one of the two men said that a herd of goats entered his plantation area at night, causing damage to the garden he had tended for so long that approaching harvest time.

The friend who complained testified that his friend’s complaint was true and that his livestock damaged his friend’s garden and yard.

In this case, the father of Prophet Sulayman, namely Prophet David, decided that as compensation to the owner of the garden due to the consequences of his friend’s pet goat, the owner of the goat must surrender his pets to the owner of the garden as compensation for his mistakes.

But things were different with his father, according to the prophet Sulaiman who heard his father’s decision, but felt that it was not right, he said to his father: “O father, in my opinion, the decision should be like this, to the owner of the yard, whose crops were destroyed; he has to give his friend to take care of his pet goat for breeding, take the produce and use it for your needs. While the damaged yard was given to his friend to be repaired and cared for until it returned to its original state, each of them got back what was his, so that neither party who gains or loses in this way is better than he should be.

Sulaiman’s proposed decision was well received by the plaintiffs and all witnesses, received with admiration for Sulaiman’s intelligence and wisdom by those present at the trial. Despite her young age, she shows maturity and courage to speak her mind, even if it doesn’t agree with her father.

This event is the beginning of the history of Prophet Sulayman As, which is full of prophetic miracles and God’s grace shown to him and his father Prophet David.

6. A compassionate prophet to others

Allah SWT gave Prophet Sulaiman a miracle in the form of understanding the language of animals. One day, a large group of Prophet Sulayman went to Asgal Valley and the group included Prophet Sulaiman and his people, angels, jinns and animals. On the way, he ordered his entourage to stop.

“Wait a minute, we are giving God’s creatures time to save themselves,” said Prophet Sulaiman.

“O Nabiyullah, why did we suddenly stop in the middle of the road?” asked one of the group.

“Ahead is an ant valley with millions of ants in it. I will order them to cover them so that our group does not trample them,” answered Prophet Sulaiman.

Prophet Sulayman seemed to hear from afar the conversation of the ant king who told the ants to hide. This is a very big miracle, you will again hear about the beast from afar, he is Nabiyullah Sulaiman, the king of all kings living in this world and there has never been a king in this world who was as big as him.

When Solomon heard what the ants were saying, he smiled. What did the little ant imagine? Even though Solomon gained power and had a large army, he showed mercy to the ants.

He heard her whisper and saw an ant in front of him. Therefore, it was impossible for him to step on it. Sulaiman thanked Allah SWT. who gave him the favors, namely the favors of mercy and the favors of love.

This story is an excerpt from the verse of AI-Qur’an surah An-Naml verse 18 which means, “Until when they arrive at the Valley of the Ants say an ant, enter into your nests so that you are not stepped on by Sulaiman As. and his army, while they are not aware.”

Conclusion

That’s all for a brief discussion of examples from the story of Prophet Sulaiman AS.

From the story of the Prophet Sulaiman AS mentioned above, there are many examples that we can learn and lessons that we can learn to live our daily lives. Reading and emulating the story and character of Prophet Sulaiman AS teaches us to always be grateful and not arrogant with everything we have because it is all entrusted and will return to Him, the Almighty.

This is a review of the exemplary story of the Prophet Sulaiman AS. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about the story of the example of Prophet Sulaiman AS and science related to other religions, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you.

Author: Pandu Akram

Related article:

The Prayers of Prophet Sulayman AS and His Wisdom

This Prayer of the Prophet Khidir When You Have a Desire or Hajat

Sekaten is the Commemoration Ceremony of the Birth of the Prophet Muhammad SAW

Prophet Saleh’s Miracles and Stories with the Thamud

Differences between the Book and the Shuf and the Recipients of the Prophets

The example of the Prophet Ismail – If we recall the history of one of the most memorable prophetic events and the beginning of the Eid al-Adha worship which is synonymous with cutting sacrificial animals as a form of gratitude to Allah SWT who has given us life, this is an important event for a prophet and his father namely the prophet Ismail AS and the prophet Abraham AS.

This historical event, especially for Muslims around the world, regarding the fortitude of a child, namely the prophet Ismail who, because of Allah SWT’s orders, was willing to sacrifice himself to be slaughtered by his own father, namely the Prophet Ibrahim AS as a form of obedience to Allah SWT, but at the last moment Allah replaced the position of Prophet Ismail The US brought a fat lamb from heaven in exchange for its slaughter and the position of the prophet Ismail was saved and the prophet Abraham passed the test of Allah SWT regarding his obedience to carrying out God’s commands.

This event became very historical because it contained a very deep message about the fortitude of a child and the obedience of a father in carrying out God’s commands and at the same time it was a touching event because in the end they were able to live together again as a family after passing a test from Allah SWT.

As Muslims in the present era, we should be grateful for this incident because in the future there will no longer be stories of a father having to sacrifice his beloved son to be slaughtered but instead replaced with other livestock such as cows, camels and sheep. From this story, we can learn many things about the story of father and son, the obedience of a servant, and the fortitude of a child to his father and God.

For this reason, it is very interesting if in this discussion we will summarize the exemplary story of the prophet Ismail AS and it is very good for us Muslims to emulate the qualities of the prophet Ismail AS as our guide to live life in this world so that we always do good and believe in the power of God. 

History of the Prophet Ismail

Isma’il or Ismail (Arabic: إسماعيل, translate. Ismā’īl‎; Hebrew: יִשְׁמָעֵאל, Modern Yishmael Tiberias Yišmāʻēl) is a character in the Qur’an, Bible and Tanakh. In Islam, he is seen as a prophet and messenger.[1] Isma’il is also associated with Makkah and the construction of the Kaaba. Isma’il was the first child of Abraham and the ancestor of Muhammad. His descendants were called `Arab al-Musta’ribah (“Arabized Arabs”), because they were not native Arabs and learned Arabic from the local natives. The verse that states about the story of the prophet Ismail AS is the following:

“And tell (Muhammad) the story of Ishmael in the Book. He is truly a true promise, an apostle and prophet. And he ordered his family to (carry out) prayers and (pay) zakat, and he is a person who is pleased with his Lord.” (QS) Maryam (19): 54–55

Follow the story of the Prophet Ismail AS

1. The Birth of Prophet Ismail is the Fruit of Patience from a Father (Prophet Ibrahim)

It is said that Prophet Ibrahim and his wife Siti Sarah have not been blessed with a child. Prophet Ibrahim also continued to pray to Allah so that he would be blessed with pious and obedient children. For once, Sarah knew what her husband was waiting for. However, she could not fulfill her husband’s wishes because she had an infertile uterus. Then Siti Sarah came up with a plan to bring Prophet Ibrahim closer to his slave named Siti Hajar and planned to get married.

Siti Sarah also hopes that through this marriage Prophet Ibrahim can have pious children from his marriage to Siti Hajar. Then at one point, Siti Sarah revealed a plan to her husband. Then Prophet Ibrahim said: “First we have to ask Siti Hajar whether she agrees or not.” Then Siti Sarah and Prophet Ibrahim asked Siti Hajar directly and Siti Hajar agreed. Long story short, Prophet Ibrahim and Siti Hajar got married and then Siti Hajar was successfully impregnated by her husband (Prophet Ibrahim).

Then, when Siti Hajar was 9 months pregnant, she gave birth to a child who later became Prophet Ismail. It is said that the birth of the Prophet Ismail was the answer to the prayer that the Prophet Abraham always prayed to Allah. Not in vain, decades of waiting from a father, namely the Prophet Abraham, resulted in the giving of a child as an answer to his prayers so far to Allah SWT.

2. Believing that all decisions of Allah SWT are the best and contain wisdom behind them

Some time after Ishmael’s birth, Allah told Prophet Ibrahim to go to Mecca with Hajar and his son. Without thinking, Prophet Ibrahim obeyed Allah’s command, took Hajar and Ismail along through the desert and stopped near where the Kaaba building now stands. Shortly after arriving there, Prophet Ibrahim left Hajar and Ismail there to return to Sham.

Hajar immediately grabbed Ibrahim’s clothes and said: “O Ibrahim, where are you going? Are you going to leave us in a valley where there is no one and nothing here?” Hajar repeated her question, but no words came out of Ibrahim’s mouth. Ibrahim did not even turn his head to answer his wife’s words. Finally Hajar said: “Did God command you before all this?” Then suddenly Ibrahim answered “Yes”. And Hajar accepted that, saying: “Then God will not leave us.”

Prophet Ibrahim AS traveled to Mecca at the behest of Allah. He moved in with his second wife Siti Hajar and son Nabi Ismail AS. This command from Allah happened because Prophet Ibrahim AS made a decision after seeing his first wife jealous of the happiness of Prophet Ibrahim AS and Siti Hajar. This migration to Mecca occurred by riding a camel and after reaching Mecca they started looking for a place of refuge. We found a tree to use for shelter, it was a dauhah tree and they immediately got off the camels.

Prophet Ibrahim AS began leaving his wife and children under the dauha tree. Actually Prophet Ibrahim AS did not dare to leave his wife and children in this very quiet and lonely place, but it was all because of Allah’s order, so Prophet Ibrahim AS did not want to violate it. Before Prophet Abraham left his wife and children, he said to his wife: “Fear God who has decided His will. Trust in His power and grace.

He ordered me to bring you (Hajar) here.” It was he who provided security to this abandoned place. Without Allah’s orders and revelations, I can’t bear to leave you with my beloved son. Believe, O Hajar, that Allah will not leave you both without His protection. His mercy and blessings always descend forever, God willing.”

Siti Hajar only brought a bottle of drinking water and some dates. Siti Hajar’s heart felt peaceful after the message of Prophet Ibrahim AS. In this lonely place, Siti Hajar began to pray to God to always provide protection so that she could survive in this dry and lonely place.

3. Obedient and obedient to both parents

Once Prophet Ibrahim AS really wanted to meet Siti Hajar and Ismail and asked Siti Sarah for permission to go meet Siti Hajar and Ismail. After getting permission from Siti Sarah, Prophet Ibrahim AS started going to the place where he left his wife and children in a deserted and quiet place. Arriving at their destination, Prophet Ibrahim AS was surprised because the place that used to be peaceful is now bustling and inhabited and the life of his wife and son is improving and thriving.

Siti Hajar, who saw the arrival of Prophet Ibrahim AS, was very happy and very happy, because she had not seen him for a long time. Likewise Prophet Ibrahim AS was very happy for the meeting of his son and wife and immediately apologized for having to leave his wife and son: “O my wife and children, forgive me. Until now I have never seen your situation of having to preach to spread the truth to the people there.”

Prophet Ibrahim, who was too tired after a long journey, began to rest at Masy’aril Haram (now Musdalifah). Prophet Ibrahim AS, who was sleeping soundly, saw in a dream an order to slaughter his son Ismail, as a sacrifice to Allah. After seeing this dream, Prophet Ibrahim AS immediately woke up from his sleep and kept thinking.

Interpreting the meaning of the dream of slaughtering his son for a long time, until the morning Prophet Ibrahim AS could not close his eyes and was still trying to interpret his dream, he wanted to tell his wife and son, but was afraid of adding to the worries and anxieties of his wife and children. AS went straight to bed to rest his body. During this break, Prophet Ibrahim AS started to dream that he was ordered to slaughter his son: “O Ibrahim. slaughter Ismail as a sacrifice to Allah SWT “

The order to slaughter made Prophet Ibrahim AS confused so that sweat dripped down his forehead. The heart of Prophet Ibrahim AS began to feel restless and restless, so he took ablution water and prayed. After seeing two dreams in the form of orders to slaughter, Prophet Ibrahim AS was convinced to slaughter his son for the third time. In the third dream, Prophet Ibrahim AS began to believe that the command to slaughter was an order from Allah.

After going through much consideration and full of faith, Prophet Ibrahim AS still slaughtered his son Ismail, even though Satan tempted him with the wrong order. Prophet Ibrahim also called his son and began to speak: “My son Ismail, I really want you to always be patient and firm in accepting God’s commands.” Ismail was very sincere and patient in accepting all orders: “Father, what Allah commands, just say! I remained patient and steadfast, and as a servant of God, all his commands had to be obeyed.

Explain the order and I will be patient to listen to it.” After hearing all of his father’s explanations, Ismail continued to show patience and strength. However, his wife Siti Hajar was very surprised to hear all of Allah’s commands narrated in the dream of Prophet Ibrahim AS. Siti Hajar also started crying, tears streaming down her cheeks and could only hug her beloved son before being slaughtered. Siti Hajar could only cry because if that was God’s command, she could not refuse it and would still fulfill all of God’s commands. The next day, Siti Hajar had to release her son from Prophet Ibrahim AS to bring him to fulfill Allah’s command.

On the way to their destination, Prophet Ibrahim AS and Ismail received many temptations from Satan to disobey God’s commands. Even so, with full confidence, the two of them continued their journey to Ismail’s slaughter place. After arriving at his destination, Prophet Ibrahim could not bear to kill his son on a hill, so he covered Ismail’s face. When Prophet Ibrahim AS wanted to fulfill Allah’s order, the angel Gabriel came, who was sent by Allah to prevent slaughter.

The angel Gabriel then replaced Ismail with a goat and told Prophet Ibrahim AS “make that day a day of celebration for the two of you and give goat meat to the poor”. He recounts the incident precisely in the following verse:

“So when the child reached (the age of being able to) try with Ibrahim, Ibrahim said: O my son, I actually saw in a dream that I was slaughtering you. Then think about what you think! He answered, O my father, do what you are commanded; God willing, you will find me among those who are patient.” 

“When both of them had surrendered and Ibrahim laid his son on (his) temple, (the patience of the two of them was evident). And We called him: O Ibrahim, indeed you have justified the dream, verily thus We reward those who do good. In fact, this is really a real test. And We ransomed the child with a large sacrifice.”

Conclusion

That’s all for a brief discussion of the example from the story of the prophet Ismail AS.

From the story of the Prophet Ismail AS mentioned above, there are many examples that we can learn and lessons that we can learn to live our daily lives. Reading and emulating the story and character of Prophet Ismail AS teaches us to always obey and be patient with every test given by Allah SWT.

Thus a review of the exemplary story of the prophet Ismail AS. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about the exemplary story of the prophet Ismail AS and other religious-related knowledge, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you.

Author: Pandu Akram

Articles related to the example of the Prophet Ismail AS:

Definition of Suhuf and 5 Prophets Who Received It

This Prayer of the Prophet Khidir When You Have a Desire or Hajat

Sekaten is the Commemoration Ceremony of the Birth of the Prophet Muhammad SAW

The Prayers of Prophet Sulayman AS and His Wisdom

 

Examples of Vertebrate Animals  – Vertebrates are a group of animals that have a backbone. In the classification system, vertebrates are a subphylum of the phylum Chordata. Phylum Chordata consists of three subphyla, namely Urochordata, Cephalochordata, and vertebrates. Check out more about the explanation of vertebrates below, Sinaumed’s!

1. DEFINITIONS OF VERTEBRATES

Vertebrate animals are a group of animals that have a backbone. The spine originates from the development of the primary body support axis or notochord (dorsal chord). Vertebrate notochord exists only in the embryonic period, after adulthood it will experience reinforcement to become a secondary body support system, namely the spine (vertebrae).

In the classification system, vertebrates are a subphylum of the phylum Chordata. Chordata includes animals that have the following characteristics:

• It has a notochord, which is a hard but flexible rod-shaped skeleton. The notochord lies between the alimentary canal and the nerve cord, extending the length of the body to form the axis of the skeleton.
• It has a single, perforated nerve cord located dorsal to the notochord, and has an enlarged anterior end in the form of a brain.
• It has a tail that extends posteriorly to the anus.
• Has pharyngeal slits.

2. CHARACTERISTICS OF VERTEBRATES

Some vertebrate animal skins are covered with fur and some are covered with hair. Internal organs, such as the digestive, heart, and respiratory organs are contained within a body cavity or coelom. In addition, vertebrate animals have complete organs, which make up their organ systems including the digestive system that extends from the mouth to the anus, a closed circulatory system (blood flows in the blood vessels), excretory organs in the form of kidneys, respiratory organs in the form of lungs. or gills, a pair of reproductive organs (right and left) and the endocrine system which functions to produce hormones. The following are other characteristics of vertebrate animals:

• Has nerves consisting of the brain and spinal cord
• Respire with skin and gill lungs.
• Has round and endoxin glands that produce controlling hormones.
• Having a hot and steady body temperature (homoiternal) or a cold body temperature according to environmental conditions (poikiloternal).
• The digestive tract extends from the mouth to the anus, which is located next to the vertran and behind.
• Epidermis (outer) and endodermis (inner) skin.
• Reproductive organs in pairs, except in birds.

3. CLASSIFICATION OF VERTEBRATES

a. PISCES

Pisces has a habitat in the water with gills for breathing. This animal has fins that function to determine the direction of motion in the water and has lateral lines to determine water pressure. Including cold-blooded animals (poikilothermic), namely body temperature adjusted to the environment. Pisces reproduce by laying eggs (ovipar). Based on the type of bones, fish are divided into 3 groups, namely:

• Agnatha (Jawless Fish): Order Agnatha, Examples of species Petromyzon, lampreys, Polistrotema (hag fish), Examples of species Polystrotema (hag fish)
• Chondrichthyes or cartilaginous fish, Examples of species: Bison-headed shark (Heterodontus sp), Hammerhead shark (Spyrna tudes), Dog-headed shark (Squalus acanthias), Stingray (Dasyatis sabina), Tiger shark (Sphyrna blochii)
• Osteichthyes or fish with hard bones, for example: carp, gourami, tuna. Pisces vertebrate

b. AMPHIBIA

Amphibians are animals that can live in two habitats, namely land and water, but not all types of Amphibians live in two places of life. Some types of frogs, salamanders, and caecilians exist only in water and exist only on land. However, their overall habitat is close to water and damp places such as swamps and tropical rainforests. These animals breathe with gills, lungs and have a poikilothermic body temperature, reproduce by laying eggs (ovipar) and fertilization occurs outside the body (external). Amphibians are divided into 3 orders, namely:

• Order Stegoephalia: An example of the species is Ichtyopsis
• Order Caudata: Examples of species are Cryptobranchus (river salamander), Hynobius (Salamander that lives on the plains of Asia), Megalobatrachus maximus (Salamander commonly eaten in Japan)
• Anura Order: An example of the species is Rana sp. (Frog), Polypedates leucomystax (Tree frog), Microhyla (Frog), Bufo Marinus (Big frog)

So that Sinaumed’s can understand more deeply about Amphibian animals, the book Why? The Reptiles and Amphibians by YeaRimDang contains various explanations and understandings packaged in picture form to make it easier and more interesting to read.

c. REPTILE

Reptiles (in Latin, reptiles = reptiles) have scaly skin made of horny substance (keratin). Scales function to prevent dryness. Other features shared by most reptiles are five-fingered limbs, breathing with lungs, three or four bear hearts, using environmental energy to regulate body temperature so they are classified as poikilothermic animals, internal fertilization, producing eggs so they are classified as oviparous with shelled eggs. . Reptilia is divided into 4 Orders:

• Chelonian Order
• Rhynchocephalia
• Squamata
• Crocodilia

If Sinaumed’s wants to know the various types of reptiles, the book Reptilpedia by Christina Wilsdon discusses each type of reptile in detail along with colorful photos and dancing facts about reptiles.

d. AVES

Aves have a homoiterm body temperature (body temperature is constant, not affected by ambient temperature). It has a hairy body that forms wings and is used for flying. The bones are hollow so they are light. Breed by laying eggs (ovipar) and fertilization in the body. Aves eggs are shelled and have a large yolk. These animals breathe with the lungs and have air sacs that help breathing while flying. Example: chicken, cassowary, penguin, duck, goose. Aves is divided into several Orders:

• Order Colombiforines
• Order Coracaiiformes
• Order Grana Cares
• Order of the Nato Torres
• Order of Rapaces

In understanding this type of aves, Sinaumed’s can read a book entitled Aves Invertebrata – Exploring the Animal World written by Genevieve De Becker which explains it easily and also interestingly.

e. MAMMALIA

A distinctive feature of mammals is the mammary glands. Milk is produced by glands (mammae) located in the stomach or chest area. Mammalia are also called mammals because they suckle their young.

Mammals’ bodies are covered with hair which functions as insulation which slows down heat exchange with the environment, as a sense of touch, among others, on the mustache, as protection from friction and sunlight, as a disguise or defense to protect against prey, and as a sex characteristic.

Mammalia reproduce by giving birth (viviparous). These animals have a homoiterm body temperature (fixed body temperature) and breathe with the lungs. Mammals have a more developed brain compared to other vertebrate animals. Various orders of mammals:

• Order Insectivora
• Order of the Phalidata
• Order Chiroptera
• Marsupial Order
• Order Prosboscidae
• Order Artidactea

4. Examples of Vertebrate Animals

Some examples of vertebrate animals, as follows:

1. Bison Headed Shark (Heterodontus sp)
2. Hammerhead shark (Spyrna tudes)
3. Goldfish
4. Gouramy
5. Mackarel tuna.
6. Tree frog (Polypedates leucomystax )
7.  Penguin
8. Duck
9. Swan

After discussing several examples of vertebrate animals, to make it easier for you to understand vertebrate animals, the next discussion is the morphology and anatomy of vertebrate animals.

5. MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES

The morphology and anatomy of vertebrate animals is divided based on the classification of vertebrate animals, namely fish, amphibians, reptiles, aves, and mammals.

MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY OF PISCES

Each type of fish or fish has a different anatomy in their body, such as sharks that never stop swimming, and many more are discussed in the book Animal Anatomy Series: Sharks and Other Fish by David West.

Pisces (fish) is an animal that lives in water, they can breathe underwater because they have gills. Pisces can be found in fresh water (lakes or rivers) or salt water (seas or oceans). Pisces are cold-blooded animals (poikilothermic), which means their body temperature changes according to the temperature of the water in which they live.

Fish are the most diverse group of vertebrates, with more than 27,000 species worldwide. Most of the body structure of fish is formed by the skeleton, the bones that make up the body are cartilage, and also true bones. The gills and tail they each have can help them to move quickly in the water.

Morphological Characteristics:

• It is covered with scales and has lateral lines to determine swimming direction and position
• The body consists of the Head
• The skeleton is composed of true bones
• No auricles

Anatomical Features:

• Have a liver, but the stomach is only an enlargement of the intestine. In the intestine there are spiral valves
• Have gills that have an operculum and gill slits. The swim bladder consists of oxygen, CO₂, N₂, and functions as a breathing apparatus. In dipnoi there are pneumatocysts which function as lungs when fish live in mud containing little water
• The heart bears two, the blood gets O₂ in the gill filaments
• Having pronephrons or kidneys. In aghata there is no renal portal system
• The brain consists of 5 sections of 10 cranial nerves
• Females have a pair of ovaries and a pair of oviducts, oviparous or viviparous

MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY OF AMPHIBIA

Each type of amphibian also has a different anatomy from one another, such as frogs that can live on land as well as water and salamander skin that is moist and also thin. The differences between frogs and toads are explained in a book entitled Animal Anatomy Series: Frogs and Other Amphibians. by David West.

Amphibians are animals with high humidity skin, not covered by hair and are able to live in water or on land. Amphibia comes from the Greek, namely Amphi which means two and Bios which means life. Therefore, amphibians are defined as animals that have two forms of life, namely on land and in water.

Amphibians are the smallest group of vertebrates, numbering only 3,000 species. Like fish and reptiles, amphibians are cold-blooded animals. This means that amphibians cannot regulate their own body temperature. For this reason, amphibians need the sun to warm their bodies. Initially, amphibians started life in waters and carried out respiration using gills. Along with the growth of the lungs and legs develop and amphibians can walk on land.

Morphological Characteristics:

• Can live in water and on land or damp places
• Also called animals that have a place to live (habitat) in two realms
• Animals breathe with lungs and skin.
• The skin consists of the dermis
• Has no ears

Anatomical Features:

• Digestion is perfect, the jaws are also cloaced.
• Tongue mouth
• Respiratory organs in the form of lungs, skin, and gills. Gas exchange occurs in the skin. The larvae breathe with gills
• Three bear heart, two atria and one chamber. Closed circulation includes the carotid, systemic, and pulmocutaneous arteries. It has 3 kinds of veins namely the kafa vein, portal vein, and pulmonary vein.
• Mesonephroid type kidney with urinary tract urine exits through the cloaca. The bladder is a thin bubble on the ventral side of the cloaca
• The brain is divided into five sections with 10 cranial nerves.
• Has endocrine glands and thyroid glands.
• Eggs encased in gelatin, placed in water, hatch into larvae and undergo metamorphosis into adult frogs.

REPTILE MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY

In reptile animals, we can also see how lizards can break their tails, chameleons can change their body color, and many more are described in the book Animal Anatomy Series: Crocodiles and Other Reptiles by David West.

The word Reptilia comes from the word reptum which means creeping. Reptiles are the first group of land animals to breathe with lungs throughout their lives. The common feature of this class that distinguishes it from other classes is that its entire body is covered with dry skin or scales.

This skin covers the entire surface of the body and in some members of certain orders or sub-orders it can peel or shed its skin either totally, namely in members of the Ophidia sub-order and partially exfoliating in members of the Lacertilia sub-order.

The skin of reptiles has very few skin glands. Reptiles are included in vertebrates which are generally tetrapods, but in some of them their limbs are reduced or completely lost as in serpentes and some lacertillas. Reptiles that do not experience limb reduction generally have 5 fingers or pentadactylus and each finger has a claw.

Morphological Characteristics:

• Dry scaly skin of horny substance due to a substance keritin
• Cold-blooded (porcholioconal), i.e. those whose body temperature is affected by ambient temperature
• Locomotion tools in the form of legs and tail Do not have ears

Anatomical Features:

• It has hearts, prankeas, teeth and tongues
• Pulmonary breathing apparatus with long, cartilaginous ringed trachea
• Has 2 aortic that turns left and right. The heart of a bear has 4, namely 2 atria and 2 chambers but the partition between the 2 chambers is not perfect. Has nucleated erythrocytes. In some reptiles the partition between the right ventricle and left ventricle is not perfect so that dirty blood and clean blood can still mix.
• Has a pair of flattened kidneys, there are ureters that empty into the cloaca, although they also have urinary contents
• The central nervous system is the brain with 12 pairs of cranial nerves. Shelled eggs.
• To regulate body temperature, reptiles carry out a basking mechanism, namely basking in the sun.
• The excretory duct of Class Reptilia ends in the cloaca. There are two types of cloaca that are specific to the reptilian orders. Cloacas with transverse slits are found in the Squamata Order, namely the Lacertilia Sub-order and the Ophidia Sub-order. The cloaca with longitudinal slits is found in the Chelonian Order and the Crocodilian Order.

MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY OF AVES

Why can penguins live in cold temperatures and why can owls see in the dark? All matters regarding the types of aves will be discussed in a book entitled Animal Anatomy Series: Penguins and Other Poultry.

Aves are vertebrate animals whose entire body is covered with hair. The fur originates from the epidermis of the skin and is a modification of the scales in reptiles. Feathers on birds can adapt to their environment to form wings so that some aves have the ability to fly.

As for birds that have wings but cannot fly, such as ostriches, chickens, kiwis, turkeys, etc. In addition, aves are homoiterm animals or warm-blooded animals and reproduce by laying eggs and then being incubated until they hatch (Ovipar). The science that studies birds is ornithology.

Morphological Characteristics:

• The visual, auditory and vocal organs are well developed
• Warm-blooded (homoioteral)
• Hairy skin
• Has no ears
• Have wings

Anatomical Features:

• Have salivary glands, pancreatic glands, and a liver that produces bile
• Breathe with the lungs which are connected with air sacs which are also connected with the pipe bones
• The heart is covered by a pericardial membrane, bears 4, namely 2 atria, 2 vertical, with perfect chamber partitions. One aortic arch on the right. Only has 1 port system
• Metanephron-type kidney. Has no bladder. The renal portal vein is not divided into renal capillaries
• The brain’s central nervous system with 12 pairs of cranial nerves
• Male animals do not have a penis, female animals only have one ovary

MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY OF MAMMALS

What makes whales able to shoot water from their heads and why are gorillas often considered intelligent animals? Check out all the information about mammals in the book Animal Anatomy Series: Whales and Other Mammals from David West.

Mammals are also called mammals, because mammals are animals that have mammary glands as a source of food for their children, their bodies are covered with hair, have vertebrates or are warm-blooded animals. These mammals have or have more than > 5000 species spread all over the world. Indonesia has approximately 165 endemic species of mammals. Morphological Characteristics:

• Generally live on land, but some live in water such as whales, dolphins
• hot-blooded
• On the skin there are sweat glands and oil glands Have auricles

Anatomical Features:

• Inside the mouth there is a hard upper palate and a soft back. The digestive glands are 4 pairs of salivary glands, liver and gallbladder and pancreas.
• With 2 lobes of the lung each in a separate pleural space. There is a larynx roofed by the epiglottis as a vocal organ.
• There are 2 pieces of anterior vena cava left and right. Bear heart 4 with perfect partition. Red blood cells are not nucleated
• A pair of metanephric-type kidneys, shaped like peas. The chambers of the kidney and bladder are connected by a pair of ureters. Urine exits through the urogenital opening.
• Central nervous system: relatively large cerebrum and cerebellum; There are 12 pairs of cranial nerves. The genital opening and anus are separate. Male animals have a copulation tool in the form of a penis. The testicles produce spermatozoids and are in the scrotal sac. Ovum is very small.

Summary of Vertebrate Animals

From all the discussion above, it can be concluded that vertebrate animals have 5 classifications, the first is pisches, the second is amphibians, reptiles, aves, and mammals. The five classifications have their own characteristics, so that the shape of each different classification of vertebrate animals is very different. Not only that, each classification of vertebrate animals already has their own habitat, for example, fish that live in water (Pisces) or frogs that can live in water and on land (amphibians).

Thus the definition, characteristics, classification and morphology and anatomy of vertebrate animals. Hopefully useful Sinaumed’s!

Examples of Using Alternative Energy – Does Sinaumed’s know what alternative energy means? Alternative energy is an energy source that is often used as a substitute for fossil fuels such as coal, oil and natural gas.

Then why should fossil fuels be replaced? This is because fossil fuels are non-renewable natural resources, so their quantity and availability can run out.

Therefore, we have to conserve non-renewable energies, for example in electrical energy that comes from a coal energy source. The amount of coal on earth is limited, so it must be used sparingly. If you can’t save electrical energy, then more and more coal energy will eventually be used.

Therefore, experts then began to use alternative energy to replace energy that was becoming less in number and available. What are examples of alternative uses and their benefits for life? Come on, find out more details by reading this review until the end.

Examples of Using Alternative Energy Sources

Fossil energy can become the main foundation for a number of countries in the world, including Indonesia. In fact, Indonesia can take advantage of several sources of renewable energy or alternative energy because it is endowed with abundant natural wealth, even though its management has not run optimally.

Even so, the Indonesian government has committed to switch from fossil energy to renewable energy. Energy derived from fossils such as oil and coal clearly has drawbacks in its various uses, one of which is non-renewable energy sources. This means that in the future we need an energy source that will not run out.

This inexhaustible energy source can be utilized and is referred to as an alternative energy source. Utilization of this alternative energy source must also be able to function as a power plant. Here are some examples

1. Use of Solar Alternative Energy

The sun is the main source of energy on earth. Sun is renewable and will not run out even if it is used repeatedly. In addition, the sun can also be used to generate electricity. This power plant is called a solar power plant (PLTS) which works by converting solar energy into electrical energy.

The tools or objects used for PLTS are also known as solar panels, which consist of towers, mirrors, towers, machines. The sun’s energy as a star is the rotation point of the planets in the solar system. The sun with its important role as a supporter of human life on earth.

The light is used as an alternative energy source, which is starting to be used by many people. Utilization of sunlight can then be used as an energy source by using a device called a solar panel.

According to researchers, the amount of solar energy that reaches the earth’s surface in one hour is more than the planet’s total energy needs for a full year. Indonesia itself is a country with great potential to use this alternative energy source. Apart from the weather factor, the amount of solar energy that can be used by humans also varies. Depends on season and time of year as well as geographic location.

It should be noted that solar energy can actually have a negative impact on the environment. This is due to the materials used in solar panel technology. To avoid this, don’t throw away damaged solar panels carelessly.

2. Use of Wind Alternative Energy

Wind as one of the renewable natural resources, with an amount that will never run out. Wind can then also be used as an alternative energy source, namely through hydropower or wind power plants.

The tool used to help the electricity generator work system itself is called a windmill. The windmill itself then rotates because of the wind that rotates the generator so that it finally produces electrical energy. Wind as the cleanest alternative energy source. This is because the wind blowing at the power plant itself does not cause emissions and pollution.

With all its advantages, compared to fossil energy, the use of wind energy is actually still not optimal. In Indonesia, the number of wind power plants can be counted on the fingers. One of them is the Sidrap Wind Power Plant (PLTB) in Sulawesi.

3. Use of Water Alternative Energy

Water is one of the renewable natural resources which can also be used as alternative energy. For example, in the use of waterwheels in their use in power plants. Hydropower or hydroelectric power plants can also be found in the reservoirs around your house.

This renewable water energy is considered to be more effective for use as a power generator than wind energy and solar panels. Therefore this energy can be used as an alternative in Indonesia. By building barriers or dams, large reservoirs can be used to create a controlled flow of water which is then capable of driving turbines.

The turbine will then generate electricity. Another concept of hydropower utilization is tidal energy. This alternative energy source also uses tidal currents to drive turbine generators. So that it can generate electricity.

4. Use of Geothermal/Geothermal Alternative Energy

The earth actually has heat energy that does not only come from sunlight, but also from the center of the earth. Geothermal as geothermal energy then comes from heat stored under the earth’s surface.

Please note that the center of the earth actually formed a layer of very hot rock. Therefore if you see a volcano then you can emit lava that comes from the center of the earth. Geothermal energy can also be used to generate electricity.

Use of Alternative Energy for Sea Waves

Sea waves can be used to generate electricity. This energy is also known as tidal energy which is assisted by the presence of tides. This tidal energy functions to generate electricity and is more environmentally friendly.

5. Use of Bio Fuel Alternative Energy

Biofuels come from plants or animals that are used as fuel. It converts solid fuel made from plant materials into electricity. For example, biodiesel is derived from seed plants and is then able to produce oil.

The use of biomass energy can be a solution for managing organic waste from industry, the agricultural sector and domestic. Biodiesel can usually be used as a substitute for diesel. While bio-fuel can come from animals, it is called biogas. Biogas also comes from livestock manure.

Biogas can be used as motor vehicle fuel. Biomass energy is then able to produce electricity that is environmentally friendly and at an economic cost.

Renewable energy sources will actually be able to replace the use of fossil energy which is not environmentally friendly. However, in order to achieve this, new breakthroughs and innovations are needed so that utilization as an alternative energy source can run optimally.

Advantages of Using Alternative Energy

Alternative energy is used to replace petroleum and energy which is processed from fossil fuels. This is because the energy source in the form of electricity generation from petroleum will continue to decrease in number as human needs continue to increase. This is why humans must then develop alternative energy. Alternative energy that is more environmentally friendly generally comes from nature.

The use of alternative energy can also reduce environmental damage caused by excessive use of petroleum. The use of alternative energy which generally utilizes renewable natural resources, so it cannot reduce the availability of natural resources on earth.

Energy sources that are environmentally friendly and cost-effective, because they then get energy sources from nature. Examples are wind and solar which are also used as an option in replacing non-renewable natural resources and providing electrical energy.

This alternative energy also does not run out quickly, this is because it comes from nature and is a renewable natural resource. Alternative energy can be used for various needs ranging from fuel to electricity generation.

Alternative energy also does not pollute the environment because it can be utilized from animal waste, for example, in biogas. Apart from being a source of renewable energy, the use of alternative energy can also be felt and beneficial for the Earth.

The following are some of the benefits that will be obtained if you replace fossil fuels with alternative fuels.

1. Reducing the Impact of Global Warming

Did you know that the use of fossil fuels will contribute to air pollution which is not good for the earth and living things. Air pollution itself can then have an impact on increasing the depletion of the ozone layer, sea level, global warming, and many more.

Utilization of alternative energy can also reduce the various factors that cause damage to nature. This then makes alternative energy a clean energy that relies on natural forces to produce electricity and so on.

2. Improving Public Health

Air pollution is one of the factors causing disease and the poor health condition of urban communities due to the use of fossil fuels which are widely used. By utilizing alternative energy, this pollution itself can be reduced or eliminated so that the air becomes cleaner. Because of this, people’s health conditions can improve because the air they breathe is much cleaner.

3. Never Ends

Fossil fuels that rely on coal and petroleum which can be used up at any time, are clearly different from various alternative energy sources that will never run out and come from nature.

4. More Environmentally Friendly

In contrast to fossil fuels, the use of alternative energy also does not require society to explore and destroy the environment. By using fossil fuels, people will make mines in search of petroleum or coal and gas which have the potential to damage the environment.

5. Saves Resources and Money

The use of alternative energy is considered to be more expensive and wasteful than fossil energy. This is due to the high price of solar panels. However, if we recalculate, even though the initial payment seems expensive, then the user does not need to depend on continuous electricity because the energy in the house can be filled thanks to sunlight during the day.

6. Creating New Job Opportunities

The use of alternative energy will then definitely require additional specialists. Apart from being beneficial to the environment, the use of alternative energy can also be felt by the community with the opening of new jobs as alternative energy specialists.

Books Related to the Use of Alternative Energy

1. Biogas Energy Solutions

Currently, news is widely heard again regarding the increase in the basic electricity rate due to the reduction in government subsidies. Apart from electricity, the price of fuel oil (BBM) always increases every year due to scarcity and rising world oil prices. Even though electricity and fuel have become basic needs for the community to facilitate everyday life.

Through this book, the author describes the concept of integrated agriculture which is the integration and system of biogas, animal husbandry, agriculture and fisheries that can be carried out together in an area or territory with a certain area. Thus, in addition to getting agricultural products, the community also gets free energy from biogas as a substitute for electricity, fuel and gas.

Through this book, the authors hope that more and more regions in this country can implement integrated farming systems and biogas, so that each region, especially rural areas, can have food and energy independence.”

2. Energy Business Direction

Departing from a deep awareness of the importance of understanding the intricacies of energy and the complexities of providing energy for human life needs, the book Directions for Energy Business written by Ibrahim Hasyim is here as input, especially for the government, in determining and guiding business directions for energy supply in the future. .

3. The Energy Transition: A Policy, Implementation, and Funding

At this time, energy demand is still dominated by fossil energy sourced from fuel oil and coal. However, the government continues to make efforts to reduce the use of fossil fuels and transition towards the use of renewable energy such as biomass, geothermal, wind and solar.

In addition to overcoming the increasingly limited fossil energy, energy transition policies are also carried out to overcome the impacts of climate change. The energy transition policy is prepared comprehensively with measurable goals, namely reducing Greenhouse Gas [GHG] emissions, producing cleaner energy, and increasing energy security by using renewable and efficient potential resources.

This energy transition is an integral part of the energy independence plan which is expected to have a positive impact on the national economy. It is hoped that this book will be a contribution to the Fiscal Policy Agency in providing information to the public regarding various efforts that have been and will be made by the government in achieving national energy security that is sustainable, environmentally friendly, and friendly to climate change.

It is hoped that this book will provide maximum benefits for readers to jointly improve the economy, build the nation, and improve the welfare of all Indonesian people so that we can achieve the goal of sustainable development that we have aspired to.

4. Wind Energy

Renewable energy is part of the effort as the answer to solving energy problems. Wind energy is an effective option for generating electricity, driving pumps, and for other applications. Several areas in Indonesia have the potential to set up wind turbines, such as on the South Coast of Java Island, NTB, NTT, and South Sulawesi which have wind speeds of 3 to 6 m/s. Besides being able to be built in the lowlands, wind turbines are also suitable to be built on the coast, mountains, even in the highlands.

In the utilization of energy sources, Indonesia has adhered to the use of the national energy mix. In this case, the use of wind energy is included in the New and Renewable Energy (EBT) program to save oil energy. In addition, wind energy is environmentally friendly thereby reducing the dangers of global warming.

In simple terms, the problem of power availability and location selection is presented, analysis of wind conditions based on the distribution of time, frequency and Weibull distribution and how to determine the form factor and scale factor on Weibull. There is also the determination of the diameter of the wheel rotor analytically and based on critical needs, the design of the wheel rotor, the determination of the size of the piston pump, and the characteristics of the combination of the wheel with the piston pump and generator. An example of calculating the combination of the windmill with the pump and the combination of the windmill with the generator is also described here.

Those are some examples of the use of alternative energy and its impacts and benefits for life. Sinaumed’s can also get all recommended books related to alternative energy at sinaumedia.com . As #Friends Without Limits, sinaumedia always provides the best products so that you have #MoreWithReading information.

Examples of United States – Union or federation according to the Latin language comes from the word feodus which means agreement or agreement. In a union state, there are two or more political units that have or do not have status as states and promise to unite in one political bond, where there is one region that represents the entire union state.

Union or federation is a country, where the members of the union are a federation that does not have sovereignty in the true sense. Members of the union or federation are referred to as states. Well, who are the countries that have a form of union? The following is an example of a union state. .

Example of the United States

A united state or what is often referred to as a federal state is one of the forms of government adopted by several countries. In the form of a union state, there are several other states within the state. An example of a well-known united states is the United States of America. Here is another example of a union state.

Examples of States of the United Republic or Federal Republic

The following are examples of union states that have the form of a republic, also known as a federal republic. A federal republic is part of a union state that has a republican system or form of government.

The federal or union form of government is adopted by the central government of the combined countries. An easy example is the United States which has several states. The states of the United States of America have a republican form of government.

1. Argentina

Argentina is the part of Latin America that has the second largest area, as well as the country that speaks the largest Spanish language in the world. Argentina is in the southern part of the South American continent.

Argentina is a federation unit located in the Province of Argentina with 23 major federation unit provinces and one minor federation unit or autonomous city.

2. Austria

Austria is the second federation of the republics. Officially, Austria has the name of the Austrian Republic which has several states. Austria is the first country to become a representative democracy by implementing a parliamentary system with a directly elected Federal President as head of state as well as chancellor. As a federal republic, Austria has nine states.

3. Bosnia and Herzegovina

Bosnia and Herzegovina is divided into the federation or union of Bosnia, Herzegovina and the Republic of Srpska. Herzegovina is a country located on the Balkan peninsula in southern Europe with a population of approximately four million people. As a federative republic, Bosnia and Herzegovina has two entities with one district.

4. Brazil

The Federative Republic of Brazil is a country that has the largest territorial size with a population of 204.5 million in 2017. Brazil is in South America and is the easternmost country on the continent.

Bordered by the Andes Mountains and the Atlantic Ocean, Brazil is one of the countries with extensive agricultural and tropical forests. As a federative republic, Brazil has 26 states with one district.

5. Comoros

The Comoros State is an island nation located in the Indian Ocean and has an official name, namely the Federal Islamic Republic of the Comoros. This country is the second smallest Arab country after Bahrain. As a federal republic, Comoros has three islands and four municipalities.

6. Ethiopia

Ethiopia or also called Habsyu is a federal democratic republic country located in Africa and borders with Eritrea in the northern part of Djibouti. Ethiopia is the oldest country in the world, as well as the country that has the most complete history in the area.

As a federal republic, Ethiopia has nine states and two regions that have their own self-governing administrative administration .

7. Germany

Officially, Germany is referred to as a federal republic of Germany located in Western Europe. Germany has an important position in the economy as well as politics in Europe as well as in the world.

With a country area of ​​357,021 square km, there are around 82 million people living in Germany. As a federative republic, Germany has 16 states.

8. India

India is a federated republic country with the second largest population in the world. The population itself reaches up to one billion people and is the seventh largest country when viewed from the size of the geographical area.

India is a federative republic consisting of 28 states and seven territorial units including its capital city. Each state that belongs to India, has its own installed government.

9. Iraq

Iraq is a country in the Middle East or southwest Asia. In the midst of civil war, Iraq is a developing country with a population of 36 thousand in 2014.

As a federative republic, Iraq is divided into 18 Arabic-speaking provinces and further subdivided into districts.

10. Mexico

Located in North America, Mexico is a federal republic that has 31 states with one district. Mexico is the third largest country in Latin America and is the country with the most Spanish speakers.

11. Federated States of Micronesia

Micronesia is an island nation that has sovereignty in the Pacific Ocean. In accordance with its official name, Micronesia is a federated republic with four states from west to east and spread throughout the western Pacific Ocean area.

12. Nepal

Nepal is a country in the form of a federative republic located in South Asia and is located between the Himalayan mountain ranges. Nepal is the only country that is a Hindu kingdom in the world. In 2008, Nepal declared that it was changing the form of its country from a kingdom to a republic.

As a federative republic, Nepal is divided into 14 zones with 75 districts grouped into five development zones. Each district in Nepal is headed by a district head who is responsible for maintaining law and order and for coordinating official work with the government.

13. Nigeria

Nigeria is a sovereign state in West Africa which has borders with Benin in the west, Chad and Kmerun in the east and Niger in the north.

As a federal republic, Nigeria has 36 states and one federal capital region which is the capital city of the state of Abuja. From one territorial area of ​​the federal capital of Nigeria, it is further divided into 774 local government areas or local government areas .

14. Pakistan

The Islamic Republic of Pakistan is a country in the South Asian region. Pakistan is a united or federal state that has a parliamentary system and consists of four provinces and four federal regions.

Pakistan has a population of more than 170 million people and is one of the most populous countries in the world, with the largest Muslim population after Indonesia.

15. United States

The United States of America is one of the best known federal republics. As a federal constitutional republic, America has fifty states with one federal district.

The United States of America is located in the middle of North America which is the location of 48 states and are next to each other including the capital of the United States, namely Washington DC.

Example of a Federal Monarchy

A country that has a federal monarchy form of government is a federation of several states that have a monarchical form of government and is headed by a King or Queen. The following are examples of countries with a federal monarchy form of government.

1.Australia

Australia is a federal monarchy with six states and two territories on the mainland. The six states are New South Wales, Queensland, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, Western Australia, the Northern Territory and the Australian Capital Territory.

Each state in Australia has its own territory and parliament on its land. The states in Australia, have their own sovereignty.

2. Belgium

Belgium is a kingdom in western Europe and has borders with the Netherlands to the east, Germany to the south and France and Lukesemburt to the west. Belgium is a federal government consisting of several states, namely Flanders, Wallonia and Brussels.

3. Canada

Canada is a country located in the northernmost region of North America. Canada is a country with a constitutional monarchy which is divided into 10 provinces and three territories which adhere to a decentralized system.

Canada is a constitutional monarchy with a federal parliamentary democratic form of government. Canada becomes Queen Elizabeth II as head of state and is a country that has ethnic and cultural diversity.

4. Malaysian

Malaysia is a federal monarchy with thirteen states and three federal territories. Located in Southeast Asia, Malaysia has an area of ​​330,803 square km. The capital city of Malaysia is Kuala Lumpur and the city of Putrajaya is the center of the Malaysian federal government.

5. Saint Kitts and Nevis

This country is a federation of two islands located in the Leeward Islands and the Caribbean Islands. Saint Kitts and Nevis is the smallest federal monarchy in America. As a federal monarchy, Saint Kitts and Nevis has 14 parishes.

6. United States Emirates

Located in the east of the Arabian Peninsula, the United Arab Emirates is an elected monarchy and is formed from a federation of seven emirates. The seven federations are Abu Dhabi, Ajman, Fujairah, Dubai, Ras Al-Khaimah, Sharjah and Umm Al Qaiwain.

Each state of the UAE, is governed by a Sykeh who has the duty to serve as president in the United Arab Emirates. In 2013, the UAE had a population of 9.2 million.

Those are some examples of union states, both states that have a republican or monarchical form of government. To be clearer, here is the definition of a union or federation.

Definition and Characteristics of the United State or Federal State

The union state is a country that has a plural composition and consists of several states, each of which does not have sovereignty. Although they do not have sovereignty, these states are allowed to have their own constitution, their own head of state to their respective parliaments and cabinets.

Union or union is also often referred to as federal, federation can be interpreted as a combination of many countries. The amalgamation of many of these countries, then brings unity within it and becomes a polycentric or multi-centered country.

Because part or a combination of many countries, state activities are carried out by way of division, internal activities are managed by each of the state leaders and each state leader has sufficient judicial and legislative bodies to regulate their own state.

According to KC Wheare, federal government is divided power, so that the federal government and the governments of each state in certain areas are independent from one another.

According to CF Strong, one of the characteristics of a federal state is that the state will try to adjust two concepts that are actually contradictory, the conflicting concepts are the sovereignty of the federal state as a whole and the sovereignty of the states.

AB Lapian explained that a country that has a federal or union form of government essentially has the following characteristics.

• Execution of sovereignty out of the state and submitted in full to the federal government, while sovereignty inward is limited.
• Several matters concerning the state as a whole are left to the powers of the federal government.
• The form of political unitary ties in a federal state is limited in nature.

Apart from the three characteristics of a united state mentioned by AB Lapian, there are also several other characteristics of a united or federal state. The following are the characteristics of a united state.

1. The union state consists of several states within it.
2. Each state, has original power from the territory of the state owned.
3. The existence of a constitution in each state and a source of law from the implementation of people’s sovereignty.
4. The head of state has the right of veto, namely the right to decide to cancel the formation of its own parliament consisting of a senate and congress. The veto right is a privilege possessed by the head of state.
5. The central government has authority, both abroad and domestically.
6. There is a division of power between the central government and the government in the states, this sixth feature occurs because the implementation of government functions in the union state is considered complicated.
7. The head of state is elected by the people, in a union state the people are the largest entity in a country and have the highest position, therefore the people can choose a head of state who is believed to be able to account for the powers imposed.

That is an explanation of examples of union states, both examples of federal republics and federal monarchies. Also accompanied by an explanation of the meaning and characteristics.

Have you ever been asked to say the name of a two-legged animal complete with a picture? If so, it might be a matter of science subjects or when it used to be called Natural Sciences (IPA). This problem is actually quite easy because we can find several animal names that have two legs in our surroundings, but sometimes we can get stuck with just 5 to 7 animal names.

Animals that have two legs are called Bipedalism , which means a form of movement of living things resting on both legs. The movement of the two legs is called bipedal/biped/ baɪpɛd (in Latin bis means double and pes means foot), so the word means two legs. Movements included as bipedal are walking, running, and jumping.

Unlike four-legged animals, two-legged animals support their body weight using two legs and their bodies are vertically upright as humans stand. Standing straight using two legs may provide many benefits such as wider vision when in grass, avoiding sun exposure on certain parts of the body and requiring a little energy to move around. As for some examples of two-legged animals including:

Bird

Various types of birds including bipeds, including lovebirds, rock magpies, green cucak birds, red anis, and canaries. Actually there are many other types of birds that include two-legged animals. Two bird legs were created to support the body and help activities that support the mobility of the bird moving from one place to another.

The types of birds vary greatly, from tiny hummingbirds that can flap their wings very quickly, penguins that dive with their wings, to ostriches, which are taller than humans. Most bird species in the world are able to fly using their wings (for example ducks, geese, sparrows, pelicans, owls, eagles, paradise, and many more), except for a few species of birds that are usually endemic to certain places, such as ostriches, moas. , cassowary, kiwi, penguin, and so on. It is estimated that there are about 8,800–10,200 bird species worldwide; about 1,500 species of which are found in Indonesia. These various types of birds are scientifically classified into the Aves class .

Today, birds are known to be descended from the group of feathered theropod dinosaurs and are the only living dinosaurs. The closest living relative of birds is the crocodile. Birds are descendants of the ancient aviala (members of which include Archeopteryx ) that first appeared about 160 million years ago in China.

Chicken

An example of the next two-legged name is chicken ( Gallus gallus domesticus ). Both male and female cocks have two legs. One example of a native chicken from Indonesia is the Bantenese chicken, which is a type of dwarf chicken that also has two legs. Kate is currently registered with the American Poultry Association under the name Bantam which is a native Indonesian chicken, especially Banten.

Chickens are poultry that are usually kept by people to be used as the necessities of life for their keepers. The chicken is a direct descendant of a subspecies of jungle fowl known as the red jungle fowl ( Gallus gallus ) or bangkiwa chicken ( bankiva fowl ). All chickens are theropods like tyrannosaurs.

Cross-breeding between chicken breeds has produced hundreds of superior lines or pure lines with various functions; the most common are broiler chickens (to be cut) and laying hens (to take the eggs). The common chicken can also be crossed with its close relative, the green jungle fowl, which produces a barren hybrid whose male is known as the bekisar chicken. Chicken supplies two sources of protein in food: chicken meat and eggs.

The traditional viewpoint of chicken farming on the domestication of this species is contained in the Encyclopædia Britannica (2007): “Humans first domesticated chickens of Indian origin for cockfighting purposes in Asia, Africa and Europe. No special attention was paid to egg or meat production.

The domestic chicken comes from the domestication of the red jungle fowl (bangkiwa chicken, Gallus gallus ) which lives in India. However, molecular testing showed the possibility of germplasm contribution from G. sonneratii , because the red jungle fowl does not have the characteristic yellow color of the skin which is one of the characteristics of domesticated chickens.

Hens show morphological differences between the sexes (sexual dimorphism). Roosters (jago) are more attractive, larger in size, have long spurs, have a bigger comb, and have long, dangling tail feathers. Hens (baboons) are relatively small, small in size, short or barely visible bristles, small comb, and short tail feathers.

Regarding sex, this is regulated by the hormonal system. If there is a disturbance in the body’s physiological function, the hen can change sex to become a male because adult chickens still have ovotestis which are dormant and can be active at any time.

Duck

Ducks or ducks are known as livestock commodities that are kept by many Indonesian people. There are also various uses for ducks, whether they are used from their eggs or from their meat. Duck care is also not that difficult, so it can increase the economic value of these animals. Ducks are known as two-legged animals with webbed feet that make it easier for them to swim in the water.

Overall, the body of a duck is broadly notched and has a relatively long neck, though not as long as that of geese and swans. Duck body shape varies and is generally rounded. The beak is wide and contains lamellae which are used as food filters.

In fishing species, the beak is longer and stronger. The scaled legs are strong and well developed, and generally set far back on the body, which is common in aquatic birds. The wings are very strong and generally short. Duck flight requires continuous flapping, so it requires strong wing muscles. Three species of steamer ducks cannot fly.

Male ducks of Northern Hemisphere species sometimes have attractive plumage colors. Species from the Southern Hemisphere show no sexual dimorphism except for the Paradise Shelduck in New Zealand where the female ducks are lighter in color than the males. The color of young ducks, whether male or female, is generally more like an adult female duck.

Penguin

Penguins are also bipedal animals that are quite cute. Even though he sometimes moves by sliding in the snow, penguins are still referred to as animals that have two legs. This is because penguins often use bipedal movements in every movement of themselves.

Worldwide there are 16 species of penguin depending on whether two species of Eudyptula are counted as species. Although all types of penguins originally came from the Southern Hemisphere, penguins are not only found in cold regions or in Antarctica. There are three species of penguin that live in the tropics. One of the species lives in the Galapagos Islands (Galapagos Penguin) and usually crosses the equator in search of food.

The largest penguin species is the Emperor Penguin ( Aptenodytes forsteri ) with a height of 1.1 meters and a weight of 35 kilograms or more. The smallest penguin species is the Fairy Penguin ( Eudyptula minor ) with a height of about 40 centimeters and a weight of 1 kilogram. In general, large penguins are better able to maintain their body temperature, so they can survive in cold areas, while smaller penguins are usually found in warmer areas and even tropical areas.

Generally penguins eat krill (a type of shrimp), fish, squid and other aquatic animals caught while swimming in the sea with their beaks. Penguins are able to drink seawater because the supraorbital glands in their bodies filter excess sea salt from the bloodstream. This salt is then excreted in liquid form through the penguin’s respiratory tract. The penguins seem unafraid of the presence of humans. They will approach the group of researchers who are studying them.

Swan

Goose is a type of waterfowl that belongs to the family Anatidae . Swans usually have a larger body compared to ducks. Swans also sometimes have longer necks than ducks. Another feature that exists in geese is that they do not have ears and reproduce by laying eggs. The similarity with ducks is that geese are two-legged animals whose feet are webbed.

The swans are the largest members of the waterfowl family Anatidae, and are among the largest flying birds. The largest species, including the mute swan, trumpeter swan, and whooper swan, can reach length of over 60 inches and weigh over 50 pounds. Their wingspan can reach up to three meters in length.

Compared to the closely related geese, they are much larger in size and have proportionally larger feet and necks. In adult geese, they have a marked patch of bare skin between the eyes and bill. Male and female swans are similar, showing no sexual dimorphism. However, the size of the male goose is generally larger and heavier.

Geese are generally found in temperate climates, rarely found in tropical areas. Five species occur in the Northern Hemisphere, one species is found in Australia and New Zealand, the rest are distributed in South America. Geese are absent in tropical Asia, Central America, northern South America, and all of Africa.

kangaroo

Kangaroos or often referred to as kangaroos are endemic to Australia. The name kangaroo itself comes from the word gangguru in the Aboriginal language (Australian native tribe). Kangaroos are two-legged animals that are included as mammals that have pouches ( marsupials ). Kangaroos have very strong hind legs, these feet have large soles for jumping.

The kangaroo has two strong hind legs, the large soles of which are designed for jumping. An ordinary kangaroo jumps at a speed of 20–25 km/hour. However, they can jump up to speeds of up to 70 km/hour. The life expectancy of a kangaroo is around 9–18 years, although occasional kangaroos can live up to 28 years. Kangaroos are known to have strong forelimb muscles (biceps), and it is now known that these muscles are used for fighting and attracting females.

Ostrich

The ostrich is up to 2.5 meters tall which makes it the largest living bird. Although included in the bird species, the ostrich does not have the ability to fly. However, his running ability was extraordinary. ostriches can run up to speeds of 70 km/hour. The leg strength makes the ostrich a two-legged animal that has high speed in running.

Artifacts found in South Africa, in the form of decorations and drinking vessels made from ostrich eggshells, indicate that at least humans have known ostriches since 60,000 years ago. In Ancient Roman times, ostriches were hunted by nobles for their meat and feathers as decoration. Hunting continued into the 19th century and brought the ostrich to near extinction.

The cultivation of ostriches for their feathers began in the 19th century and was first practiced in South Africa. Ostrich breeders capture baby ostriches from the wild, raise them, and harvest their feathers every seven or eight months. The skin of the ostrich is said to be the highest quality leather. The taste of ostrich meat is said to be similar to beef, but with lower levels of fat and cholesterol, as well as higher levels of calcium, protein and iron. Raw ostrich meat is dark red or cherry red.

Pelicans

Pelicans or also known as undans are water birds as bipedal animals that have a pouch under their beak. Pelicans are birds belonging to the Pelecanidae family which generally live in warm areas and cannot live in cold areas such as the poles, deep sea, oceanic islands and the South American continent.

The smallest flounder is the brown fleas ( Pelecanus occidentalis ) with a mass of only 2.75 kilograms, a body length of 106 centimeters and a maximum wingspan of 1.83 meters. The largest pelican today is the dalmasian undan ( Pelecanus crispus ) with a mass of 15 kilograms and a length of 183 centimeters, with a wingspan of up to 3.5 meters. The Australian Undan has the longest beak among other birds.

Pelicans usually eat fish, but they also eat amphibians, crustaceans and, in some cases, small birds. They catch their prey by enlarging their beak sacs. Then they have to dry the sac before swallowing. This takes a minute, and other seabirds can steal the fish at that critical time. Pelicans sometimes steal prey from other seabirds.

stork

The stork is known as a large-bodied species with long legs and necks. Stork is a bipedal animal that belongs to the Ciconiidae family which has a strong and large beak. Herons have a native habitat in warm and drier climates.

Stork can be found in warm climates. Habitat in drier areas than egrets and ibis. Its diet consists of frogs, fish, insects, worms, small birds and small mammals from wetlands and beaches. Herons do not have a syrinx organ, so they don’t make a sound. The beak that is pitted against its partner is a way of communicating to replace the sound of the call.

Herons are migratory shorebirds, flying away by gliding using hot air currents, so they can save energy. A photograph of a crane in flight by Ottomar Anschütz (1884) inspired Otto Lilienthal to build a glider for gliding in the late 19th century.

Well, that’s a brief explanation of two-legged animals along with examples. Sinaumed’s can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to get references about other animals. The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about the most dangerous animals in the world so they can fully understand them. Happy reading.

Find other interesting things at www.sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

• Characteristics of Animals and Their Habitats to Get Closer to Nature
• Examples of Invertebrates: Definition, General Characteristics, Classification, and Their Names
• Oviparous Animals: Definition, Types, and Examples
• Ovoviviparous Animals: Definition, Characteristics, and Examples
• Definition, Characteristics, and Examples of Carnivores (Meat Eaters)
• Definition of Reptiles: Characteristics and Examples

Example of an Attitude of Tolerance – Sinaumed’s must have known that Indonesian society is a multicultural society in which of course each individual has various types of differences, ranging from religion, race, ethnicity, educational background, economic background, to mindset. Even so, the nation’s warriors have recognized the existence of this diversity so that the Indonesian nation’s motto is also related to this, namely Bhinneka Tunggal Ika. Does Sinaumed’s still remember what the motto means?

The existence of the motto Bhinneka Tunggal Ika directly forms awareness in the community that the Indonesian nation has diverse cultural dynamics, aka multiculturalism. The existence of this diversity does not necessarily make the Indonesian nation divided, because from childhood we must have received teachings about tolerance, right ?

Then how is the application and example of tolerance? How are efforts to realize tolerance in this multicultural society? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands this, let’s take a look at the following review so that you don’t forget to apply and find examples of tolerance …

Examples of Tolerance in Everyday Life

Example of Religious Tolerance

• Allowing friends or other individuals to worship according to their religion.
• Don’t force others to convert.
• Do not discriminate especially against religious minorities.
• Do not interfere with the worship process of others.
• Do not criticize and degrade other people’s religions.
• Don’t make other people’s religion a joke.
• Not being a provocateur when other religions are celebrating their big day.
• Make friends with everyone, regardless of their religious background.
• Respect the celebration of religious holidays from other people.
• Keep in touch with neighbors, friends, and colleagues of different religions.
• Keep helping others who are in the middle of a disaster even though their religious background is different from ours.
• Do not destroy places of worship of other religions.
• Do not disturb the serenity of worship performed by people of other religions.
• There is no need to boast about your own religion in front of people of other religions, respect the differences that exist.

Example of Tolerance Between Tribes

• Do not discriminate against other people who have different ethnic backgrounds.
• Do not plunder the culture of other tribes.
• Keep helping each other to all people in need regardless of ethnic background.
• Respect the culture of other tribes.
• Do not make the culture of other tribes as a joke.
• Treat everyone the same regardless of ethnic background.
• Learn the traditions and culture of other tribes.

Examples of Tolerance in the School and Work Environment

• Remain friends with friends who have different religions and ethnicities.
• As a teacher, he does not discriminate against students who have different religious and ethnic backgrounds.
• Continue to help colleagues who are experiencing difficulties even though they have different religious and ethnic backgrounds.
• Do not create a special “gang” to discriminate against other religions and ethnic groups.
• Stay kind and friendly to everyone.

Re-understanding the Definition of Tolerance

Is Sinaumed’s still confused about what tolerance is? Actually, the notion of tolerance is simple, namely in the form of respecting the differences that exist within us and others. In the process of appreciating it, it is enough that you don’t need to make fun of or make the differences as jokes, because that will later make other people feel hurt.

The term “tolerance” actually comes from a foreign language, namely English in the form of “tolerance” and Arabic in the form of “tasamuh”. Etymologically, tolerance means patience, emotional resilience, and broad-mindedness. While in terms (terminology), tolerance has a definition in the form of respecting, allowing, allowing the views, opinions, beliefs, and habits that are different from it.

So, it can be concluded that the concept of this attitude of tolerance leads to an open attitude and willing to admit the existence of various kinds of differences. The differences that are owned by yourself and other people can vary, ranging from ethnicity, skin color, language, customs, culture, language, religion, to mindset. Since each individual has a destiny as well as a different background in life, it is only natural that differences in mindset will also be included in this diversity. Therefore, if you are conducting a meeting or polling activity related to an issue, don’t underestimate or laugh at other people’s opinions because that is also part of an attitude of tolerance which must actually be applied from an early age.

In fact, it is not uncommon for individuals to carry out this attitude of tolerance unconsciously or unknowingly, because it is related to the character of individuals or groups of people. Even so, tolerance can also be carried out consciously, especially if the individual is trying as much as possible to avoid a dispute.

The attitude of tolerance has also been discussed by UNESCO ( United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization ) which defines tolerance as an attitude of “mutual respect, mutual acceptance, and mutual respect amidst cultural diversity, freedom of expression, and human character”. Based on this, this attitude of tolerance is equivalent to a positive attitude and respect for other people in order to use basic freedoms as human beings.

Does Sinaumed’s know that this attitude of tolerance has two models? Yep, the first model is a passive attitude, namely the attitude of accepting differences as something factual. Meanwhile, the second model is active tolerance, namely involving oneself with others in the midst of differences and diversity. This active tolerance has usually been taught to all religions, because all religions are indeed responsible for realizing justice and peace for their adherents.

The application of this attitude of tolerance will always be related to the religious and socio-cultural context which in its attitudes and actions strictly prohibits discrimination against different groups, especially minorities. There are often questions about whyWe must be tolerant, especially those who have different religions and beliefs? The answer is simple, that is, the absence of tolerance will actually make riots and peace difficult to achieve. Just imagine, if every adherent of that religion does not tolerate each other, then of course in real life discrimination will appear against minorities. The result can be bad things, including inter-religious wars that will trigger inter-countries and continents in this world. Even though all religions also teach that war is something that is sinful, especially if it kills consciously.

Religious Tolerance

In our country which has various adherents of religions, examples of religious tolerance are of course mandatory to be taught and practiced. Especially in Pancasila which is the foundation of our country, the first precept which reads “Belief in the One and Only God”, clearly indicates that this country is a country of God. The point is that the Indonesian state really wants every citizen to adhere to one religion or belief. Since there are 6 recognized religions in Indonesia, namely Islam, Christianity, Catholicism, Hinduism, Buddhism and Confucianism, every Indonesian citizen is “obliged” to adhere to one of the six religions.

Not only that, Article 29 Paragraph 2 of the 1945 Constitution reads ” The state guarantees each resident to embrace their own religion and worship according to their religion and beliefs “. In these laws it is clear that the state has regulated that every citizen embraces a religion and guarantees protection when carrying out worship processions.

Ethnic Diversity Tolerance

Sinaumed’s must have known that Indonesia has thousands of ethnic groups, approximately 1,340 (based on 2010 data) spread from Sabang to Merauke. The ethnic diversity does not necessarily make this country only side with one or two tribes, but all the existing tribes.

In fact, the true attitude of tolerance has been taught from an early age to respect the differences in culture and customs that exist in each tribe. Each tribe should not feel that their tribe is the most superior, because all tribes have the same degree in the eyes of the state.

Tolerance In Socio-Cultural

Apart from having thousands of ethnic groups, Indonesia is also known for its socio-cultural diversity, which of course is obliged to carry out this attitude of tolerance. This socio-cultural diversity can be seen from differences in economic background, educational background, to the background of the traditions applied in each region. Then how to apply tolerance in terms of social culture? Of course there are many ways, from loving local products made in Indonesia to trying to learn about the diversity of other cultures.

If you are reluctant to learn about other cultures, that’s also okay, as long as you don’t ridicule and use other cultures as jokes. Because it is not a reflection of tolerance. However, it is better if Sinaumed’s wants to learn about the processes and rules of other cultures. Aside from being an effort of tolerance, it can also add insight into the cultural diversity that exists in our country.

Tolerance in Bhinneka Tunggal Ika

As the motto of the Indonesian nation which has been written in the Garuda Indonesia symbol, the term Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is not merely a motto but also indicates concrete evidence of the attitude of tolerance that every Indonesian citizen must practice. The motto of Unity in Diversity has been regulated in the 1945 Constitution Article 36A, where the meaning of the motto is ” Different but still one “.

That is, the country of Indonesia clearly has a diversity of ethnicities, languages, religions, races and cultures. So that the existence of the motto Bhinneka Tunggal Ika acts as a unifier of this diversity. In short, even though Indonesia has a multicultural society, all of them are still in one “form” namely the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia. In addition, this motto also relates the attitude and behavior of tolerance which must be taught and applied from an early age.

Efforts to Realize Tolerance

All Indonesian citizens are actually obliged to create harmony between tribes and between religions, both at the regional, provincial and government levels. So, this attitude and behavior of tolerance is not only the responsibility of the government or religious leaders, but of all citizens. Starting from responsibilities related to peace, security and public order, that is the duty of every citizen. In this case, to create harmony, especially among religious people, can be done in the following ways.

• Mutual tolerance and respect for each other, even though they have different religious and ethnic backgrounds from ourselves.
• Carry out worship according to the religion that has been adopted.
• Comply with regulations related to religion and culture.

This attitude of tolerance, tolerance and respect for one another is actually included in the trilogy of harmony. Previously, it was always emphasized that the application of tolerance in the real world, one of which was not being able to force someone to embrace a certain religion. This is because it relates to Human Rights (HAM), which has been given the freedom to choose which belief is best for itself.

Not only that, the attitude of tolerance is considered capable of realizing harmony both among religious communities and other ethnic groups. So, in this case, it is necessary to pay attention to the efforts that encourage harmony, namely in the form of:

• Strengthen the foundations of internal harmony between communities as well as with the government.
• Building social harmony and social unity which is a form of implementation in an attitude of tolerance in everyday life.
• Creating a conducive atmosphere of religious life, from appreciation to religious practice.
• Carrying out deepening of spiritual values ​​that implement divine values. This is so that there are no deviations from social values ​​in carrying out social life.
• Putting love and compassion in life, one of which is by eliminating mutual suspicion of other individuals.
• Realizing that the differences in social life are a reality and can be used as a mosaic that can beautify the phenomena of social life.

Based on the previous description, it can be concluded that this tolerance is an attitude of accepting and respecting existing differences and not discriminating, especially towards minorities. These differences include differences in religion, race, ethnicity, nation, culture, language, appearance, and mindset so that it aims to achieve a peaceful social life.

Well, that’s a review of examples of tolerance that can be applied in this social life. Sinaumed’s, as the nation’s next generation, must carry out this tolerance attitude and even teach younger siblings, nephews and children to be tolerant from an early age, right? Because this attitude of tolerance is a real manifestation of our nation’s motto.

Also Read!

• Why Do We Have To Be Tolerant?
• The Origins and Meaning of the Indonesian Nation’s Motto
• Definition and Factors Causing Diversity in Indonesia
• Terminology and Background of the Crusades
• Examples of Obligations Everyone Should Understand
• How to Respect and Appreciate Teachers
• Definition and Types of Integration
• Definition and Examples of Basic Values ​​of Pancasila
• What is Socialization?
• Example of the Implementation of the 3rd Precepts of Pancasila
• Understanding the Value of Pancasila Praxis
• 23 Examples of the Implementation of the 1st Precepts of Pancasila

Examples of Threats in the Political Sector – Threats in the Political Sector are examples of threats to national integration that will continue to be faced by the Indonesian nation. Therefore, the proclamation of Indonesian independence on August 17, 1945 was not the end point of the nation’s struggle. Because there are always potential threats that endanger the sustainability and development of the Indonesian state.

Since the beginning of independence, conflict has always existed on several occasions. Starting from the intervention of foreign parties, power struggles, abuse of office, and so forth. This is what identifies that the problems faced by Indonesia are not only coming from outside but also from within the country.

Quoted from the Teacher’s Book on Pancasila and Citizenship Education for Class X High School by Thalib and Nuryadi (2017: 224), states that threats to the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia are every effort and action from within and outside the country that is considered to endanger safety, security, sovereignty, territorial integrity, and the interests of in various aspects of life.

One of the things that needs to be highlighted is the threat in the political field. What are the examples of threats in the political field. Before that, it’s a good idea to first understand the meaning of threats in the political field to examples of threats in the political field. Let’s get to know the full discussion below.

Definition of Threats in the Field of Politics

When referring to the meaning of threats that have been conveyed in the discussion above, it can be seen that threats in the political field are any efforts and actions that can threaten state sovereignty with regard to politics and other related matters.

These non-military threats in the political field can come from outside or within the country. Not quoted from the book Pancasila and Citizenship Education by Yusnawan Lubis and Muhammad Sodeli, threats from outside are carried out by a country by exerting political pressure on Indonesia. For example, intimidation, provocation, and political blockade.

Examples of Threats in the Field of Politics from Abroad

There are several examples of threats in the political field from abroad, including terrorists and excessive intervention by other countries. Here are some examples in full. So, let’s find out the full explanation below.

1. Terrorism

Quoted from the journal Terrorism in a Political and Legal Perspective by Mulyana W. Kusumah (202), states that international terrorism is the use of threats of violence indiscriminately, both to enemies and allies in achieving goals. Where, radical ideas rooted in a group in a certain country can spread to other countries. In general, apart from spreading terror, terrorist groups also want to spread the views they profess and replace state ideology that is not in accordance with their wishes.

2. Overly Interfering Foreign Countries

Sometimes losing foreign countries exert political pressure such as intimidation, provocation or political blockade. Where it is one of the non-military threats in the political field that is often used by certain parties to pressure other countries.

Examples of Domestic Political Threats

Bung Karno used to say that “my struggle is easier because of expelling invaders but your struggle will be more difficult because it is against your own people.” Threats from outside are always there, but generally they are easier to identify and people can easily be mobilized to fight them. Meanwhile, what is far more difficult is the threat from within the country. Following are a number of examples of threats in the political field from within the country, including:

a. Makar or Coup

Quoted from the journal Understanding the Threats of a Non-Military State and the strategy for dealing with it through character education in PKN subjects in schools by Muhammad Hadi Purnomo HD said that acts of treason or treason are the use of force in the form of mass mobilization to overthrow a ruling government. This can also be understood as raising political power to weaken government power.

b. Separatism or Civil War

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary, KBBI, separatists are groups that want to separate themselves from a national or group union in order to gain support. Quoted from the book by Tholib and Nurhayati in 2017 stated that separatism can take the form of armed and unarmed struggle.

Where the pattern of unarmed struggle is often used to attract the sympathy of the international community. Therefore this action is difficult to deal with using military force.

c. Corruption, Collusion and Nepotism

Corruption, collusion and nepotism are crimes when someone abuses political authority for personal gain. Why corruption, collusion and nepotism can threaten the nation’s political life. Reporting from the KPK website, if corruption thrives in this government, it will be able to easily strengthen the political system that is controlled by capital owners.

In fact, sovereignty is in the hands of the people, the many cases of corruption committed by political officials have caused a loss of public confidence in the current government.

How to Overcome Threats in the Field of Politics

There are various steps that you can make as a strategy in overcoming threats in the political field. The pursuit of this strategy includes an inward approach and an outward approach. Quoted from the export book Pancasila and Citizenship Education volume 2 for Grade 11 SMA/SMK/MA/MAK by Tijan and FASugimin.

1. Inward Approach

The purpose of this inward approach is the development and arrangement of a healthy and dynamic domestic political system. This can be achieved within the framework of democracy which upholds the unity of the Indonesian nation. With these efforts, it is expected to create dynamic domestic political stability and provide a high deterrent effect.

This internal arrangement is realized through the development and arrangement of the domestic political system which is packaged into the strengthening of 3 (three) pillars, including the following:

a. Strengthening the administration of a state government that is legal, effective, clean, authoritative, free from corruption, collusion and nepotism (KKN). As well as being responsible for realizing the objectives of administering the state government based on the preamble of the 1945 Constitution
. b. Strengthening the legislature as a qualified and professional institution in its field. This legislative institution must be able to cooperate with the government in processing and forming legislative products for the benefit of national development.
c. Strengthening national political power, be it from political parties or community organizations. Where, political parties and community organizations function as a tool to empower society and political subjects as well as national development subjects.

2. The Outward Approach

This outward approach is intended to deploy diplomatic strategies and efforts. This can be done through an increase in the role of foreign policy instruments in building cooperation and mutual trust with other countries, which is one strategy to prevent or reduce the potential for conflict between countries. Approach to outside can be done in a way, including the following:

a. In the Internal Realm

In the internal realm, this can be done through the creation, development and improvement of more stable domestic conditions. Where, this is accompanied by efforts to increase economic growth that is healthier and stronger. In addition, it also needs to be accompanied by strengthening the improvement of people’s lives.

b. In a Regional Environment

Indonesian politics and diplomacy are directed to always be active and play a role in building and increasing cooperation with other countries. These efforts need to be carried out within the framework of the principles of mutual trust, mutual respect and non-interference in domestic affairs.

c. In the Supregiomal Scope

Foreign policy was developed to play a role in strengthening ASEAN through a harmonious relationship. Where, the performance of Indonesia’s foreign policy must be able to build relationships and cooperation that guarantees the sovereignty and territorial integrity of the Republic of Indonesia. This is marked by the absence of foreign interference, in particular the guarantee that there will be no aggression against Indonesia’s sovereign territory.

d. In Global Scope

Foreign policy must play a maximum role in fighting for national interests. This was marked by the presence of Indonesia as a member of the United Nations (UN), the Non-Aligned Movement (NAM), the Organization of the Islamic Conference (OIC), and the ASEAN regional forum (ARF).

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Examples of Theoretical Basis for Scientific Work – When going to make a scientific work, either in the form of a thesis or a scientific article, Sinaumed’s will need to make a theoretical basis. The basis of the theory itself is a theory that is related to the research conducted by Sinaumed’s. Thus, the theoretical basis can later become the basis for analysis to be able to explain the facts.

The theoretical foundation in research or scientific writing is used to strengthen the research conducted by Sinaumed’s. In addition, the theoretical basis also serves to clarify the problem to be investigated by the author of the scientific work. Here are some examples of theoretical foundations for scientific work.

Examples of Theory Basis in Scientific Work

A. An example of the theoretical basis of a paper

Papers are scientific writings that require the authors to include theories in the development of the author’s thoughts in scientific writing. According to scientific papers, papers, theoretical foundations are in Chapter II. The following is an example of a theoretical foundation for scientific paper writing.

Some of the concepts that form the theoretical basis of this study, namely the notion of education and the notion of character. An explanation of these concepts is as follows.

1. Definition of Education

Education has been defined by several experts as something that has high value. Some experts who argue about education include John Dewy, and Mansur. The following is the definition of education according to the two experts.

John Dewey argues that education is a process of forming fundamental skills intellectually and emotionally to be able to lead to nature and fellow human beings. Furthermore, John Dewey also expressed the purpose of developing skills, namely so that the younger generation can practice moral values ​​for survival and life in society.

Mansur Muslich (2014) argues, that education is a process of internalizing culture into a person and society, so that it can make humans become more civilized figures.

2. Definition of Character

Simon Phillips (2008) argues that character is a collection of values ​​whose direction is towards a system, based on a thought, attitude and behavior displayed.

Meanwhile, Koesoema A (2007) argues that character has the same meaning as one’s personality. Meanwhile, Prof. Suyanto argues that character is a way of thinking and behaving which then becomes a characteristic of each individual to be able to live and work well together.

Based on the explanation of the theory above, it can be concluded that character education is a process that is able to make humans become more civilized and qualified figures.

B. An example of Thesis Theory Basis 

Likewise, a thesis is a scientific work that requires the author to complete the scientific work as a final project to obtain a bachelor’s degree that he will obtain.

So, if there is a student who does not complete his thesis, then that student will not get a degree from the S1 program that he studied while in college. In the thesis, the theoretical basis is included in Chapter II. The following is an example of the theoretical basis of thesis scientific work.

Some of the concepts that form the theoretical basis of this study are as follows, the notion of discipline and the elements of discipline. An explanation of these concepts is as follows.

1. Definition of Discipline 

Several experts expressed their opinion regarding the meaning of discipline, one of which was Rasiyanah and Aritonang and Semiawan. The following is the meaning of discipline according to experts.

Aritonang in Arifin and Barnawi (2012: 110) says that discipline is the ability to be able to control oneself not to take an action that is inappropriate or contrary to something that has been determined.

Meanwhile Rasdiyanah in Amri (2013: 168) argues that discipline is an obedience to be able to respect and be able to implement a system that requires a person to be subject to decisions, orders and regulations that apply.

Semiawan (2002: 89) states that discipline is all kinds of influences that have influence and aim to help deal with demands from the environment. Discipline is also defined as an influence designed to be able to help a person face the demands of his place and environment.

Based on this description, it can be concluded that discipline is an attitude or personality of a person who can show that the person obeys the rules that have been made in an environment, where the person is located. This obedience is also done willingly, without any coercion and is done with full self-awareness.

2. Elements of Discipline

The elements of discipline according to Hurlock in Amri (2013: 165) cover the following matters.

1. Rules as a guide or behavior.
2. Consistency applied in a regulation.
3. The penalty imposed for an offence.
4. Reward for a good behavior.

According to Harlock, discipline can be born and develop in every person starting from one’s attitude in values ​​and culture that is already present in society.

C. Examples of Theory Basis in Research 

Research requires researchers to include the theoretical basis that they make as the basis for developing thoughts in the research. Whatever the type, the research topic that is made as a theoretical basis must be included in chapter IV, namely the theoretical basis. The following is an example of a theoretical basis in a study.

Some of the concepts that form the theoretical basis of this research are the professional code of ethics and the functions and objectives of the professional code of ethics. An explanation of these concepts is as follows.

a. Professional Code of Ethics

The professional code of ethics was explained by several experts, including Kosasih and Soetjipto and Wiyani. The following is an explanation of the professional code of ethics.

Kosasih and Soetjipto (2009: 30) say that a code of ethics is a guideline for attitudes, behavior and actions in carrying out tasks and in everyday life.

Meanwhile, Wiyani (2015: 25) argues that a code of ethics is a principle and value that can be used as a guide by an organization in behaving or acting.

So, it can be concluded that the professional code of ethics is a guideline used to behave when doing something.

b. Functions and Purpose of the Professional Code of Ethics

The professional code of ethics exists so that a profession can run properly and properly. So if a profession can run well, it means that the professional code of ethics has a good function as well. Suherman and Sandi (2021: 97) argue that a professional code of ethics can be a tool that can balance the negative sides of a profession. So that it can be said that the professional code of ethics that is made, can be a guide from the moral direction for a profession as well as a guarantee of a professional moral quality in the eyes of society.

1. An example of the theoretical basis for a street vendor report 

Reports from Field Work Practices or PKL is an obligation that must be made by someone when they have completed the PKL assignment that they are carrying out. Students need to submit street vendor reports as a form of responsibility in carrying out the street vendors’ duties. Keep in mind, that the theoretical basis of the street vendor report is included in Chapter III, namely the theoretical basis. To make it clearer, here is an example of the theoretical foundation of street vendors that Sinaumed’s can use as a reference.

Some of the concepts that form the theoretical basis of this research are the definition of a food bank and the form of a food bank. An explanation of these concepts is as follows.

Food bank is a charity that has several food programs to carry out the activities of the charity organization. In several institutions related to food banks, the food program is one of the main missions in running the organization.

An example of an institution that makes food its main mission is a religious organization. As for other institutions, the food program is only one of the complementary missions of the organization and not the main mission (Walters 2010).

b. Forms of Food Banks

Food banks have a variety of forms according to the needs of each organization. In general, a food bank organization has the following form.

• As a food collection center that has a large size.
• The food bank is in the form of a large food distribution center.
• A food bank can take the form of a food provider in an emergency situation that has a small size

The presence of a food bank is one of the organizations that deserves attention and deserves attention, because of the social mission carried out by the food bank organization.

2. Examples of theoretical foundations from scientific work

Scientific work is a work of writing that is made to be able to find a solution to a problem that occurs. In this scientific work, there is a chapter that explains the theoretical basis as a basis for making a solution to a problem. In scientific work, the theoretical basis is included in Chapter II, namely the theoretical basis. The following is an example of a theoretical foundation for scientific work.

Several concepts that form the theoretical basis of this study, namely the definition of waste and waste management. An explanation of these concepts is as follows.

a. Rubbish

Garbage is described by the US Environmental Protection Agency (2001) into several forms. Solid waste is defined as all waste, waste and air pollution as well as all materials disposed of in the form of solid, liquid, semi-solid or gas-containing waste.

Garbage comes from mining, industrial, household to agricultural activities. Big cities in Indonesia have a high level of activity to produce ten million tons of waste per year with an average increase of two to four percent per year. Data on the increase in waste was submitted by the Indonesian Ministry of Environment in 2008.

b. Waste management

Waste management can be carried out into several models to be able to overcome the waste problems that exist in Indonesia. One model of waste management is managed in a conventional way. There are several things included in conventional methods of waste management, here are some examples: incineration, composting, gasification, pyrolysis, anaerobic digestion and refused derived fuel.

3. Examples of Theoretical Basis from Journals

A journal is a scientific work that must include a theoretical basis in its writing. The theoretical basis in this journal comes from references whose credibility is guaranteed. Examples include books and other journals. The following is an example of a theoretical foundation in a journal.

a. Definition of Profession

De George in Suherman and Saonadi (2012: 94) argues that a profession is a job performed by someone as a main activity to be able to earn a living by relying on an expertise possessed by that person.

Meanwhile, Vollmer and Mills in Danim and Khairil (2010: 8) argue that a profession is a position that requires a special intellectual ability and is obtained through several learning and training activities with the aim of being able to master a skill or expertise in serving or giving advice to people. others and get a wage or salary in certain amounts in accordance with the position or expertise possessed.

Saud (2009:4) argues that a profession is a certain job that is in accordance with special and special conditions. So that it can convince and gain the trust of several parties who need it.

From several definitions of the profession according to these experts, it can be concluded that the profession is a job that requires a special skill to run it.

b. Characteristics of the Profession

Professions have several general characteristics or inherent characteristics, according to Suherman and Saondi (2021: 94) the following are characteristics of professions.

• Profession requires a special knowledge and expertise and skills obtained through education, years of experience and training.
• The profession has rules and high moral standards.
• The profession serves the interests that exist in society.
• The profession requires a special license.

From the description above regarding the characteristics or nature of the profession, it can be said that the special characteristic of the profession is the special expertise to be able to involve intellectual activity in a profession. These mastered skills can be obtained through education and how to acquire them requires a long and not instantaneous process.

Those are some examples of theoretical foundations in a scientific work that must be included.

Functional Basis Theory

1. Explanation or explanation is a function of the theoretical basis that can clarify a problem to be studied.
2. Prediction or prediction, meaning that the theoretical basis can be used to become the basis for the formulation of a hypothesis in a study.
3. Control means that the theoretical basis can be used to provide a suggestion as well as an effort to solve the problem.

That is an explanation of the theoretical basis as well as examples of the theoretical basis. Sinaumed’s can find out more about guidelines for writing scientific papers by reading and buying books available at sinaumedia, because as #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides quality books. Buy and read the book right now!

• Time Management: Definition, Characteristics, and How
• 19 Tips and Tricks to Get Your Dream Scholarship
• 13 Secrets of How to Memorize Quickly and Easily, Try to Practice!
• How to Become a Pilot, Duties and Career Paths of a Pilot
• Preparations that Must Be Made in Facing the New Normal

Example of the Application of the 2nd Precepts in Everyday Life – This country, which was formerly known as the Dutch East Indies before independence, decided to change the name of their country to Indonesia. This country which is currently independent and continues to develop has a state foundation which is also used as the ideology of its citizens in the nation and state.

The foundation of the country is named Pancasila. Yep, Pancasila has been used as a guideline and foundation for the Indonesian people in behaving and acting like good citizens for years. Good and obedient citizens will certainly always follow and apply the values ​​contained in Pancasila in their daily lives.

The foundation of this state was initiated and ratified by the first president of the Indonesian state, namely Ir. Sukarno on June 1, 1945. That day was a very happy and proud day for the Indonesian people, because they welcomed the birth of their new ideology. Pancasila itself contains five basic guidelines to inform the Indonesian people about how to live the life of the nation and state in accordance with the identity of the Indonesian nation.

As Sinaumed’s knows, as Indonesian citizens who love their homeland, we are obliged to be able to apply and practice the five basic guidelines for life listed in Pancasila. Pancasila is the foundation for the country to continue to develop and progress.

Apart from that, Pancasila is also an illustration of all the ideas, hopes, concepts, ideas, and ideals of the Indonesian nation. By practicing and implementing the five basic views of life, it means that Sinaumed’s has participated in efforts to advance the nation and animates all the noble values ​​passed down by the ancestors.

In the five basic guidelines of life, there is one of the precepts which reads, “Just and civilized humanity.” This precept becomes the second precept in Pancasila. In this article, we will invite Sinaumed’s to learn about examples of attitudes that show the practice and application of this second Pancasila precept.

So before that, so that Sinaumed’s can practice and apply the values ​​contained in the second precept of Pancasila, Sinaumed’s must first understand, recognize, and know the meaning of Pancasila, the function and position of Pancasila for the Indonesian people, and the goals of Pancasila itself. After that, we will explain a little about the second precept, including the meaning of the precept, the meaning of the precept’s symbol, the points of practice of the precept, the attitudes contained in the precept, and finally an example of applying the second precept in daily life.

Pancasila definition

As Sinaumed’s knows, in general, Pancasila can be defined as the only official ideology for the Indonesian nation which also officially serves as the foundation of the Indonesian state. Apart from that meaning, it turns out that Pancasila has various other definitions. Here’s another definition of Pancasila.

1. Definition of Pancasila in Language or Etymology

Pancasila in language or etymology is defined as a word that comes from two basic words belonging to Sanskrit. The two basic words that make up the word Pancasila are the word “panca” and the word “sila”. These two words have two different meanings, “panca” means five and “sila” has a basic meaning. The word “sila” itself has quite a lot of meanings, such as rules, foundations, manners, manners, morals, behavior, actions, and so on.

According to one expert named Prof. Darji Darmodiharjo, SH, the introduction of Pancasila itself has occurred since the days of the Hindu Buddhist kingdom, to be precise during the Majapahit kingdom around the XIV century. The term Pancasila itself has long been included in the Negarakertagama book authored by Mpu Prapanca and in the Sutasoma book authored by Mpu Tantular.

Pancasila in Sutasoma’s book has another meaning which means “a stone that has five joints” (derived from Sanskrit) in full, the meaning of Pancasila in Sutasoma’s book is “implementation of five decency”. Then by Ir. Soekarno the term Pancasila was raised when he was formulating the basis of the Indonesian state and then Pancasila became the basic name of the Indonesian state.

Then according to Muhammad Yamin, Pancasila in Sanskrit has two different meanings. According to him, Pancasila comes from the word “panca” which has the same meaning, namely five and “syila”. And for the second meaning, it uses the word “syiila” whose pronunciation uses a long vowel “i” which has the meaning of rules that are in accordance with manners and adab, something important, and so on.

2. Definition of Pancasila Historically or Historically

Pancasila historically or historically can be interpreted as a moment where the process of formulating Pancasila as the basis of the Indonesian state took place. The formulation process cannot be separated from all the past and history that has shaped it. The process of formulating Pancasila as the basis of the Indonesian state began with the BPUPKI meeting for the first time. During the trial, a person named dr. Radjiman Wedyodiningrat raised a problem and the problem was discussed at the BPUPKI session.

The essence of the problem raised by dr. Radjiman Wedyodiningrat is about the formation of formulations that will be candidates to become the foundation of the Indonesian state. Then the three figures who were the speakers submitted their formulations to be nominated to become the Pancasila formulation.

The three speakers were Mohammad Yamin, Soepomo, and Ir. Sukarno. Right on June 1, 1945, Ir. Soekarno presented the basic formulation of the Indonesian state in the session directly or without text. Then everyone in the meeting agreed to raise the basic formulation of the state put forward by Ir. Soekarno as the foundation of the Indonesian state and Ir. Soekarno also decided on the term Pancasila as the name of the foundation of the Indonesian state.

August 17, 1945 the Indonesian state proclaimed their independence then the next day, the Indonesian nation ratified the 1945 Constitution in which there were five foundations formulated by Ir. Soekarno was named Pancasila. Since then, the term Pancasila has become a general term found in Indonesian.

3. Definition of Pancasila in terms or terminology

Pancasila in terms or terminology can be interpreted as the five principles used by the Indonesian people in the nation and state. After the events of Indonesian independence which occurred on August 17, 1945, the very next day, August 18, 1945, a PPKI meeting was held. The session is useful for completing all the components used to build an independent country. The content of the session was the ratification of the 1945 Constitution.

The 1945 Constitution contains five principles that form the basis of the Indonesian state. The following is the contents of Pancasila in the text of the 1945 Constitution.

1. Belief in the One and Only God.
2. Just and Civilized Humanity.
3. Indonesian Unity.
4. Democracy led by wisdom in Representative Deliberations.
5. Social justice for all Indonesian people.

The contents of the Pancasila formulation are contained in the fourth paragraph of the 1945 Constitution. In this way, Pancasila was made the constitutional basis of the Indonesian state.

The Functions and Position of Pancasila for the Indonesian Nation

As we explained earlier that Pancasila has a position as the basis for the Indonesian state, it turns out that Pancasila also has its own function. In the following, we will present the functions of Pancasila for the Indonesian nation along with an explanation for Sinaumed’s.

1. Reflection of the Personality of the Indonesian Nation

Pancasila has a role in showing the world how the personality of the Indonesian nation itself is. There are several personality differences that are owned by the Indonesian people listed in Pancasila, namely a strong mentality, good deeds, and polite behavior.

2. The Form of the Soul of the Indonesian Nation

The values ​​of life contained in Pancasila are an illustration of the values ​​of life that are owned by the Indonesian people. The translation carried out by Pancasila can be interpreted as an encouragement to live which is the hope and ideals of the Indonesian people to be achieved and adjusted to the breath of the Indonesian people.

3. Guidelines and Outlook on the Life of the Indonesian Nation

The founding of Pancasila became a form of condensation of all aspects which helped shape the mentality, attitude, nature, behavior, norms, and manners as a way of life for the Indonesian nation.

4. Sources of Law Formers

Because Pancasila contains all aspects of the life of the Indonesian nation, Pancasila is used as a source for making laws in Indonesia. Of course, all actions taken by the Indonesian people must be based on law.

5. Form of the Indonesian Nation’s Sublime Agreement

The existence of an agreement between the founders of the state and their ancestors when establishing the Indonesian state made Pancasila a form of noble agreement.

6. Form All Hopes of the Indonesian Nation

In a Pancasila, all the hopes and aspirations of the Indonesian people are listed, that is what makes Pancasila a guideline, outlook on life, and a pillar for upholding the unity and integrity of the Indonesian nation.

The Pure Purpose of Each Pancasila Precept

Pancasila is certainly formulated not because there is no specific purpose, purpose and reason. In the following, we will present some of the pure goals of each of the formation of Pancasila as the basis of the Indonesian state.

1. Creating a nation that has religious attitudes and characteristics, is always obedient and disciplined in carrying out its worship of God Almighty.
2. Creating a nation that upholds and always respects Human Rights.
3. Creating a nation that has a high nationalist spirit and instills feelings of love for its homeland, namely the Motherland of Indonesia.
4. Creating a nation that always prioritizes common interests and always behaves democratically.
5. To give birth to a nation that always upholds justice in both economic and social terms.

The Meaning of the Symbol and the Sound of the Second Precept

In the second precept which reads, “Just and civilized humanity” has the definition that the Indonesian nation recognizes and treats all human beings according to their dignity as creatures of God Almighty, who have equal and equal degrees, have the same rights and obligations. without any act of discrimination where an act discriminates against descent, religion, ethnicity, and race.

The second Pancasila precept which reads “Just and civilized humanity” has a gold chain symbol at the bottom right. The chain symbol has a number of chains of 17 chains and forms intertwined rectangles and circles.

The chain of this rectangular shape is the shape of a man, while the circle shape is a symbol of a woman. This symbol is designed with a picture of a related chain to symbolize humans, that basically all humans need each other, both women and men. When humans unite, it will produce unity and unity.

Attitudes Contained in the Second Pancasila Precepts

The second Pancasila precept has several attitudes that must be instilled in all Indonesian people. Here are some attitudes that can be taken from the second Pancasila precept.

1. Upholding the Attitude of Always Respecting the Rights of Others

As a human being who practices the second precept, we must not only think about our own rights without regard for the rights of others.

2. Always Behave Fairly

All actions that Sinaumed’s takes must be based on a just attitude in the sense of being morally just.

3. Politeness

Show courtesy to everyone regardless of their age, whether they are older or younger than Sinaumed’s.

4. Always Respect Other People’s Opinions

If you want to be respected, then Sinaumed’s also respects other people, right! Don’t force your opinions and desires too much, you also have to think about the opinions of others.

Examples of Application of the Second Precept in Various Environments

After knowing a little information about the second precept, now is the time for us to present examples of attitudes that are in accordance with the contents of the second precept.

1. Application of the contents of the second precept in the home environment

• As a child who practices the second precept in his life, he will always respect and obey his parents at home.
• Never spoke harshly and was always polite in the home environment, especially to my parents and older siblings.
• Instill the habit of always accepting opinions and respecting the opinions of family members at home.
• Never jail and take actions that can interfere with the activities of other family members at home.
• Love each other between family members.
• If there are family members who feel in trouble, they will immediately respond to help and never complain when asked for help by family members.
• Always be fair in treating siblings, both brothers and sisters.
• Never made a fuss, on the contrary, always created a harmonious and harmonious family atmosphere.

2. Application of the contents of the second precept in the school environment

• Never causes a commotion at school and always tries to create a harmonious school environment.
• Instill the character to always respect the human rights of friends.
• Uphold respect for all teachers, employees and all residents in the school.
• Always be light-handed when asked for help either by teachers, friends, or employees at school.
• Have a high sense of sympathy and empathy for friends who are sick.
• Always listen and respect the opinions of friends even if they differ from ours.

3. Application of the contents of the second precept in society

• Does not discriminate against religion, ethnicity, race, and customs in the community.
• Maintain attitude and always be polite in various conditions in any environment.
• Have the courage to admonish and tell the truth if someone makes a mistake in a public environment.
• Do not carry out activities or actions that smell of discrimination against a group or against anyone.
• Have the attitude to always balance the implementation of rights and obligations and avoid the occurrence of actions that can undermine the rights and obligations of others.
• Always foster a sense of love and affection in the community.
• Respect the opinions of others even though they are not in line with ours, and do not impose our will on others.

So, those are some examples of attitudes that reflect the contents of the second Pancasila precept that Sinaumed’s can learn and apply at home, school, and society in everyday life.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Examples of Attitudes in Accordance with the 3rd Precepts of Pancasila – It is not surprising if we discuss about the country of Indonesia which is considered and known by foreign countries as a country that has a lot of diversity within it. The diversity that occurs in Indonesia is not only in one aspect, but the diversity that occurs in Indonesia is diversity such as religion, culture, race, ethnicity, regional language and customs.

Sinaumed’s can say or call all these differences in diversity as an abundance of wealth and sustenance that is legally owned by our country, the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia or what is commonly abbreviated as NKRI. It is from the above statement that many citizens from abroad travel far and wide to come and vacation in Indonesia just to see and feel the atmosphere of its diversity.

However, do you know Sinaumed’s? The existence of all aspects of diversity that are owned by our country, makes the country of Indonesia has high potential and is very vulnerable to problems or conflicts, both internal conflicts and external conflicts that can occur in the midst of Indonesian society.

The problems or conflicts that occur are predicted to make us as fellow Indonesians behave to hate one another. In fact, if a problem or conflict occurs in a prolonged or continuous manner, it has a great potential to cause division and civil war between fellow Indonesian citizens.

Now, in order to overcome and avoid the occurrence of all problems that will be more complex in the future, the Indonesian state decided to create or form a state foundation in the form of an absolute ideology containing the basics of precepts which are useful for overcoming all problems. The foundation of the state was formed with the aim that the Indonesian state can overcome and get answers in choosing which method is most suitable for use in tackling these problems.

This was done so that the Indonesian state was free from conflicts and divisions that occurred among the Indonesian people. The foundation of the state or the basis of the state is named Pancasila. Until now Pancasila is still the basis of the official state of Indonesia. The presence of Pancasila really helps Indonesian citizens to always live in harmony, peace and tranquility.

The basis of the state or Pancasila contains a symbol and a deep meaning in it. Sinaumed’s needs to know that one sentence of precepts can reflect various practices of his actions in daily life, that’s because each precept contains deep values ​​and has the potential to be explained more broadly. All the precepts contained in Pancasila have their respective roles and uses, including the sound and examples of the application of the third precept of Pancasila.

So, in this article, we will invite Sinaumed’s to get to know and know more about things related to the third precept? Sinaumed’s need not worry, because in this article, we will invite Sinaumed’s to deepen Sinaumed’s’ knowledge about the history of Pancasila and its functions for Indonesia. After that we will convey everything related to the third precept, starting with the meaning of the contents of the third precept, the meaning of the symbols of the third precept, and finally, examples of practice and application of the contents of the third precept in everyday life.

History of the Formulation and Birth of Pancasila

As the official ideology and guidelines for behaving in everyday life for the Indonesian people, Pancasila certainly has a past and history that shaped it into an ideology that is used as the foundation of the Indonesian state.

Right on March 1, 1945, Japan formed a body called the Investigating Agency for the Preparatory Work for Indonesian Independence or BPUPKI. The investigative agency chaired and led by Dr. Kanjeng Raden Tumenggung (KRT) or who is often called by the name Radjiman Wedyodiningrat. He opened the meeting of the organization with a speech. In the speech, dr. Radjiman asked a question addressed to the members of the Assembly. Question asked by dr. Radjiman read, “What is the basis for the State of Indonesia that we are going to form?”

During the process of formulating the basic contents of the official state, members of the Investigative Body for Preparatory Work for Indonesian Independence or BPUPKI submitted all of their proposals that could help the formulation process run quickly. The following are some of the proposed Pancasila content proposed by BPUPKI members.

1. Five Basics by Muhammad Yamin on 29 May 1945

Exactly on May 29, 1945, a well-known Indonesian figure named Muhammad Yamin submitted his proposal regarding the Five Fundamentals as a form of formulation of the basic candidate for the Indonesian state. The following is the contents of the Five Basics formulated by Muhammad Yamin.

-Nationality
-Humanity
-Divinity Fairy
-Societal Fairy
-People’s Welfare

Muhammad Yamin revealed that the five foundations of the state that he formulated were based on the history that had occurred in the country of Indonesia, civilizations in the past, religions spread across Indonesia, and the constitutional system that had long been in effect and developed in Indonesia. It is quite unfortunate, because the formulation proposed by Muhammad Yamin was doubted by Mohammad Hatta.

2. Pancasila by Ir. Sukarno on June 1, 1945

At the BPUPKI meeting on June 1, 1945, an Indonesian proclaimer who was also an Indonesian president named Ir. Soekarno opened his mouth and conveyed his proposed basic state formula. He named the formula with the name Pancasila. In his speech, he mentioned the title of his speech spontaneously with the name Speech of the Birth of Pancasila. In his speech, Ir. Soekarno conveyed some of the foundations of the state which he formulated to later serve as one of the proposals for forming the basis of the state. The contents of the basics of the state conveyed by Ir. Soekarno is as follows.

-Indonesian nationality or nationalism.
-Humanity or Internationalism.
-Consensus or Democracy.
-Social Welfare
-Cultural Godhead.

In his speech which was also the moment where he named his formula Pancasila, he uttered several sentences which more or less read:

Currently there are many principles of life, such as divinity, nationality, internationalism, consensus, and prosperity, the five foundations. There are indeed five of them, but the name is not Panca Dharma, but I will give this name the name Pancasila based on the advice of my friend who is a linguist. Panca which means five, and precepts are the foundations or principles, and the five things that I have mentioned above are the foundations that make up the Indonesian state to be an eternal and eternal state.

After that the BPUPKI members decided to choose the basic state formula proposed by Ir. Soekarno at the same time made June 1, 1945 the birth date of Pancasila as the basis of the Indonesian state and dissolved the organization. however, Sinaumed’s needs to know, before the first session was disbanded, the members of the organization decided to form a Small Committee with the following tasks.

-Making a reformulation which will later be used as Pancasila as the official basis of the Indonesian state based on the formulations submitted by Ir. Soekarno as the basic proposal of the state submitted on June 1, 1945.

– Changing the basic formulation of the state proposed by Ir. Sukarno became a text to be read during the proclamation of Indonesian independence.

The members of the Small Committee were chosen by nine more people to form an organization called the Committee of Nine. The Committee of Nine is tasked with realizing all the tasks that have been formed by the Small Committee. The tasks and plans that had been prepared by the Small Committee were approved and the Committee of Nine started to carry them out. Right on June 22, 1945, the Jakarta Charter was born.

It was only on June 1, 2016, after all this time that one of the Indonesian Presidents who served at that time, namely President Joko Widodo, decided to sign Presidential Decree (Keppres) Number 24 of 2016 which contained the Birthday of Pancasila and at the same time designated this day as the national holidays and these regulations take effect starting in 2017.

Pancasila function

· Reference for the life of the Indonesian nation
· Distinguishing the character of the Indonesian nation from other nations
· Forming the personality of the Indonesian nation
· The basis of the official state of the Indonesian nation
· The source for the formation of all applicable laws in Indonesia
· Forms of the noble agreement of the Indonesian nation

The description of the points of Pancasila practice

We obtained these points based on MPR Decree No.I/MPR/2003

1. As an Indonesian citizen, you must be able to wisely prioritize common interests over individual interests or personal interests and certain groups. This reflects the attitude and attitude of the unity and integrity of Indonesia.
2. Able to sacrifice everything and be willing to sacrifice for the sake of the state and nation.
3. Able to uphold and develop an attitude of nationalism to love the motherland and the Indonesian nation.
4. Have a sense of pride because they have become Indonesian citizens and have an Indonesian homeland.
5. Preserving world order on the foundation of independence between countries, existence of eternal peace, and equitable social justice.
6. Preserving attitudes and characters that reflect the unity and integrity of Indonesia on the basis of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika.
7. Expanding associations and friendship networks to strengthen national unity and integrity.

The Meaning of the Symbol of the Third Precept

As Sinaumed’s knows, the third precept is symbolized by a large banyan tree. The following is the meaning of each part in the symbol of the third precept.

1. The symbol of the Great Banyan Tree

Sinaumed’s certainly already knows what a banyan tree looks like, right? Generally, the banyan tree itself grows to a very large size unlike the general size of other trees. This large banyan tree gives a sensation of beauty and has its own special power for those who see it. Or it can also be said, that this large banyan tree has its own meaning that the nation and state of Indonesia is a nation and state that is large in size. In other words, the Indonesian nation has a variety of cultures that are abundant in it and are very beautiful and special when shown to the outside world.

Not only that, this large tree also has various uses in it. The banyan tree can be used as a shelter for the people around it. The banyan tree brings cool and comfortable air, this feeling of comfort will not disappear and we will feel like taking shelter in the banyan tree again. In this case, the banyan tree can convey the meaning that Indonesian citizens who are abroad or not in Indonesia will certainly feel a longing just like the longing for shelter under a large banyan tree. These longings are in the form of a longing for comfort, peace, and serenity in Indonesia.

2. Background Color is White

The third Pancasila precept has a banyan tree symbol with white as the background of the tree. The white background color helps to clarify the symbol of the banyan tree in the third precept. With this description, we can conclude that the white background color means that the white color in Indonesian does not clash and collide with other colors.

Besides that, the white background color also gives the impression that it symbolizes a purity, a form of honesty, purity, cleanliness, and also authenticity. The things symbolized by the white color are the hopes and aspirations of the Indonesian people.

The Meaning of the Contents of the Third Precept

The third precept, which reads “Indonesian Unity” and has the symbol of a banyan tree, does indeed have the shortest precept sound. However, this third precept certainly has a very close relationship with the unity and unity that exists in the state of Indonesia as the precepts say. It is the sound of this that makes this third precept the basis of social life in Indonesia. This is done so that in social life, residents are always in harmony, remain intact, and there is not a single conflict or division that occurs

The country of Indonesia itself has a geographical form in which the country is a country in the form of islands spread all over the country. Each island in Indonesia itself has its own role which can influence the development of this Indonesian state. Without the help and encouragement of the people who live in the islands across Indonesia, the development of the Indonesian state will not be as fast as it is.

Due to the existence and willingness of the people who occupy these islands to help the development of the Indonesian nation, this country has developed rapidly. This will is certainly based on Pancasila, especially the third Pancasila precept. The presence of the third precept in Pancasila makes the hearts of the Indonesian people moved to support and help if there are residents from other areas who experience disaster. In conclusion, the three data principles encourage the Indonesian people to always work together.

Examples of Applying the Third Precept in Everyday Life

The precepts which have the sound “Indonesian Unity” occupy the third precept in Pancasila which is the basis of the state. The third precept means that it is an obligation for an Indonesian citizen to uphold the unity and integrity of the nation.

In addition, unity and integrity also play an important role in various aspects, such as political, social, cultural, defense, economic and security aspects. This union was developed with the aim of increasing the sense of unity among citizens in having cultural diversity in the country of Indonesia.

1. An example of the third precept at home is:

• Diligent and active in studying for the purpose of studying so that both parents can be proud.
• Always respect older family members and do not forget to always respect younger family members.
• Always helps family members who are doing housework.
• Always prioritize common interests (family) and ignore personal interests.
• Develop and create a harmonious atmosphere at home.

2. An example of the attitude of the third precept at school is:

• Always active and diligent in studying and instilling confidence to make the name of the school proud through achievement,
• Instilling mutual respect among fellow school members.
• Prioritizing common interests at school rather than self-interest or the interests of the group being occupied.
• Always instill an attitude to always maintain attitude and maintain harmony among school members.
• Always be solemn during ceremonies to show our love for the Motherland.
• Deepen historical knowledge in order to be able to learn all the sacrifices of the heroes and to increase the love for the motherland.

3. Examples of the third precept attitude in the community, namely:

• Consuming and buying domestic products.
• Always be tolerant and avoid belittling other indigenous tribes.
• Always instill a sense of always prioritizing the harmony and unity of the Indonesian nation compared to the interests of the group, oneself and the group.
• Always participate in various activities in the community that are held around the residence, such as Sunday community service or siskamling.
• Orderly and willing to pay taxes according to applicable regulations and time.
• Do not feel objection to sacrificing wealth, energy, and body and soul if necessary to be able to protect the sovereignty of the Indonesian nation and state.
• Always obey the rules that apply.
• Love all the cultural diversity in Indonesia.

Those are some examples of the application of the third precept in Pancasila that Sinaumed’s can apply in his daily life, as well as some other information regarding the third precept and the history of Pancasila and its functions. Hopefully this article helps Sinaumed’s in overcoming Sinaumed’s’ curiosity.

Related Book & Article Recommendations:

Examples of Suggestion Sentences, Definition of Suggestion Sentences, and Characteristics of Suggestion Sentences – In Indonesian there are various forms of sentences that can be used to carry out conversations with one another. One of them is a sentence of advice that we often use in everyday life. A suggestion sentence is a sentence that is expressed by someone to another person which contains an opinion or hope for something.

Sentences of advice are often used by someone to express an opinion about something or submit a recommendation to other people.

In addition, suggestions are also often used in a literary work, where the writer provides a suggestion page to be used as a recommendation, review, editorial which is made in the form of an argumentative paragraph.

The following is an explanation of the sentence suggestions as well as their meaning, characteristics, and examples,

What is a Suggestion Sentence?

Sentences also end with a punctuation mark, either a full stop (.), an exclamation mark (!) which indicates a sentence as an imperative sentence, or a question mark (?) which indicates a sentence as a question sentence.

The word suggestion in the KBBI or Big Indonesian Dictionary is an opinion or suggestion, recommendation, or ideals put forward by someone to consider something. A suggestion sentence is a sentence that is expressed by someone to another person which contains opinions or hopes for something.

Everyone has the opportunity to give advice to others, regardless of age or gender. However, in giving an opinion or hope to someone in the form of a suggestion sentence, it would be better to convey it well without offending other people about our opinion.

Therefore, for those of you students who want to achieve these skills, buy and study this book right now.

The Difference Between Suggestion and Criticism

Often we cannot distinguish which is a suggestion and which is a criticism. Here’s the difference between suggestion and criticism.

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI, criticism is a criticism or a form of response which is sometimes accompanied by good and bad descriptions and considerations given by someone towards a work, opinion, and so on. Criticism can also be regarded as a correction of actions or actions that have occurred.

Suggestions usually contain messages for improvement, so that the image will be more positive. While criticism, which describes the message in a more negative way, such as giving unfavorable remarks and negative comments.

An example of the difference between advice and criticism is as follows.

• Criticism: Your writing is terrible.
• Suggestion: It would be better if your writing changed the way of writing so that the message you want to convey can be well received by readers.

Characteristics of Suggestion Sentences 

To find out what distinguishes suggestion sentences from other types of sentences, you must know the characteristics of suggestion sentences. Following are the characteristics of suggestion sentences.

1. The first characteristic of suggestion sentences is that there is usually a marker word that is used, usually at the beginning of the sentence or in the middle of the sentence. The following are examples of marker words, namely should, preferably, better if, keep in mind that, try, should, my advice and various other similar marker words.
2. The second characteristic of suggestion sentences is that they are often used in everyday life and also in a literary work. Suggestion sentences can also be used for editorial text, reviews, or argumentative paragraphs.
3. The third characteristic of the suggestion sentence is that at the end of the sentence, the suggestion sentence does not use exclamation marks which describe it as an exclamation sentence or a prohibition sentence.

In this way, this book is here to meet the expectations of all those involved in learning Indonesian, from teachers, students, lecturers to practitioners who study and develop Indonesian language materials.

Examples of Suggestion Sentences

Here are various examples of suggestions sentences that can be used when you want to give opinions or hopes to other people:

1. You better focus on studying for tomorrow’s exam instead of playing so you can face the test.
2. You should complete the assignments given by the teacher so you don’t get penalized later.
3. You better not waste the time you have so you don’t regret it later.
4. I think you should apologize to him for what you did back then.
5. It would be nice if all of you got to know each other.
6. You should not watch too much TV because it can damage your eyes.
7. The government should be able to find a solution to control fuel prices which continue to rise.
8. You better clean your bedroom so mommy won’t be angry.
9. It would be better if you avoid debates that can lead to conflict.
10. You better not go anywhere in a situation like this.
11. You should change your attitude towards the parents who gave birth and raised you.
12. Try not to be a burden to others and work hard on your own.
13. Better fix your assignment now if you want to get good grades.
14. You shouldn’t sacrifice your time to play, and focus on studying for your future.
15. The SIM should be valid for life so that people no longer need to be bothered with matters regarding the renewal of a SIM every five years.
16. If you want to be a successful person, don’t stay lazy at home every day.
17. Respect your parents who have cared for and raised you, then you will be happy in this world and in the hereafter.
18. You shouldn’t cause problems in the office that can cause you to be fired from work.
19. As far as I know, it would be better if every employee was given the right to leave so that his enthusiasm for work would not be lost and maintained.
20. In my personal opinion, we can increase the company’s current profit by creating a new sub-business.
21. In my experience, new employees should receive initial employee training with a minimum of one month so that they understand the ways and work systems that exist in this company.
22. Schools should provide knowledge and space to develop talents for each student so that they can develop.
23. Everyone should be able to have integrity within themselves so that the problem of corruption in Indonesia can be reduced.
24. Subjects in schools should not burden students to study continuously so they can have time to develop their talents.
25. You better forget about the bad past that has passed and start moving forward with a clear mind and optimism.
26. The government should provide fair social security to every citizen because it is everyone’s right.
27. Every student at school should be able to respect their teacher as they respect their parents at school.
28. Roads should be given clear signs so that every vehicle driver can comply with applicable regulations.
29. The plane should not have waited for a plane that was late due to personal negligence which could cause the flight to be delayed.
30. The helmet you use should be washed and cleaned regularly so that your scalp is kept clean.
31. Parents should not yell at their children too often so that the child does not experience trauma.
32. To maintain the health of our teeth, we should brush our teeth every day at least twice.
33. Every existing hospital should have a regular patient visit schedule so that patients can rest in peace.
34. We recommend that we go early to the restaurant so that later we do not have to queue to order a seat
35. We better book plane tickets from now on so we’re not in a hurry and get more affordable prices and comfortable seats.
36. The government should think about the condition of the people by increasing the BPJS contribution rate, which has a high chance of being burdened by this decision.
37. Teachers as parents at school should be able to set a good example and role model for all their students.
38. We recommend that you bring your motorbike to a repair shop to be checked regularly so that the condition of the vehicle remains prime and there is no risk of an accident.
39. We recommend that you order cinema tickets from now so that you get seats a bit back and not too close to the cinema screen.
40. We should sell our old cellphones before they are completely damaged and there is no price on the market anymore.
41. It’s good for us to stop all the negative things that have all got here.
42. You should be able to think more maturely so that the existing problems don’t become as complicated as they are today.
43. You better take a day off today and calm your mind from all the problems that exist.
44. We should all exercise regularly so that we look fresher and our bodies become healthier every day.
45. It would be better if you determine the topic of the research title that you want to take first before determining the title of the research.
46. It’s better if you don’t rush to finish the job and think carefully to find the best solution.
47. Before exercising both light and heavy, it would be better to warm up first to stretch the muscles of the body.
48. It would be better if the spices were just crushed rather than blended so that the taste tastes better.
49. You should have completed the assignments given so that your grades don’t have problems at school.
50. You should not bring any electronic devices into the exam room when you go to school, so there is no risk of breaking the rules.
51. It’s a good idea to start preparing supplies for our trip later,
52. Try to be a better person by not doing bad things like that again.
53. Check and make sure all electronic devices are turned off before you leave the house.
54. It is recommended for everyone not to get too close to the computer screen so that eye health is maintained.
55. You should start obeying the rules in the office if you don’t want to get into trouble in the future.
56. Use a sharper knife if you want to cut through the meat more easily.
57. Make sure everyone gets their rights and obligations as employees in this office so that there is no discrimination.
58. Make sure all the spices are mixed thoroughly if you want to produce a good taste.
59. You should prioritize school first if you want to be successful.
60. Stop smoking if you want to have a healthy life and avoid respiratory diseases.

The book, which was compiled based on the revised 2016 edition of the 2013 Curriculum, will describe a method that includes attitude, knowledge, and skill competencies. Of course this book will really help you in the process of learning Indonesian.

Tips for Making Suggestion Sentences

Here are some tips you can do to make a good and correct suggestion sentence.

1. Make Constructive and Polite Sentences

The first tip is to make suggestions that are constructive and use polite language so that listeners can properly accept the opinion you give. Often people give suggestions to be seen and seen well by others and not the recipient.

So often people give too to the point, where when people are in trouble what they need is to think calmly and find solutions well. By using polite language, the suggestions you give will be easier to accept and maybe he will accept your suggestions well.

2. Create a sentence that provides a solution

The second tip is to make a suggestion sentence that provides a solution or a solution to the problem to the person receiving it so that the person can solve the problem.

When you give a suggestion, you should first position yourself as that person, so you can understand that the problem they are facing is not trivial.

3. Providing Advice in the Right Situations and Conditions

The third tip is to give advice at the right time and place to the recipient. What is meant is, you cannot directly give advice to other people in public where many people can hear, unless there is an urgent situation or you are asked to express an opinion.

Usually advice is given to people who are in trouble, telling it to the general public will not solve the problem. It will be more if you give advice personally and at the right time so that what you want to convey can be well received.

4. Make Suggestion Sentences without Patronizing the Recipient

The fourth tip is to make suggestions without patronizing the recipient. We all definitely don’t like it when someone suddenly patronizes us about the problems we have, that’s the feeling when people who are in trouble are approached by you who suddenly give suggestions for their problems. You can start with small talk so that the advice you give can be well received.

5. Make Logical Suggestion Sentences

The fifth tip is to make suggestions that are logical and can solve existing problems. When you want to give a suggestion, make sure the suggestion is logical and can overcome existing problems and show a better way. Don’t let the misleading advice you give actually makes the recipient’s problem even more heated and has a bigger negative impact.

With you having and reading this book, the writing practice that you are engaged in will be better and more organized according to good and correct Indonesian, including in making suggestions sentences.

Conclusion

Suggestion sentences are a word order that is used to give our opinions and hopes to others. By studying and understanding this, we will have a better way of saying things and the opinions we give may be accepted by the people we address.

Often people cannot distinguish between suggestions and criticisms, by studying the explanation above regarding the meaning, characteristics, and various examples of suggestions sentences, it is hoped that with this everyone will try to change their perspective and speak better and politely.

Well, that’s an explanation of the sentences of advice that we often use without awareness in everyday life. With the explanation above, we come to understand how we can give our opinion about other people’s problems properly.

If Sinaumed’s wants to learn more about this or understand how to use good and correct Indonesian, start looking for references both from internet sources and book references on how to speak good and correct Indonesian.

You can start reading books on how to speak good and correct words which are only available at sinaumedia as your #Friends Without Limits, as one example is the Advanced Indonesian Language e-book made by Puji Santosa and Muhammad Jaruki which explains how to hone skills using Indonesian is good, correct, and polite.

This e-book is here as a textbook for students in tertiary institutions that collect skills in using Indonesian properly and correctly and politely. Because by knowing and understanding the rules for using the Indonesian language which is good and correct as well as polite, it will shape the personality of a nation that is cultured, civilized and dignified.

Therefore, this e-book must be owned and read by students in tertiary institutions or anyone as learning material to be Proficient in Indonesian: Good, Correct, and Polite.

Author : Andrew

Rights and Obligations of Students at School – Friends of Sinaumed’s, in this discussion we will discuss the rights and obligations of students while at school. As a student, they still have rights and obligations, even though they are not yet adults.

Parents on the other hand also need to inform their children’s rights and obligations while at school. This is quite important to do because indirectly it is very useful to train children in discipline, order, and an understanding of responsibility.

As we know that rights are something that can be owned and accepted, while obligations are something that must be done according to applicable regulations. Rights and obligations must be carried out in a balanced way so that inequality does not occur. Rights are obtained after carrying out obligations.

Friends of Sinaumed’s, as a student or student, have you known the rights and obligations of students at school? Humans without exception by nature have rights which then give rise to obligations.

Everyone who has rights and incurs consequences receives similar rights from others around him. This is what causes rights and obligations. The right to get something that should be owned and the obligation to respect the same rights for others. 

These rights and obligations apply in all aspects of life. Interestingly, when in a certain place or organization, there are certain new rights and obligations that are more specific, for example the rights and obligations of a student who is at school will be different from his rights and obligations when he is at home, which must be accepted and there will be rights and obligations in both environments. What are the rights and obligations of these students?

Then, what are the rights and obligations of a student at school? Let’s look at the following explanation.

However, before knowing something that is the right of students when they are at school, it would be nice for us to first understand the meaning of rights and obligations put forward by experts.

Definition of Rights

As Sinaumed’s knows, the term rights are not foreign to hear and read in everyday life. When Friends of Sinaumed’s talk about rights, a statement will immediately arise that rights are a device that is universal, that has been inherent or exists within an individual or every human being since they were born into the world.

These universal rights or devices are very fair because they apply to everyone and regardless of any differences that are inherent in that human being, such as gender, religion, skin color, cultural group, nationality, caste, profession, and many more. Types of rights that have their own meaning and characteristics can be called Human Rights (HAM).

We will mention and explain the meaning of rights from various sides and the opinions of experts.

1. General

In general, rights are opportunities given to each individual to be able to get, do, and have something he wants.

An individual who gets the right has the potential to realize that they have the power and ability to get, do, and have something. In addition, rights can make an individual aware of their limits in what they may or may do and cannot do.

The right to take on an important role and position in various aspects of an individual’s life, for example the life of an individual in adapting to a society or a particular group. There are several factors that encourage the creation of rights, namely there are social, ethical, and legal boundaries.

2. Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI)

According to KBBI, a right is something that is right, belongs to, has authority, has the power to do something (because it has been determined by laws and regulations, right has power over something or to demand something, degree or dignity.

3. Soerjono Soekanto

Soerjono Soekanto divides rights into two parts, namely relative rights or which can be interpreted as unidirectional rights and absolute rights or which can be interpreted as rights which have a plural direction.

Relative rights or unidirectional rights mean that relative rights are a form of rights formed from an agreement or can be called the law of engagement. Relative rights can be exemplified by a person’s ability to collect their achievements or even the right to pay off their achievements.

Then, absolute rights or rights that have a plural direction are tangible like a right contained in a law regulated by the state. We can call it constitutional law. In addition, other forms of absolute rights are personality rights in the form of the right to life and the right to liberty; ownership rights to a non-material object in the form of brand rights and copyrights; as well as family rights in the form of child custody, husband and wife, and parental custody.

4. Srijanti

Srijanti argued that rights are normative elements that function as guidelines for behavior, protect freedom, immunity, and guarantee opportunities for humans to maintain their dignity.

5. Prof. Dr. Notonegoro

Prof. Dr. Notonegoro explained that rights are a power or ability of an individual to be able to carry out several activities such as receiving, doing, and possessing something that the individual should have accepted, done, and owned. Rights that have been assigned to an individual cannot be transferred or transferred to another individual. That is the reason each individual receives different rights according to their portion.

6. John Salmond

Salmond conveys the definition of rights by dividing them into several parts, namely:

• Rights in a narrow sense, namely rights inherent in a person as the owner of a right, rights that are directed to other people as holders of an obligation between correlative rights and obligations, rights that can contain obligations to other parties to carry out an action or not perform deeds, as well as the rights arising from the title inherent in the owner;
• The right to independence, namely the right to give freedom to someone in carrying out activities granted by law, but not to disturb, violate, and abuse, so that it can violate the rights of others and also liberation from the rights of others;
• The right of power, namely the right given to go through the streets and also legal means in changing rights, obligations and other responsibilities in legal relations.
• The right of immunity, namely the right to be freed from the power of the law of others.

7. RMT Sukamto Notonagoro

Prof. RMT Sukamto Notonagoro argues that rights are an authority when an individual has the authority to accept or do something he wants and that individual should have received or done.

This right cannot and cannot be given to other individuals, so that it cannot be exercised and accepted by other individuals. Rights and obligations owned by citizens have the power to be prosecuted by the parties concerned.

Through some of the opinions of several experts above, it can be concluded that rights are everything that is appropriate and absolute to be obtained by individuals as members of a citizen since they are still in the womb.

Definition of Liability

Furthermore, it is necessary to understand the meaning of obligation. Here are some opinions of experts about the definition of liability.

1. Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI)

According to KBBI, an obligation is (something) that is required or something that must be carried out and required. According to this understanding, it can be said that an obligation is a task or job that must be done and completed properly.

2. Prof. Dr. Notonegoro

Prof. Dr. Notonegoro stated that the obligation is a burden to provide something that should be left alone or given solely by certain parties, which in principle can be forced to demand by those concerned.

3. John Salmond

According to John Salmond, obligation is something that must be done by someone. If he doesn’t, he will be penalized.

4.Fredrick Pollock

Frederick Pollock said that an obligation equals a duty. In a legal sense, an obligation is something that can be legally binding between two or more people.

5. Curzon

Curzon explains the definition of liability by dividing it into five groups, namely:

• Absolute obligations, namely obligations that are directed to oneself and are not coupled with rights that involve other parties;
• Public obligations, namely the obligation of a person to comply with public rights and also civil obligations, which arise from agreements that correlate with civil rights;
• Positive obligations, namely obligations that want to be done well;
• Universal obligations, namely obligations addressed to all citizens or certain groups that arise from certain fields of law;
• Primary obligation, which is an obligation that does not arise from an unlawful act and is in nature to provide sanctions, for example the obligation not to defame.

Through some of the opinions of the experts above, it can be concluded that obligations are everything that must be done while in a place, region, and country. Rights then cannot be separated from obligations, and vice versa.

Examples of Student Rights at School

These are some of the rights that students receive when they are at school.

1. Obtaining Knowledge from the Teacher

The first right as a student is to gain knowledge. Parents send their children to a school with the aim of gaining knowledge. They are later expected to gain a lot of new knowledge from various subjects given according to their class level. Students have the right to be taught or guided by teachers who are competent in their fields so that they become smart and accomplished students.

2. Using School Facilities

To support the teaching and learning process, schools will provide various adequate facilities. The facilities provided include comfortable classrooms, sports arenas, prayer rooms, libraries, canteens, toilets, and so on. All students have the right to use the facilities provided according to their function. Even so, students must be able to maintain and care for all the facilities provided.

3. Get Protection and Security from the School

The next student right is the right to get protection and security from the school. Please note, if a child will spend a lot of time at school with teachers, friends, staff, and other school members.

This is what makes a student must get protection and security while at school and away from his parents. The school on the other hand must also guarantee the safety of all students regardless of ethnicity, religion and other backgrounds.

4. Ask Questions

School students also have the right to ask questions, both inside and outside the classroom if necessary, especially asking questions related to learning material that is felt to be unclear. It is through this right that students get even more in-depth explanations, even repeated more than once until they can really understand the material presented by their teacher clearly.

5. Express Opinion

Students in the school environment also have the right to express their opinions, especially those related to political activities. An example of this activity is participating in the election for the Student Council Chair, the election for class president, the election for Scout leader, and so on.

Examples of Student Obligations at School

Here are some of the obligations of a student that they must do while at school.

1. Obey the school rules and regulations

Every school has its own rules and regulations. The rules and regulations for each school may differ from one another. Well, the first task of a student is the obligation to comply with all the rules and regulations that apply at school. These rules and regulations are made with the aim that the teaching and learning process can take place in a conducive manner, make the school environment orderly, and train discipline.

2. Following Class Hours and School Activities

The next student obligation is to follow study hours and activities at school. Students must attend all lessons from the first hour to the last hour. This means students may not leave class without permission from the homeroom teacher, class teacher, and picket teacher. Students are allowed to leave class and school when the learning process is over. In addition, students must also take part in school activities such as morning exercises, flag ceremonies, scouts, extracurricular activities, and other activities.

3. Come to School on Time

Before the school bell rings, a student must have come to school. This means that students must come to school on time (generally at 07.00 am) or depending on each school’s policy. If a student is absent from school, the parent or guardian of the student must provide a letter of permission for not attending school or you can also contact the school staff or teacher.

4. Keeping the School Clean

A student is obliged to maintain the cleanliness of the school, so it is not allowed to litter. In addition, they also have an obligation to run pickets in their respective classes.

5. Support Learning Activities

A student at school is also required to support learning activities in class and outside the classroom, for example obeying instructions given by the teacher, not being noisy during class, entering class in an orderly manner, and so on.

6. Wearing School Supplies

The next obligation is to wear school supplies according to the rules imposed by the school, for example bringing textbooks, wearing uniforms, wearing shoes with colors according to the rules, and so on.

Well, that’s information about the Rights and Obligations of Students at School . The rights of students at school are everything that is appropriate and absolute for a student to get while at school, while the obligations of students at school are everything that must be done by students while at school. These rights then cannot be separated from their obligations as a student, and vice versa.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

• Benefits of Living in Harmony at Home, School, and Society
• Definition of Rights: Types of Rights and Examples
• Definition of Liability: Types and Examples
• Differences in School Study Hours in Other Countries
• School Goals: Types, Management, and the Concept of Effective Schools

Examples of Social Interaction Between Individuals and Groups – Humans are social beings who always need the help of others in their lives. Not only do they need help, but other people in every human being certainly become friends for the human himself. It is unimaginable if we only live alone without anyone, of course we will be bothered with problems in this world.

In this case the role of society is very important for us. They are the ones who will help us in all situations if we need someone else. This has also been explained in sociology. For example, if someone lives on a remote island alone then they won’t be able to last long, because humans actually still need interaction with other humans.

Interactions carried out between humans certainly provide benefits and knowledge. Every time we meet new people, we can also get new knowledge from that person. We can learn what he is studying or doing. Not even just with one person, we can also interact with community groups.

In sociology, interaction is understood as a process that may be unintentional or planned, repetitive, and occurs regularly. Social interaction also always involves two or more people or two or more groups. This interactive process is the basis for the formation of the social structure and culture of society. This is because social institutions and norms are formed through interactions between individuals and groups, and the system (society) in which people live is formed.

On this occasion, sinaumedia will discuss examples of social interactions between individuals and groups. For those of you who don’t understand, maybe your questions about this will be answered in this article. For more, let’s look at the following review.

Definition of Social Interaction

Homans defines interaction as an event in which an action taken against another person by a person is rewarded or punished by the actions of another person who becomes his partner. The concept put forward by Homans postulates that actions taken by one individual in interaction are a stimulus to the actions of other people who become partners.

On the other hand, according to Shaw, social interaction is an interpersonal exchange in which each person shows his actions in front of him and each action affects the other.

Thibaut and Kelly also said that social interaction is an event that influences one another and when two or more people are together they create results for each other or communicate with each other. Thus, in terms of interaction, everyone’s actions aim to influence others.

According to Bonner, interaction is a relationship between two or more people where individual behavior affects, changes, affects other individuals, and vice versa.

According to Anagoro and Widiyanti, social interaction is the heart of all social life. Because we cannot live together without social interaction. Unity of life occurs when people or groups of people work together. Talking to each other to achieve common goals, etc.

According to Walgito, social interaction is a relationship between one person and another and is reciprocal because one person can influence another and vice versa. Relationships can be person-to-person, person-to-group, or group-to-group relationships.

According to some of these experts, the notion of social interaction can lead us to the conclusion that interaction is a relationship between two or more people, with each person playing an active role in it. Interaction does not only include the relationship between the parties involved, but also influences each other.

Influential Factors in Social Interaction

Social interaction is influenced by several factors, including factors from other humans who are interacting or communicating. Here are the factors that influence social interaction.

1. Imitation Factor

Many social scientists claim that all social life is actually based on factors of imitation. Although this view turns out to be one-sided, the role of imitation in social interaction is not insignificant.

2. Suggestion Factor

Suggestion for someone is to express their point of view or attitude in a sentence and then be accepted by others. It is also true that suggestion plays a role in the formation of group norms, social prejudices, moral norms, and political norms. In their environment, parents, educators, or friends have taken them for granted without further consideration.

Suggestion is a psychological influence of oneself and others that is generally accepted without criticism. Therefore, in psychology, a distinction is made between suggestions which are suggestions from oneself and suggestions from the mind which are suggestions from others.

3. Factor Identification

Identification is a term coined by Sigmund Freud, a figure in the field of psychology. Identification is the desire to be identical with other people. Identification is carried out by other people and people who are considered ideal in one aspect in order to obtain norms, attitudes, and value systems that are considered ideal which are lacking in him.

This process occurs unconsciously, automatically, and objects of identification are not chosen rationally, but are selected based on subjective and emotional judgments.

Identification can be done in two ways. For example, children learn and accept social norms because parents consciously educate them, and children identify with their parents because they are a very important place for parents to identify with their children.

In psychology, identification means the desire to be identical or the same as another person, both physically and mentally.

4. Sympathy Factor

Sympathy can be defined as a feeling of caring for another person. Sympathy arises when the conscious human ego feels compassion for another person. Sympathy connects one person to another, whereas antipathy tends to suppress or completely exclude intrapersonal relationships.

Sympathy is the feeling of being attracted to one person by another. Sympathy is not based on rationalization, but occurs on the basis of evaluation and identification of emotions. People can also suddenly become attracted to other people because they like the way other people behave.

Definition of Social Interaction Between Individuals and Groups

The social interaction of an individual with a group is a reciprocal relationship maintained by a person with a group. This group includes a small number, for example three people or a larger group. Interaction between individuals and groups is the relationship that takes place between individual groups and people to achieve their goals. Interactions between individuals and groups can be formal, including rules, but there are also informal or uncontrolled, free interactions.

Examples of Social Interaction Between Individuals and Groups

• The chairman of the committee chaired the meeting of the national conference. In meetings, the chairperson provides additional directions, while meeting members can submit suggestions and recommendations.
• Mr. RT explained the government assistance to the surrounding community. Where Mr. RT acts as an individual, and the community is a group.
• A basketball coach determines the game strategy with the team he coaches.
• A teacher teaches students in class.
• A facilitator of the workshop conducts a question and answer session with the participants.
• A regent holds a working meeting with his subordinates.
• Company bosses negotiate with unions about wages.
• Ulama preaching to the congregation in recitation at the mosque.
• A defendant is tried in court.

Sinaumed’s, that’s the article about social interaction between individuals and groups. Of course interaction is needed by humans to establish friendship so that they always get knowledge or interesting things outside of themselves. In addition, humans also of course will always need the help of others, therefore interaction is very important.

If you want to learn more about social interaction or other sociology, you can buy books available at sinaumedia. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits has provided a variety of quality books that you can have. Come on Sinaumed’s, buy the book now!

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Examples of Social Groups – As individuals who always interact with other people or are often referred to as social beings, the term “social group” is certainly not foreign to them. According to Soerjono Soekanto, social groups are associations or units where people live together because they are interconnected and influence each other.

Ordinary community groups are formed naturally by individuals or by accident. Proximity and similarity are the most important factors in the formation of social groups.

Apart from geographical location, everyone can communicate easily. Also, the person often interacts with others who have something in common with them. Eventually they form social groups.

Basically everyone is part of a social group. The role of social groups in human life is very important. There are many forms of social groups around us without us realizing it. A social group is usually formed for a common goal or just an ordinary association to spend free time and seek pleasure together.

So, from this explanation of social groups, we will further discuss the characteristics, types, and examples of social groups that exist in society in general.

Further discussion of these social groups can be seen below!

Definition of Social Groups

A social group is a group of people or a community that is structured and has a common goal so that they can form social institutions/organizations by not violating the laws and regulations in force in that country, whether established or not. Social groups function as a means for people to participate in the development of the nation and state.

Social institutions are procedures that are made to regulate the relationships of people in a group called the Association. Associations and social institutions have a very close relationship. Organizations that do not have permanent members have followers in a group called an association. In other words, associations are expressions of social institutions. Associations have charters, laws, membership and clear operational objectives.

Here are some definitions of social groups according to experts:

1. Soerjono Soekanto

According to Soerjono Soekanto, social groups are also called social institutions. The term social group is a foreign term for social institutions. However, there are people who use the term social organization to translate social organization. Indeed, social institutions refer to the factors that govern the behavior of members of a society.

2. Koentjaraningrat

According to Koentjaraningrat, a social group is a system of behavior and relationships that focuses on activities aimed at meeting the needs of a very complex community life. Another term is social construction, a translation of the German word soziale gebilde which describes the form and structure of these institutions.

3. Robert Mac Iver and Charles H. Page

According to Robert Mac Iver and Charles H. Page, explaining social groups as procedures or processes designed to regulate human relations within a community group.

4. Leopold von Wiese and Howard Becker

While Leopold von Wiese and Howard Becker saw social groups from their functional point of view, they interpreted social groups as networks of relational processes between people and between functional groups of people, the ability to maintain these relationships, and patterns, according to Humanity. flowers and lots.

5.Summer

In addition, sociologist Summer looks at social groups from a cultural perspective. Summer defines social groups as actions, ideals, and attitudes that are cultural devices, are permanent, and are intended to meet the needs of society.

Types of social groups

Social groups are social units consisting of two or more individuals who carry out social interactions and have division of tasks, structures, and existing norms. Here are some types of social groups that you can know:

1. Primary Group (Main)

A group in which social interaction occurs whose members know each other very closely and are closely related in life. Meanwhile, according to George Homans, a primary group is a group of people who are in regular contact with each other so that everyone can communicate directly (face to face) without intermediaries. For example: family, RT, playmates, church groups and others.

2. Secondary Group

Secondary organizations usually contain intellectual, logical, and contractual relationships. Organizations like this are not intended to provide inner satisfaction, but they have members because they can provide tools in the form of salaries or awards to their members. For example, an organization is a cooperation contract between an employer and a prospective employee in which they must agree on a salary.

If social interaction takes place indirectly, remotely, and is a bit of a kinship relationship. The relationships that are created are generally more objective. For example: political parties, trade unions, and other organizations.

3. Formal Groups

A formal/official group is a group formed by a group of people/society with a well-defined structure that explains the relationship of authority, power, responsibility and responsibility, duties and has legal force. The current structure also describes how channels are formed through which communication takes place.

It then displays specific tasks for each of its members. The hierarchy of formal organizational goals is clearly stated. Status, prestige, rewards, rank and position, and other requirements are simplified and controlled. In addition, formal organizations are long-lived and planned, and because they emphasize order, they are relatively rigid.

Within this group is marked by the existence of regulations or basic references (AD) that apply, and the Bylaws (ART). Its members are appointed by the organization. Examples of this group are all associations with AD/ART such as: Schools, Universities, Government Agencies etc.

4. Informal Groups

Informal groups are groups that appear within formal groups. The difference is, informal groups do not use binding rules. Examples of informal groups are play groups, study groups, and work groups. The formation of informal groups is carried out on the basis of similarities between members. For example, similarities in types of work, interests, gender, regional origin, ethnicity, and religion.

If the formal group is a group that is formed without affiliation, then the informal group actually has an emotional bond that exists. For example, production department workers gather after work. They gathered because they had a break or wanted to talk about matters other than work. These informal groups arise from the diverse needs of workers. This type of group arises from social needs such as friends, affection, training, and education

As a group that grows out of its interactions, attractions, and needs. Group membership is often irregular and membership is determined by mutual attraction between individuals and groups. This group has a clear but informal division of tasks and is based solely on kinship and interests. For example: fishing community, anime lover community, etc

Social Group Functions

Therefore, the existence of social groups is functional for social life. These functions include:

• Provide guidance to community members regarding attitudes towards community problems, especially those related to basic needs.
• Maintain the integrity of the community involved.
• Provide guidance to community members to monitor member behavior.

Thus, social groups are a series of procedural processes designed to regulate human relations in social life. Therefore, there are social institutions in all societies, simple societies as well as modern societies. That’s because every society wants an orderly life.

Characteristics of Social Groups

A group can be said to be a social group if it has the following characteristics:

• There are similar patterns among individuals. (leading to interaction or cooperation to achieve the same goal)
• There are consequences of different interactions between individuals (consequences depend on the preferences and skills of the individuals involved)
• There is a clear assignment and establishment of a group or organizational structure that includes the roles and positions of each person.
• There is an affirmation of norms that guide the behavior of group members that regulate the interaction of group member activities to achieve common goals.

Examples of Social Groups

1. Program/Event Committee

This type of group includes secondary social groups imposed on its members and does not apply to society as a whole.

2. Village Cooperative

Village cooperatives are formal social groups in society. This group interacts with each other to achieve common health goals.

Each member must follow the rules to join, deposit or borrow and be trained.

In addition, in craft village cooperatives there is a clear division of structures and tasks so that each member can carry out the role according to his position.

3. Combined RT/RW

The RT/RW association is an example of a social group in society. A social group whose members are part of the village community.

This type of social group includes social groups within groups that provide opportunities for all community members who are in a certain RT/RW area.

4. Student Association

Student associations are a form of social group in society on campus.

The task of this organization is to ensure that all elements incorporated in the set can easily achieve their respective goals. The structure of the student association usually includes the chairman of the association, the deputy association, the head of the field, and the members of the field.

5. School Alumni

Every graduate from an institution usually forms a group of graduates that we call alumni.

This Alumni Agenda can provide access to the lower classes of society and build relationships in the form of social networks with one another.

6. PKK women’s group

This group is a collection of women from the Empowerment and Family Welfare Movement (PKK).

Each member has the same goal, namely family happiness. Moms come together to share tips, share information, work together, and more. to achieve this goal.

7. Community

The association is called gemeinschaft. This social group is a social group that has close, intimate and harmonious ties to each of its members.

They have bonds and relationships that take place informally.

8. Patembayan (gesellschaft)

Patembayan is the main physical link for a short time, is imaginary and has a mechanical structure like that of a machine. Patembayan is only a form in the spirit. For example, the relationship between merchants, organization in factories, etc.

Requirements for Formation of Social Groups

A group can be said as a social group if it fulfills the following conditions:

1. There is interaction between members

The existence of social groups allows its members to interact with each other. A group without interaction cannot be considered a group, but only a collection of individuals.

2. Interdependence

Members influence the behavior and attitudes of others. Members of each other are also dependent on other members in the sense that they need each other’s help or assistance to achieve certain goals.

3. Self-awareness

Each member is aware of his participation in the group. A social group must realize its position in the members is to participate actively contribute instead of being a passive member who has no contribution at all in the social group.

4. There are similarities

The existence of similarities, be it fate, suffering, region, profession, etc., can strengthen the relationship between members. This similarity is the basis of the close relationships that are built within a social group that is formed.

5. Feelings and Perceptions

These feelings and perceptions must be shared by members of the social group. When a person feels part of a group, he can feel the benefits of belonging to a social group. The importance of having the same perception is also an important basis for the formation of a social group in order to avoid divisions within the social group itself.

6. Structure

The existence of a structure will guide members to carry out their roles and duties in the group so that the existence of a social group can be felt. In a clear social group there must be a membership structure in the social group so that the goals and roles of the members are also clearly channeled and each member’s position in the group is understood.

7. Have a system and continue to run the growth process

A social group also needs to have a system so that the group has clear directions and goals and has a sense of wanting to continue to grow and develop in the process of forming a social group so that each member of the group also gets benefits by joining themselves into a social group.

Reasons for the creation of social groups

It is human nature to interact with each other or in other words, humans really need one another.

Due to this natural reason, social groups can easily form.

With this interaction, they come together and feel the frequency. Then they will form groups and then create activities within them.

So, the longer someone interacts, the stronger their relationship will be. It’s like you and your best friend Sinaumed’s buddy.

Because over time your relationship with the people around you will find saturation if you don’t have a goal, therefore a social group is created to channel activities, ideas, creative ideas, hobbies etc. to be collected for positive and profitable common goals.

Conclusion

This is a brief discussion of the meaning of social groups. The discussion this time does not only discuss the meaning of social groups but also discusses the types, functions, characteristics and examples of several existing social groups.

Understanding the meaning of social groups can give us education that every human being needs other human beings in finding identity and channeling their activities. With the existence of a social group, each individual does not need to be afraid to be alone in channeling their talents because together with the group they will try to achieve common goals according to the vision of their respective groups.

Thus a review of the notion of social groups. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about the notion of social groups and other knowledge related to sociology, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Pandu Akram

Related articles Examples of Social Groups:

Social Groups: Definition, Types, Classification, Terms, Characteristics

Definition of Sociology of Law, Functions, Objects of Study, and Flow!

Understanding Kinds of Social Aspects and Physical Aspects of Existing Geography!

Concepts, Functions, and Kinds of Social Values

Social Exchange Theory: Definition, Principles, and Features

 

Examples of single substances – In this world consists of various kinds of substances, both single substances and mixtures. These substances become the support of human life. Like water which is a basic need and must be fulfilled in human daily life. Both daily needs and needs in the human body.

A pure substance is one of the purest substances provided by nature. It has not been mixed with other substances. So, what exactly is a single substance? Sinaumed’s can listen to explanations and examples of single substances in the following presentation.

Definition and Characteristics of a Single Substance According to Experts

A pure substance is a substance that is made up of the same kind of matter. In the Encyclopedia Britannica, a single substance is a substance composed of one type of atom or from atoms of the same kind. For example water, wood, salt, sugar, and 24 carat gold.

According to Petrucci, a single substance is a substance which in the process of changing the physical appearance of an object where its basic identity does not change. This is in line with David EG’s opinion regarding the grouping of a substance based on its form which is divided into two, namely a single substance and a mixture of substances.

While the characteristics of a single substance as follows.

• Pure substances have a constant composition
• Has the same properties
• Composed of only one substance or material
• Pure substances can be elements or compounds
• Cannot be broken down chemically
• Has no change in boiling point
• Has no change in melting point
• Its nature is pure, which is composed of one material and has not been mixed

Single Substance Classification

Pure substances are grouped into two, namely elements and compounds. The following is an explanation of the two categories summarized from the katadata.co.id page.

1. Elements

Single substances that cannot be broken down into simpler substances even using chemical reactions are called elements. This is in line with the definition of element in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), which is defined as the smallest part of an object; parts of objects that cannot be divided by chemical processes; original material; original substance; element.

Meanwhile, according to David EG, elements are substances that cannot be broken down into simpler substances with chemical liquids. Meanwhile, Hendro formulated elements as the simplest pure substances.

It should be remembered that every substance is formed from a fixed arrangement and composition and has well-defined properties. The rules for writing the symbols of the elements were formulated by Jons Jacob Berzelius in 1813 as follows.

• Use the element names in Latin.
• The element symbol is taken from the first letter of the element’s name and written in capital letters.
• If there are elements that have the same first letter of their name, then the symbol of one of the elements is added to one letter written in lower case.

Examples of elements include hydrogen (H), iron or ferum (Fe), oxygen (O), calcium (Ca), and so on. This element is further divided into several categories as follows.

1. Metal Elements

Metal elements are characterized by a shiny white color, are able to conduct electric current, can conduct heat or heat, have high boiling and melting points, and are malleable. It belongs to solids. However, there is one metal element in liquid form, namely mercury. Here are some metal elements in everyday life.

• Chromium (Cr), is used for car bumpers and can be mixed with steel to make stainless steel.
• Iron (Fe), is the cheapest metal and can be alloyed with carbon to produce steel.
• Nickel (Ni), this metal element is very resistant to air and water at ordinary temperatures. Therefore, nickel is used as a protective coating.
• Copper (Cu), copper is used in electrical wires, jewelry and coins.
• Zinc (Zn), zinc can be used as the roof of the house.
• Platinum (Pt), platinum is used in car exhausts, electrical contacts.
• Gold (Au), gold is a metal that is not reactive and is found in pure form. Gold is used for high-quality jewelry and electrical components

2. Nonmetal Elements

Non-metallic elements can be recognized by several properties including shiny, non-temperable, and poor conductors of electric current. Non-metals are usually solid, liquid or gaseous. It also has low boiling and melting points.

The following are examples of some substances that are included in non-metallic elements.

• Flour (F), this element can be mixed with toothpaste to strengthen teeth.
• Bromine (Br), this element is used as a nerve sedative and as a mixture of fire extinguishers.
• Iodine (I), this element is used as a wound antiseptic and additional iodine is used in table salt. Iodine can also be used as a starch test material in the flour industry.

3. Semi Metal Elements

Semi-metallic elements are also known as metalloid elements. It has properties in between metals and nonmetals. The semi-metallic element has the characteristic of being shiny or non-shiny. This is an example of a semi-metallic element.

• Silicon (Si), used in cutting tools, sanding, materials for making semiconductors, glasses, and ceramics.
• Germanium (Ge), can be found from coal and concentrated zinc rock. Germanium is a semiconductor material that functions as an insulator at low temperatures and as a conductor at high temperatures

2. Compound

Compounds are pure substances that can be broken down into simpler substances by chemical reactions. It is composed of two or more elements. Therefore, compounds can also be broken down into their constituent elements. The properties of elements are different from the properties of compounds.

For example, water (H ₂ O) which is composed of a combination of hydrogen and oxygen in the form of gas to help combustion. However, when the two elements are mixed it will turn into water which is a compound to extinguish fires. The separation of elements from compounds is called electrolysis.

Here are some examples of compounds that can be found in everyday life.

• Sodium chloride (NaCl) is table salt.
• Sodium hydroxide (NaOH), namely desiccant.
• Sucrose (C12H12O11) as a sweetener.
• Sulfuric acid (H2SO4) as electrolyte.
• Urea (CO(NH2)2) is used for fertilizer.
• Hydrochloric acid (HCl) for cleaning floors.
• Carbon dioxide (CO2) as a refreshing drink.
• Calcium carbonate (CaCO3) is used for building materials.
• Acetic acid (CH3COOH) as food vinegar.
• Ammonia (NH3) for refrigerant.

Single Substance Example

Examples of single substances are often found in everyday life, including the following.

1. Water

The first example of a single substance, Water is included in a single substance element with the chemical formula H ₂ O, which means that each molecule contains one oxygen and two hydrogen atoms connected by covalent bonds. Earth is composed of approximately 71% water or there are 1.4 trillion cubic kilometers (330 million mi ³ ) of water.

It becomes an important compound on earth, but not on other planets. However, water is also thought to exist at the north pole and south pole of Mars.

Most of the water is stored in the oceans and in the polar ice caps and mountain peaks. Not only that, water can also be found in clouds, rivers, rain, surface fresh water, water vapor, sea ice, and lakes. Water has its own cycle, it will evaporate, rain, and the flow of water above the surface (springs, estuaries and rivers) will go to the sea.

All living things on earth depend on water for their life. Water with its properties can cause reactions that can make organic compounds replicate. It is also a solvent which is important for the body in metabolic processes.

Water is also needed in the process of photosynthesis and respiration. Photosynthesis uses sunlight to separate hydrogen and oxygen. Hydrogen will be used to form glucose and oxygen will be released into the air.

When humans lack water it will cause chaos. For example, the monopolization and privatization of water can lead to conflicts or disputes. In Indonesia itself has regulations regarding water, namely Law Number 11 of 1974 concerning Irrigation.

2. Wood

The second example of a single substance is wood. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), the dictionary is a tree with a hard trunk; the hard part of the trunk (branches, branches, etc.) (which is usually used for building materials, etc.).

Meanwhile, in Wikipedia, wood is defined as the part of the trunk or branches and twigs of plants that hardens due to the lignification process (sitting). Wood is formed due to the accumulation of cellulose and lignin in the cell walls of various stem tissues.

Wood in everyday life is used for cooking, making furniture (chairs, tables, cabinets, etc.), building materials (walls, doors, windows, frames, etc.), paper materials, crafts, materials for making works of art, and so on. etc.

To learn more about wood, there is wood science, in which there are various materials regarding wood classification as well as its chemical and physical properties, wood mechanics in various handling conditions. Wood is selected according to their needs. Several types of wood were chosen because they have insulating properties, are easy to form, and are water-resistant.

Historically, woody plants are thought to have appeared in nature 395 to 400 million years ago. Humans have used it for thousands of years, primarily as a construction material for houses, weapons, industrial raw materials, and as fuel.

3. Kitchen Salt

The third example of a single substance, namely table salt, is a type of mineral that can make food taste salty. Kitchen salt available in the community is usually in the form of Sodium Chloride (NaCl) which is obtained from sea water. In its natural form, salt is rock salt or halite.

The body really needs salt. However, when consumed in excess or deficiency it will cause various diseases. For example high blood pressure. Kitchen salt is used for seasoning and food preservatives.

In general, salt is used to add a salty taste to food. However, not completely salt only gives a salty taste. He can also enhance the taste of food. For example adding salt to salty foods. In that case, salt acts as another flavor enhancer, such as the sweet taste of a food.

Salt is also used as an ice cooler, it serves to lower the freezing temperature of water. By adding salt to the sugar it will make the brine have a lower freezing temperature than normal. The colder water is used to make foods that require cold temperatures, such as ice cream.

As a food preservative, salt works by breaking down the water activity in food. Salt will dry out food by absorbing all the water. This is consistent with the growth of bacteria, which will be difficult to thrive in dry places. Not only that, salt also kills bacteria by drawing water from inside the bacteria to a drier environment.

Although salt has many benefits. However, it should be used wisely as recommended, which is approximately 5 grams of salt for adults every day. Consuming too much salt will result in high blood pressure, increased chances of heart attack, stroke, osteoporosis, and kidney problems.

4. Sugar

Sugar is an example of a single substance because it has a constant composition, is homogeneous, and has the same (consistent) properties in all its parts.

Sugar is a simple carbohydrate that is used as a source of energy and the main trading commodity. Sugar is most traded in the form of solid sucrose crystals. Sugar is used to change the taste to sweet in food and drink.

An example of a simple sugar is glucose (which is produced from sucrose by enzymes or acid hydrolysis), where energy is stored to be used by cells.

Sugar as sucrose is obtained from sap, sugar beets, palm sugar and sugarcane. Meanwhile, other sources of sweeteners are obtained from dahlia tubers, corn kernels, and grapes. The process includes an extraction (squeezing) step followed by purification through distillation (distillation).

In Indonesia, the source of sugar has been from the flower liquid (sap) of coconut or palm sugar, as well as juice from sugarcane stalks (plants native to the archipelago, especially the eastern part). When the Dutch came and opened a colony on the island of Java, monoculture sugarcane gardens were opened in the 17th century. The first gardens were around Batavia.

Indonesia had reached the peak of the glory of sugarcane plantations in the early 1930s. At that time, there were 179 processing factories and production of up to three million tons of sugar per year. However, this situation declined when the economic crisis occurred which forced many factories out of business. At the end of the decade, only 35 factories were left with a production of 500 thousand tons of sugar per year.

5. 24 carat gold

The next example of a single substance is 24-karat gold. The purity of gold is determined by its karat level. The higher the karat level, the purer (without admixture or impurities) the gold contains.

The maximum karat gold level is 24 karat. So 24-karat gold is included in a single substance and consists of only one single substance.

In the periodic table, gold has the symbol “Au” (aurum) and atomic number 79. Gold is a metal that is soft and malleable, its hardness is only between 2.5-3 (on the Mohs scale). Gold can be identified by its yellow, shiny and soft characteristics. Gold does not react with other chemicals, but is attacked by chlorine, aqua regia and fluorine.

Gold metal is found mostly in gold nuggets or dust in rocks and in alluvial deposits. Gold-bearing minerals are usually associated with associated minerals ( gangue minerals ). Associated minerals include quartz, carbonate, flourpar, tourmaline, and several non-metallic minerals.

Gold formed by magmatism or concentrating on the surface. Some of the deposits are formed due to contact metasomatism and hydrothermal solutions. The mechanical concentration produces placer deposits . Gold deposits are grouped into two, namely primary deposits and placer deposits.

Countries in the world generally use gold as a standard for finance, jewelry, and electronics. The use of gold in finance and monetary is based on the absolute monetary value of gold itself against various currencies around the world.

Even though it is officially listed on world commodity exchanges, the price of gold is listed in US dollars. In the monetary field, gold is usually used in the form of bullions or gold bars in various weight units ranging from grams to kilograms.

Examples of Simple and Complex Sentences – Language plays an important role in human life, it is not only used in everyday life, but is also needed to carry out all news, even to convey thoughts, views, and feelings. “Language is a series of sounds produced by the human speech organs consciously and that language is regulated by a system” (Parera, 2008:27).

Only with human language can communicate everything. Therefore, it is no exaggeration to say that language is the most important means of communication for human life, so that studying it in more depth will make it easier for someone to communicate with others.

Learning Indonesian on the other hand does require a lot of time. The reason is, there are many things that must be learned in Indonesian. One thing that must be learned is to make sentences with good and correct grammar. If you make a mistake in making a sentence, chances are that other people will not understand the subject being discussed. Therefore, a deep understanding is needed in studying grammar in Indonesian language lessons.

The sentence itself is the smallest unit of language that expresses the mind as a whole. So, each utterance can convey complete information. According to the online Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a sentence is a unit of language that relatively stands alone, has a final intonation pattern, and actually or potentially consists of clauses.

Meanwhile, quoting a book entitled Indonesian Standard Grammar by Moeliono and Dardjowidjojo (1988: 254), a sentence is the smallest part of an utterance or text (discourse) which expresses a complete thought grammatically. Referring to the quote, a sentence is a group or arrangement of several words that express thoughts, both orally and in writing.

The main structure of Indonesian sentences is quite simple, namely only in the form of a subject and predicate (S–P). This core structure can be expanded into several basic sentence types. In general, there are four types of sentences in Indonesian that need to be understood, namely simplex, complex, compound, and mixed compound sentences.

In fact, we often encounter simple and complex sentences in everyday life and are often studied in grammar rules. Simplex sentences are sentences that consist of one main verb or one clause. This sentence is usually also referred to as a single sentence. In a simplex sentence, there are all the required elements. Meanwhile, complex sentences are sentences that have two predicates or two or more main verbs. Complex sentences are also often called compound sentences.

To find out more about simple and complex sentences, you can understand the meaning, characteristics, and examples below.

Understanding Simplex and Complex Sentences

Alwi (2003) says that a sentence is the smallest unit of language in spoken or written form, which expresses a complete thought. Traditionalists, who in Indonesian grammar were pioneered by Takdir Alisjahbana, limit sentences with the following formula.

• The smallest unit of linguistic form that expresses a complete thought.
• The smallest set of words that contain a complete meaning.

Expressions containing complete thoughts are characteristic of the opinion of the traditionalists because the main basis of their study of language is the content of language or philosophy. According to Mandang (2015: 163), sentences are syntactic units that are formed through basic constituents, and are equipped with final intonation.

1. Simplex or Single Sentences

Simplex sentences are also called single sentences, which are sentences that only consist of one clause or one predicate structure. The elements in a simplex sentence contain only one piece of information which is indicated by the function of the predicate. Simplex sentences are sentences that are formed from complete clauses (Kridalaksana, 1999:172).

According to Putrayasa (2006:1), a single sentence is a sentence that has one independent clause. That means there is only one predicate in a single sentence. The element is a clause marker. Subject and predicate elements are always required to be present in every sentence. Objects, complements, and adverbs of nature are not required to be present in sentences, including in single sentences. If the predicate still needs to be completed, then the complementary elements are presented.

Based on the type of word or phrase that fills the predicate, simple or single sentences can be divided into four types which are given additional names or labels according to the type of word or phrase, namely nominal, adjective, verbal, and numeral.

Example:

• We are UNIMA Manado students (nominal sentence).
• Mount Lokon often goes berserk (verbal sentence).
• The smart kid’s answer is very precise (adjective sentence).
• The cows are grazing (verbal sentence).
• The rich man’s car is eight (numeral sentence).

From the description above, it can be concluded that simplex sentences, which are also called single sentences, have the structure of a subject and predicate (O, K). That is, it only has one sentence predicate.

2. Complex or compound sentences

Complex sentences or multilevel compound sentences are sentences that have a main clause and a subordinate clause. The main clause is the main clause which is followed by subordinate clauses. The main clause can be a complete sentence but the subordinating clause needs the main clause to become a coherent sentence. The relationship between the main sentence and the subordinate clause in complex sentences is unequal (Kridalaksa 1999:173). According to Finoza (2008: 155), a compound sentence is a combined sentence of two or more single sentences. In other words, a compound sentence is a sentence that at least consists of a subject and two predicates.

There are two types of complex sentences, namely paratactic complex sentences and hypotactic complex sentences. Paratactic complexes are formed from combining two or more clauses that have parallel meanings. Meanwhile, hypotactic complex sentences are combinations of two or more clauses using conjunctions that create logical dependence in the overall complex clause or it can be said that the clauses in hypotactic complex sentences have unequal meanings.

Complex sentence forms are analyzed to describe the patterns or sentence systems. The form can be seen from the syntactic functions and syntactic categories. Syntax is the science that studies the formation of a sentence
(Markrub, 2014). Syntax is also part of linguistics which studies sentence structure (Hasanudin, 2018).

Characteristics of Simplex and Complex Sentences

Simplex sentences can be interpreted as a sentence consisting of one clause and one main verb. Simplex sentences are better known as single sentences. Simple or simple sentences have a subject and a predicate. However, in simplex sentences, complements, objects, and adverbs can also be added.

Compared to simple sentences, complex sentences consist of two or more clauses. In short, a complex sentence consists of a main sentence or what is commonly called a main clause and a subordinate clause. The subordinate clause functions as a complement to the main sentence which is interconnected. There are two types of complex sentences, including paratactic and hypothetical. Paratactic consists of two structures that have parallel meanings. Paratactic uses conjunctions and, but, or, and whereas . Meanwhile, hypothetical is a sentence that has two unequal structures. The conjunctions used in hypothetical are if, because, when, and so .

The following are the characteristics and examples of simple and complex sentences.

1. Characteristics of Simplex Sentences

Simplex sentences have the following characteristics:

• Simplex sentences contain one complete clause, which can be in the form of subject–predicate, subject–predicate–object, subject–predicate–object–adverb, or subject–predicate–object–adverb-complement.
• The sentence is simple because it consists of only one clause.
• Generally, simplex sentences contain only one incident or event.
• Simplex sentences do not use conjunctions or conjunctions.
• This sentence also does not use commas.

2. Characteristics of Complex Sentences

Complex sentences have the following characteristics:

• There are two events or occurrences in a complex sentence.
• Structures in complex sentences are separated using commas or conjunctions (conjunctions).
• Having two subjects and a predicate in a complex sentence.

Examples of Simplex and Complex Sentences

1. Examples of Simplex Sentences

The following is an example of a simplex sentence.

• Elfina is playing volleyball on the field.
• Nurwanto kicked the ball.
• Pina’s mother is a teacher at SMAN 21 Jakarta.
• Dhea washes the dishes in the kitchen.
• Mother sweeps in the yard.
• The teacher teaches his students to write.
• Juventus signed Cristiano Ronaldo from Real Madrid.
• Erna watched a horror movie at the cinema with her friends tonight.
• Avelin cleans up the trash behind his house.
• Ikhsan wears a new uniform on the first day of school.
• Said observed the plants around his house.
• The hunter shoots his quarry on target.
• The tiger pounced on its prey with gusto.
• Arman is going on vacation to Malaysia.
• Dina read the Whatsapp chat from Suci.
• Pambudi describes his younger brother a natural landscape.
• Pak Embo signed the agreement yesterday afternoon.
• PLN officers climbed the tower without any equipment.
• Mother bought her daughter story books.
• Meta was successful with his swimming championship in Karanganyar Regency.
• Shafira plays badminton.
• Rani looks at the natural scenery.
• Rina planted a tree.
• Reni is watering the plants.
• Randika is looking at the nature around.
• Rizal observed the plants around his house.
• Angga and Sinta draw a mountain.
• Little sister crying in the room.
• Mother sweeps in the yard.
• Sister cooking in the kitchen.
• Adi is writing bibliography.
• The driver hit a tree because the brakes failed.
• Meita buys vegetables at the market.
• Syifa cleans up the trash behind her house.
• Mbak Dira is making a cake.
• Uncle is reading the newspaper.
• Aunt is watching television.
• The teacher teaches his students to read.
• Nagita Slavina sang Indonesia Raya.
• Roman reads a book in the library.
• Feri and Udin go fishing in the river
• The farmer plants rice in the fields.
• Eki is watching a horror movie at the cinema tonight.
• The painter sold his paintings to rich people.
• The tiger pounced on its prey with gusto.
• Her grandmother died this morning.
• Jordi fell off the bike.
• They found the car parked at the edge of the forest.
• Nurwanto kicked the flower plant.
• Reza crossed very carefully.
• Aldi hit the bell very hard.
• Irvan wears a new uniform.
• Ainun wore red shoes during OSPEK.
• Paula turned off her computer five minutes ago.
• Nisa is learning to read and count at home.
• Jelita was drinking soda.
• Joko buys groceries.
• Ayana likes watching Korean dramas.
• Father is looking for a living.
• The police caught the gang of thieves.
• Liya sells some of her jewelry.
• Devina burst into tears.
• Nur found it on the street.
• Wanto turned on the lights in front of the house.
• Yasmin throws trash in the trash.
• My brother married his friend Enggar.

2. Examples of Complex Sentences

In contrast to the simplex, there are two types of complex sentences, namely paratactic and hypothetical complexes.

a. Paratactic Complex Sentences

Paratactic complex sentences are complex sentences that consist of two structures, but have equivalent or parallel meanings. Paratactic complex sentences use the conjunctions and, but, or, and whereas . The following is an example of a paratactic complex sentence.

• Aunt buys beef and mutton at the impromptu market.
• Linda was confused to choose between tongseng or young goat satay.
• Mom was shopping at Alfamart this afternoon, but not with dad.
• Saiful is always eager to help his mother, while his younger brother prefers to play.
• Agus is always eager to help his father, while Roni loves karaoke.
• Arya has learned to save, while Shafira is good at washing.
• I’ve tried very hard, while he just silent.
• Latif went to school, while Reno went to the fields.
• Nanda had a great effort, but the result was still the same.
• Mother cooks in the kitchen and Ani studies in the room.
• Bats sleep during the day and look for food at night.
• Dad likes iced drinks, while mom likes hot drinks.
• During the rainy season, floods and landslides often occur.
• Sukma likes fried chicken, while Ilyas likes grilled chicken.
• Acha ate meatballs and Darman only drank orange juice.
• Bagus goes to school by bicycle, while Roni walks.
• Verlina shopped at the market, but she set out on her own.
• Nurlita planted roses and she was very diligent in taking care of them.
• Father goes to work, while mother takes younger sibling to school every morning.
• Lilis bought toast and martabak at the Flower Market.
• Navira doesn’t have much money, but she saves diligently.
• Latif went to school, while Reno went to the fields.
• Father works as a security guard at a bank, while mother works as a clerk at a university.

b. Hypothetical Complex Sentences

A hypothetical complex sentence is a complex sentence that has two structures, but the meaning is unequal or not parallel. The two structures are combined into one sentence followed by the conjunctions if, because, when, and so . The following is an example of a hypothetical complex sentence.

• I want to go to Saudi Arabia if I have enough money.
• Fina didn’t go to school today because she was being treated at the hospital.
• Nisa was not at home when the earthquake was in progress.
• Eat and drink a lot to be healthy and stay strong.
• Do not throw garbage anywhere, including in the river because it can cause flooding during the rainy season.
• Erna watched a horror movie at the cinema with her friends tonight, so she didn’t do her schoolwork.
• Mother closed all the windows when it got dark.

—

For more details in understanding examples of simple and complex sentences, consider the following table.

No.	Simplex Sentence	Complex Sentences
1.	Father goes to the office.	Father went to the office, while Mulyati went to school.
2.	The house is old.	The house is old, but looks good.
3.	Mother is sewing.	Mother sewed clothes and decorative flags.
4.	The book is old.	The book is old, but useful.
5.	Noni waters the flowers.	Noni watered the flowers, her sister helped her.

—

These are the characteristics and examples of simple and complex sentences in Indonesian lessons. Hopefully the explanation above can help you learn Indonesian. Eager to learn!

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Examples of Short Papers – Every student or student must have received the task of making a term paper from the teacher or lecturers. However, a lecturer to a researcher must have also been given the task of writing a scientific paper in the form of a paper.

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a paper is defined in two senses, namely official writing on a subject which is intended to be read in public at a meeting and which is often prepared for publication; as well as student or student writing as a report on the results of carrying out school or college assignments.

In simple terms, a paper is a scientific paper whose discussion is focused on a particular problem, which has gone through a correct and actual process of research, observation and field research. The discussion of the contents of the problem in the paper relates to a particular subject, course, or area of ​​specialization.

Compiling a paper is a tricky job because you have to pay attention to the rules of writing correctly. In addition, papers are usually used as assignments for self-development. Papers are scientific products written by someone. Writing a paper requires carefulness in looking at situations and conditions to be used as writing ideas.

Someone who will make a paper requires good writing skills based on the rules of paper writing. Therefore, this article will explain in detail about papers, starting from the definition, types of papers, structure, characteristics, and how to write good and correct papers.

The following is a complete explanation of the papers that have been compiled by the sinaumedia editor.

Paper definition

Paper is a scientific writing that discusses a particular topic, which is included in the scope of knowledge. A paper has a systematics which is divided into four parts, namely introduction, literature study, discussion, and conclusion or closing.

Papers are one of the requirements for completing studies or education. A paper usually has characteristics, namely the results of a literature review or report on the implementation of an activity, demonstrating an understanding of the theoretical issues being studied in the paper, demonstrating an ability to relate to content originating from various sources used, and demonstrating various sources of information from papers into one unit. intact.

The definition of papers according to experts is certainly different from one another. However, they all have the same meaning. The following are some definitions of paper according to experts.

1. Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI)

According to KBBI, the definition of a paper is divided into two, namely official writing on a subject which is intended to be read in public at a hearing and which is often prepared for publication; as well as student or student writing as a report on the results of carrying out school or college assignments.

2. Panuti Sudjiman

According to Sudjiman, a paper is a prose essay that is not fiction and discusses a certain topic. Papers will generally be published in magazines and newspapers, but can also be in the form of anthology books.

3. Cape and Ardial

According to Tanjung and Ardial, papers are written works on problems that are written systematically and through logical and objective analytical thinking.

4. WJS Poerwadar Minta

According to Poerwadar Minta, a paper is a written description that discusses a particular problem, which then obtains further discussion and explanation.

Based on the understanding mentioned above, we can conclude that a paper is a scientific work in a formal form with a specific topic of discussion. The requirements for a written work to be called a paper are if it is made based on your own ideas, is not plagiarized, has never been published before, and contains contemporary elements, for example, contains topics that are currently being discussed by the public and are scientific in nature.

Types of Papers

The following are types of papers based on the type of study, including:

1. Deductive Paper

Deductive papers are papers that are based on theoretical studies which are relevant to the problem being discussed.

2. Inductive Paper

An inductive paper is a type of paper written based on objective empirical data based on what is obtained from the field but still relevant to the discussion.

3. Mixed Papers

Mixed papers are types of papers that are prepared or written based on theoretical studies as well as empirical data. That means, this mixed paper is a combination of deductive and inductive papers. In mixed papers, there are six categories based on the subject of the problem formulation discussed, namely:

a. Scientific Papers

Scientific papers are basically used for writing the results of scientific studies that contain problems and discussions. You should note that when viewed from the point of view of scientific principles and procedures, a scientific paper will resemble a simple research report. Where scientific papers are generally written as a scientific problem solving suggestion. Certainly, writers of scientific papers will also need a library study and this can be seen in the revisions listed.

b. Working Papers

Working papers will usually be read at a working paper seminar. Where it will be conveyed in the form of arguments in a research result. In the working paper that is read out there must be a problem that is carried out. The presenter of the working paper has included assumptions and hypotheses to answer the problem. Based on the contents of such papers, a discussion will arise.

c. Study Paper

Research paper is one of the terms used for scientific writing in the form of suggestions for solving a problem that is currently controversial without the intention of being read in a seminar.

d. Position Papers

Position paper is a paper prepared at the request of a party that serves as an alternative solution to a controversial problem. The procedures used for discussion and writing are carried out scientifically.

e. Analysis Paper

An analytical paper is a type of paper that is objectively empirical. The data sources obtained are based on experience gained from inventions, experiments, and also observations that have been made.

f. Response Paper

Response papers are papers that are often used as coursework for students that contain reactions to a reading.

Characteristics of a Good Paper

A good paper should have the following characteristics.

• Is the result of a literature review and a report on the implementation of a field activity that is in accordance with the scope of the main problems of a particular field of knowledge or discussion.
• Distribute an understanding of the theoretical problem being studied or one’s ability to apply a procedure, principle, or theory related to the case study being studied
• Highlighting the ability to understand the contents of the various sources used
• Being a tool to measure the ability of a lecturer, researcher, student and student to be able to mix and match some information into one complete written work. As well as practicing focusing on the use of grammar, paying attention to puebi rules correctly and precisely, quoting ethics in writing and concluding the essence of the discussion.
• The contents of the paper must be systematic and not messy with scientific writing rules that have been regulated by the relevant educational institution.

Example of a Short Paper with a Good Structure

Paper Covers

THE PAPER

IF INDONESIA WITHOUT PANCASILA

[University Logo]

Lecturer: Dr. Made Pramono, M.Hum
Subject: Pancasila Education

FACULTY OF SPORTS SCIENCE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND RECREATION EDUCATION
2017

FOREWORD

In the name of Allah SWT, the Most Gracious and Most Merciful, we offer praise and thanksgiving for His presence, who has bestowed His mercy, guidance and inayah upon us, so that I can complete a scientific paper on “If only Indonesia Without Pancasila” .

I have prepared this scientific paper to the maximum and get help from various parties, so that it can facilitate the preparation of this paper. For that I express many thanks to all parties who have contributed in the preparation of this paper.

Apart from all that, I am fully aware that there are still shortcomings both in terms of sentence structure and grammar. Therefore, we accept all suggestions and criticisms from readers with open arms so that we can improve this scientific paper.

Finally, I hope that this scientific paper on “If only Indonesia Without Pancasila” could provide benefits and inspiration to readers.

Surabaya, 16 February 2018

Abdulloh Faliqul Isbach

LIST OF CONTENTS

FOREWORD …………………………………………………. ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS ……………………………………………………………………… iii

CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION ……………………………………………. 4
A. Background ………………………………………………………. 4
B. Problem Formulation …………………………………………………. 4
C. Purpose ………………………………………………………………….. 4

CHAPTER II. DISCUSSION ……………………………………………… 5
A. The Benefits of Pancasila for Indonesia …………………………. 5
B. If Indonesia Without Pancasila ……………………. 6

CHAPTER III. CLOSING …………………………………………………… 9
A. Conclusion ………………………………………………………….. 9
B. Suggestions …………………………………………………………………… 9

BIBLIOGRAPHY ………………………………………………….. 10

CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION

A. Background

Pancasila is the basic ideology of the Indonesian nation, the nation’s way of life. Pancasila consists of five precepts which are essentially a philosophical system. The system itself is a unit or parts that are interconnected, working together for a specific purpose and as a whole is a unified whole.

The loyalty, nationalism and patriotism of citizens to their nation and country can be measured in the form of their loyalty to the philosophy of their country which is formally embodied in the form of statutory regulations (the 1945 Constitution and other statutory regulations). The loyalty of these citizens can be seen in the attitudes and actions of living, practicing and securing these laws and regulations.

B. Problem Formulation

1. What are the benefits of Pancasila for Indonesia?
2. What if Indonesia is without Pancasila?

C. Purpose

1. Understand the importance of Pancasila for the Indonesian nation.
2. Understand the impact if Indonesia is without Pancasila.

CHAPTER II. DISCUSSION

A. The benefits of Pancasila for Indonesia

Apart from being a symbol of our country (Indonesia), Pancasila is the basic ideology for the Indonesian state. Pancasila is the formulation and guidelines for the life of the nation and state for all Indonesian people. Pancasila has extraordinary benefits and impacts for the Indonesian people.

1. Pancasila Becomes the Nation’s Viewpoint

Pancasila as a nation’s perspective functions so that the Indonesian people must be guided by Pancasila in everyday life. All forms of Indonesian culture and moral ideals must originate from Pancasila. This is done for the sake of achieving physical and spiritual well-being.

2. Pancasila Becomes the Soul of the Nation

Pancasila as the soul of the nation functions to keep Indonesia alive in the spirit of Pancasila. Every nation and state certainly has a soul. Pancasila in this case becomes the soul of the Indonesian nation. Pancasila itself has existed since the Indonesian nation was born, namely since the Proclamation of Independence.

3. Pancasila Becomes the Personality of the Nation

Pancasila as the person of the Indonesian nation has a function, namely as something that gives a distinctive style to the Indonesian nation and becomes a differentiator that distinguishes our nation from other nations.

4. Pancasila Becomes a Sublime Covenant

Pancasila as a noble agreement has been functioning and agreed through the meeting of the Preparatory Committee for Indonesian Independence (PPKI) on August 18, 1945. PPKI is actually just a body that represents the voice of the people. So, Pancasila is the result of an agreement with the people.

5. Pancasila Becomes a Source of Law

Pancasila as a source of law functions to regulate all applicable laws in Indonesia. All laws must be subject to and sourced from Pancasila. Every law must not conflict with Pancasila. Every precept in Pancasila is its basic value, while the laws are instrumental values ​​(the translation of the basic values).

6. Pancasila Becomes the Ideals of the Nation

Pancasila as the ideals of the nation has a function, namely to create a just and prosperous society.

7. Pancasila Becomes the Nation’s Philosophy of Life

Pancasila as the nation’s philosophy of life serves to unite the Indonesian nation. Pancasila is considered to have the most correct, just and wise values ​​that are expected to unite the nation.

8. Pancasila Becomes the Foundation of the State

Pancasila as the basis of the state has a function as a regulator of all things in Indonesian life such as the people, territory and government. In addition, Pancasila is also the administration of the state and state life.

9. Pancasila Becomes the Nation’s Ideology

Pancasila as an ideology has a function, which is to become the way of thinking of the Indonesian nation. Pancasila becomes material for reflection in everyday life.

B. If Indonesia Without Pancasila

We know that Pancasila is used as the basis of the state and cannot be contested. Pancasila is a joint formulation democratically and has been approved by many people at the time of its ratification, so it has a very strong position.

However, what if Indonesia without Pancasila? Everyone must have thought that Indonesia would be destroyed, chaotic, and so on, but not a few people also said that Indonesia could still exist without Pancasila, including myself, one of them.

We can see examples of the many countries out there that are still standing strong and advanced, even more than Indonesia without Pancasila, only Malaysia has Pancasila like Indonesia. Based on some of my analysis of Pancasila, Pancasila is only a social contract for Indonesian society. First of all, I would like to respond to the erroneous views expressed by many parties who state that Pancasila is an ideology. This is an erroneous opinion.

As revealed in the minutes of the Investigation Agency for Preparatory Efforts for Indonesian Independence (BPUPKI), the formulation of Pancasila is in the documents prepared in the process of forming a new state, namely the Republic of Indonesia (RI).

Thus, clearly, it is a political document, not philosophy or ideology. A political document in the process of forming a new state is usually a social contract, meaning an agreement or compromise between fellow citizens regarding the principles of the new state.

Based on the minutes of the preparatory body, it can also be seen that the course of the negotiations (deliberations) led to reaching a compromise. The principles of the agreement to establish a new state were then called Pancasila. It can be equated with the important documents of other countries, such as the Magna Carta in England, the Bill of Rights in the United States, Droit de l’homme in France, and so on.

If the principles contained in the social contract are violated, in essence the dissolution of the state occurs. Likewise, in fact, changes to Pancasila require the dissolution of the state first. The question is, if now ideas appear to make changes to Pancasila – a form of the right to express opinions guaranteed by Pancasila itself – doesn’t that mean it is a step towards dissolving the state?

The next question is, does the government have the right to enforce principles of political life other than Pancasila, such as the implementation of sharia in Aceh, or DI Yogyakarta proclaiming itself as a kingdom, or do other regions in Indonesia want to become Catholic regions and others?

What then happened to the regions that said they were outside of Pancasila or RI? The answer to this question is not within the authority of the author to answer, but is the authority of the Supreme Court (MA) or other constitutional bodies in Indonesia.

Based on the historical process, the embryo of the idea of ​​making Pancasila an ideology emerged in the 1950s. At that time, there was a conflict between the central government and Darul Islam/Indonesian Islamic Army (DI/TII). However, the process of interpreting Pancasila into a new ideology developed during the New Order era. During this period, Pancasila was transformed into the state ideology and became a slogan through the P-4 indoctrination process, followed by the commemoration of Pancasila Sanctity Day (beginning of the New Order = October 1).

By making Pancasila as an ideology, Pancasila automatically gains competition from other ideas in a pluralistic society like Indonesia, which of course has its own various ideologies. This is the trap that plunged the New Order regime into a trap, which turned the social contract into a state ideology. This makes Pancasila must compete with other ideologies in society. It would be a different matter if the regime were aware of history and continued to make Pancasila a social contract.

As a social contract, Pancasila deserves to stand above various ideologies because it is a contract for the formation of the state. If you really want to change, it means that the country must be dissolved first. Thus, if the social contract is still agreed upon, during that time the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia (NKRI) can stand upright.

History has proven that the principles of this social contract in most parts of Indonesia succeeded in uniting and consolidating the country against many underminings such as separatist movements and others. Based on the history of the formulation above, Pancasila provides extraordinary impetus with the values ​​and meanings in it.

CHAPTER III. CLOSING

A. Conclusion

Pancasila is an ideology that is compatible with Indonesia because it is able to accommodate Indonesia’s high heterogeneity with its diversity of religions, customs, cultures, and so on. Pancasila has an important meaning for Indonesia as a national identity, which then becomes the hallmark of the Indonesian nation which is different from other nations. However, that does not mean looking down on other nations, Indonesian citizens must continue to uphold world brotherhood. Pancasila in its development has also experienced various dynamics of interpretation from time to time.

If it is true that Pancasila is still in every one of us, God willing, the unity and oneness of this country will still exist. Apart from that, if it is true that Pancasila is still firmly attached to our souls and bodies, God willing, we will always want to be tolerant in a peaceful and beautiful life. If Pancasila does not exist within the Indonesian nation, this country will stray from the path of truth.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Examples of School Short Stories – Short stories are one of the most widely used forms of literary work as reading material for entertainment. In the presentation, there are various kinds of themes that can be raised to be used as ideas for writing short stories with one of them being the theme of motivation. Writing motivational or school themed short stories must be accompanied by a complete structure so that the literary work is more interesting to read.

However, before that you must first know the meaning of short stories and their writing structure. Here are some reviews in full about school short stories. So, let’s get to know the discussion by paying attention to the information that has been presented below.

Definition of short stories

What the heck is that short story? Short stories are literary works in the form of short prose with a limited number of sentences. This short story length limitation is intended so that readers can finish it in a short time, which is around 30 minutes to 2 hours.

Meanwhile, the maximum length limit for short stories is 20 pages or no more than 10,000 words. The essence of the story raised in the short story contains only one main problem. Besides that, another characteristic of short stories is that they don’t involve too many characters in them. The storyline in literary works is in the form of short stories which are generally arranged in a network so that the reader does not take long to understand them.

Besides that, light plots can also be aimed so as not to make the conflicts told in them wider. Not only that, short stories are also interpreted as one of the right reading materials for those who like literary works in the form of prose, but do not like convoluted stories. So that the stories raised in short stories are generally directly at the main point of the problem from the main character.

The introduction presented in short stories to bring the main character to the point of problem is usually made not too long. This is intended so that the reader does not get bored with the conductor which can actually damage the path to the top of the problem.

In this regard, of course you also need to understand the language based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI, stating that a short story is a story that presents a certain impression by focusing only on one main character. The story raised in the ball short story has its own meaning for readers with a relatively short writing size.

As you already know, short stories are short stories that have elements, such as theme characterizations, plot, setting, and also language style. In general, the short stories themselves only contain a congested course of events and background as well as lightning, both of which are alluded to casually.

Short Story Structure

When you want to make short stories, including works with motivational or school themes, the writer must be able to understand the structure of the short story first. There is a criterion in writing short stories where a writer must be able to understand the story so that the writer can arrange fictional stories coherently so that readers can easily accept them.

The author can understand each structure of the short story beforehand to later be developed based on the theme raised so that it can be continuous when read. The following is a review related to the structure of short stories or short stories that you must understand when you want to write the prose work.

1. Abstract

The first part in the structure of a short story or short story is the abstract. Where the abstract has an optional nature so that not all forms of literary work are required to include it. Abstract is part of a short story that contains the essence of a story or a short summary.

This abstract itself only consists of a few sentences as a short story opener or as an introduction. This section is useful for making it easier for the reader to understand the story or stories written in the short story because a brief summary has been presented.

In school short stories, this abstract section serves to attract the reader’s attention so that they can focus more on the story presented. Abstract will bring the reader to be able to think more broadly. So that it can catch the story raised in the short story.

It is okay for the short story text itself not to include an abstract section if it is thought that it is not necessary to provide a summary of the story. In this one part, patents are not required in writing short stories, but are used optionally according to the wishes of the author.

2. Orientation

Orientation is the introduction stage related to the emergence of characters and story settings. The introduction to the character relates to what events are being experienced by the main character. At this stage the introduction of this character is also shown how the character of the main character is.

Another part of the orientation is the introduction of the time setting and the atmosphere of the events in the short story. The function of the setting in a short story is useful to make the atmosphere more lively so that the reader can be immersed in it.

Next, the function of the orientation section is to show the character’s character, either psychologically or physically. Where, orientation is a part that must be in the short story, because the initial structure is to build an atmosphere. The orientation of the school short story contains everything that is being experienced by the main character at the beginning of the story.

In addition, it will also be shown how the characteristics of the character. This section will also show the beginning of the things that trigger problems that can happen to the characters.

3. Complications

The stages of the emergence of problems in a short story will be shown in the complication section. In this section, we will show how the main character in the short story will address the conflicts encountered in the story. This one structure stems from the emergence of seeds of problems experienced by the main character. Then, there will be an increase in conflict due to these problems until it reaches a peak or commonly known as a climax.

The emergence of conflict in the example of school short stories arises from the thoughts of the main character himself which are magnified by the involvement of other characters. This conflict will cause turmoil in the mind of the main character which is described through the setting of the atmosphere, so that it can make the reader feel carried away.

There are also other conflicts that directly connect the characters in the short story. There is this type of conflict, in general, a middleman shop will appear when the problem has reached a climax. The role of the intermediary figure is to help reduce the occurrence of conflict.

4. Evaluation

Evaluation is one of the short story structures that has a function to direct the conflict to a resolution. When the conflict has reached its climax, the writer begins to direct the plot as a silencer. He did this by showing a way out of the conflict.

This example of school short stories can use both of these evaluation methods depending on the setting of the atmosphere built by the author. This evaluation stage can be made only as a brief description of the clue that the conflict will soon find a resolution point.

5. Resolution

In this part of the resolution, the conflict in the short story will actually determine the point of resolution. The conflict in the short story will be solved as a whole so that it can find a settlement point. Where this resolution contains the disclosure of facts about the problems that occur to the solution to solve them. All the problems that have been experienced by the characters in the short story will end soon because the solution has been found.

This section is a quite dramatic stage in the short story after the conflict. This is because the readers will be played with their emotional side in order to respond to the solution to the conflict. Where, the reader will be affected by the atmosphere created when the conflict is in the solving stage. In making it yourself, the writer must be able to provide that atmosphere so that the story presented can influence the reader.

6. Code

The end of a short story will be marked with a bavian named coda. Where, the coda is the final structure of a literary work. Short story writers can convey the moral message of the story which is raised through the coda stage or in other terms known as reorientation.

Koda gives readers a treat of learning values ​​that can be learned from the short story. This section of the coda is optional, so it doesn’t always have to be included in the short story. Coda in a short story can be made based on the ending structure desired by the author. If the author wants an ending that hangs, then this coda does not need to be included.

However, if the reader feels that he has completed all the parts of the short story without further curiosity, then he really needs this part of the code. The basis used in a short story comes from imagination. Thus, the short story writer will be able to more easily understand the tricks used in constructing the story.

Examples of School Short Stories

The following is an example of a school short story entitled Mimpi Sang Dara, of course it can motivate and foster enthusiasm.

The Maiden’s Dream

It was early in the morning when a girl who is usually called Dara started cooking roots to make a glass of hot tea. Dara is a girl who lives with a million dreams in a house with high walls.

Dara is a girl who grew up in an affluent family, one might even say very rich. But unfortunately Dara could not support her own body so she needed to use a wheelchair. Because of that, Dara felt neglected even when she was in the luxurious palace.

Dara’s parents always ignored her because they felt that nothing could be expected from the girl in a wheelchair. Meanwhile, her sister might be embarrassed to have a sister with Dara’s condition.

Every day Dara just spends her time in the room and occasionally directs her wheelchair towards the garden. The 17-year-old girl is very happy to draw in the garden to get rid of bad thoughts that regret her situation.

One morning Dara fell from her wheelchair, but no one in the house came close to help her. Her disappointment at this made Dara have the strength to move her wheelchair towards the garden complex, intending to calm down.

While sobbing in the garden, suddenly Dara was approached by a girl her age with the same condition. The girl reached out to Dara and started saying her name. The girl’s name is Hana. they both get along very easily, maybe because they both understand each other’s conditions.

Suddenly Hana said, “Dara, remember that no one in this world is born wasted. Maybe we can’t stand straight like other humans. But, we still have the right to feel happy. Try to accept yourself, Dara.” then, finally the girl said goodbye to Dara.

Ever since her meeting in the park with Hana, Dara began to ponder the words the girl had said. Dara thought how could she fully accept herself when people around her didn’t support her at all.

Dara tried to digest Hana’s words slowly, although she often cried when she remembered the fact that she was just a girl who was being ignored. Dara’s only concern was how she could fulfill her dream in this condition.

Dara’s dream is to become a painter whose work can be displayed in a large exhibition. What Dara did to start with was diligently making paintings. Dara was also busy so she didn’t think about herself, who was always being ignored and started to understand Hana’s words.

Slowly, Dara’s dream began to come true when she secretly often posted her paintings on social media. Until one day someone came to Dara’s house to meet the girl to invite her to join a painting exhibition.

Both of Dara’s parents were stunned to hear the man’s words, because they did not expect that Dara, the wheelchair girl, could produce such beautiful paintings. Dara just smiled at the response of her parents and chose to accept the exhibition offer.

Various beautiful paintings were displayed in the exhibition entitled Dream of the Dara. Dara’s parents attended the exhibition and were touched by the achievements of their daughter who had been neglected for so long. While Dara felt relieved to be able to accept her physical condition and make use of what she had.

Thus the discussion of short stories and other related matters. Hopefully the above information can be useful and help others and readers.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Examples of Public Economics – Economics as a science that studies various human activities in order to make ends meet. In order to achieve this prosperity, humans will then carry out various economic activities such as production, consumption, and distribution.

This will later raise various kinds of economic problems, namely the imbalance of unlimited human needs with an increasingly limited number of goods or production. In this article, we will discuss public economics and some examples.

In general, public economics introduces the function of government in terms of the economy. For example, starting from taxes, government budgets, levies, to the state debt. This public economics will usually be dominated by government officials as well as economic observers, because of their direct involvement.

What is Public Economics?

Public economics or what can be called State Finance is a branch of economics that analyzes the role of the government in the economy, and also the impact of government policies in the fiscal sector on an economy. The government here has an important role in ensuring the achievement of optimal social welfare and its policies must be aimed at correcting societal behavior that prevents the economy from achieving a more efficient allocation of economic resources.

Public Economics or more precisely Public Economics is a translation from English, namely Public Economics. The term public in the Big Indonesian Dictionary means the crowd or the general public, everyone who comes (watches, visits, and so on). Meanwhile, according to the Oxford Dictionary, the explanation regarding the term public is much longer, that is, the opposite of private, relates to many people.

So the reality is that we use public absorption words and do not find the original word in Indonesian as a public equivalent. This shows that this concept is relatively new for Indonesian society. For most people, it may still not be clear enough regarding the boundaries between public or public affairs and private or private affairs. This ambiguity can lead to chaos. For example, in the management of state money, which includes public affairs, it cannot be managed privately, so there will be no acts of corruption. And vice versa, when it comes to matters of one’s personal faith and beliefs, it is a personal or private matter, so the state should not interfere so that human rights are not violated here.

With the illustration above, we can interpret public economics as a branch of economics that examines public affairs, general affairs, the affairs of many people, government affairs, community affairs, and also state affairs. One of the experts in Public Economics, namely Richard A. Musgrave (Professor Emeritus in the Department of Economics, Harvard University, USA), argues that the government has three roles in the economy, namely stabilization, allocation and distribution.

In the first role, the government must ensure that the economy is in full employment or full employment and prices are stable. That is a topic in Macroeconomics. While the second role relates to various government efforts in allocating resources in the economy. The government can carry out this role directly, for example in spending on goods for defense or education needs, or indirectly, namely through taxes and subsidies to encourage certain activities and inhibit other activities.

Meanwhile, this third role concerns the government’s efforts to distribute products produced by the community to its members. This last role is related to equity issues and also the trade-off between equity and efficiency. Public economics is focused on examining the last two roles among the three roles of government according to Musgrave’s view.

Basic Concepts of Public Economics

In general, public economics can be interpreted as a science that studies the role of the government or the state in economic life. However, because what is studied is more directed to state finances, since the 1970s, it has been more commonly referred to as the science of state finances.

Why is it called the science of state finance? Because basically, public economics studies or examines state expenditure and revenue. As a branch of science, it means a study as well as an explanation based on certain methods and systematics. In this regard, the method used is the synthesis method as well as global analysis and special, general, as well as macro and micro analysis methods.

The theory of state finance, as stated, usually discusses public legal entities, which have been awarded public legal rights and can participate in the process of part of economics, state finance science which belongs to impure social sciences and specifically discusses related issues. finance from the government sector, among others, government revenues, government spending, government loans and debt, fiscal policy as well as other monetary.

According to Poole (1956) in Ilyas (1989), the science of state finance is closely related to the 4 main objectives of the government, namely determining the level and method of government spending, government loans, tax revenues, and also managing government debt. The purpose of this state finance science is to determine the allocation of resources and determine the effect of this placement on individual needs or the needs of society and government.

Then, according to Newman (1968) in Ilyas (1989), there are two main things which constitute the concept of state finance. The first is the scope and objectives of the government. In this case, there will be adjustments to the boundaries between the government sector and also the private sector in economic activities. Primarily in determining how the capabilities of various government activities are likely to affect levels of income and employment, the efficiency of resource allocation and economic growth and development in the private sector.

Then the second is related to discussions related to the formulation of state finance science in non-monetary terms. For example, an explanation may sound strange, where the word finance will certainly have something to do with monetary. So that in this case it will be able to analyze tax collection, transfer payments, and also other expenses to finance productive fields.

Scope of State Finance Science

Based on the understanding mentioned above, the scope of state finance can be divided into:

1. State Expenditure Theory

Through state spending, the government can try to develop the way finances in the economy are in accordance with the law of supply and demand, the ultimate goal of which is to increase economic growth and people’s welfare.

2. State Revenue Theory

This theory discusses several sources of state revenue, discusses and also analyzes the comparison of advantages or disadvantages from various types of income and discusses the principles that apply to various choices of sources of state revenue.

3. Financial Administration Theory

This theory concerns all activities in the financial sector, including issues related to the state budget, executing the budget and also monitoring the state budget.

4. Stabilization and Growth Theory

This theory usually discusses the economic policies of a government and its relationship with fiscal policies that are directly related to state revenues and expenditures.

Recently, related to the government’s large role in ensuring the achievement of optimum public welfare and government policies that must be shown to correct people’s behavior that prevents the economy from achieving a more efficient allocation of economic resources, redistribution of people’s income and also economic stability, the science of finance the country will become so complex, not only looking at the budget side, but also the direct and indirect effects of aggregate economic activity.

Therefore, the science of state financial economics is again popularized as public economics.

Relations between Public Economics and Other Social Sciences

The following are some of the relationships between Public Economics and other social sciences, including:

1. Relations with Economics

Public Economics is a part of economics, so the principles that apply in economics will also apply in state finance, although there are certain deviations and specificities.

Microeconomic issues such as demand and supply, price theory, markets, and also achieving maximum satisfaction, will also apply to state finance. It’s the same with macroeconomic issues such as saving, investment, government spending, and also national income.

2. Relations with the Science of Law

By looking at public economics as a definition, it is clear that this knowledge is related to the term state, which includes the term private or public law. This public economics science will relate to state institutions such as the government, BPK, DPR. In addition, this knowledge is also related to Constitutional Law, when it is related to budget preparation, tax determination, tax collection, aspects of the use of government resources, and others.

3. Relations with Political Science

The division of powers, supervision, and also the use will be related to the study of political science. Determination of budget distribution or budget allocation between departments, official institutions in its embodiment, namely the application of political science. Likewise with the establishment of new taxes, government loans, PMDN and PMD are political issues within the state framework to strengthen state finances.

This is an explanation of what public economics is, the basic concepts, and its scope. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about other economics, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Example of Psychological Test Questions – Psychological testing is one of the stages of job selection that is commonly used by many companies, both in large companies and in types of companies that are still in the startup category . Psychological tests are used to identify a person’s personality, such as attitude, personality, interests, and intelligence.

Psychological test results play an important role in determining whether you are suitable to join a company or not. There are no right or wrong terms when dealing with psychological test questions, only whether you are suitable for a particular company or position.

In general, there are seven types of psychological test questions that you must answer. These questions require sufficient concentration and time allocated for each type of psychological test. So, here’s an explanation of the types of psychological test questions and tips on how to do them for the job selection test that you should know so you can be better prepared when applying for a job.

Get to Know What Psychotest Matters Are

Psychological tests are one of the stages of job selection that is widely used by many companies, both large and pioneers. Psychological tests are a series of visual or verbal questions or written tests administered by a professional (psychologist) based on the needs of the client (individual or organization). This psychological test allows companies to determine the criteria and services they need to apply when recruiting employees according to their needs.

It is intended to assess a person’s cognitive and emotional functioning and to convey a comprehensive personality profile, especially in the later world of work. Psychological tests have the following functions to identify a person’s personality. Attitudes, personality and interests that may not be visible to the naked eye. The results of the psychological tests carried out by prospective employees will play a major role in determining whether the employee is fit to be employed by the company.

This psychological aspect can also be used by businesses to identify work motivation, aptitudes, emotional states, relationships with other people, attitudes and solutions to problems in everyday life. When doing psychological tests, there are no right or wrong terms. It’s just whether the employee fits the needs of the company or job and the position he is applying for. For some people, psychological tests are often regarded as an “uncertainty factor” and show a person’s logical potential. Academic ability does not guarantee that someone can pass a psychological test.

This is because in general this psychological test aims to measure not only academic abilities but also psychological aspects. Of course, human nature, characteristics, and academic abilities are different. Even those who have just graduated from a prestigious university can fail this psychological test. So make sure you study and understand examples of psychological test questions well before finally applying for the position you want. This will be very important and will be more likely to be accepted by your dream company. Does Sinaumed’s want to pass a psychological test? Come on, look at the reviews about the types and examples of psychological test questions along with tips on how to do them:

Kinds of Psychological Test Problems

1. Psychological Test of Verbal Ability or Language Proficiency

The Language Proficiency Test includes synonyms (same words), antonyms (opposite words), synonyms, and semantic context. This test is intended to determine your ability to overcome certain situations. In addition, language proficiency tests can help assess your ability to infer and understand the causes and consequences of problems. To take this verbal ability test, you need to learn as much of the vocabulary and its meanings as possible. Verbal ability tests usually consist of 40 questions, which include antonyms, synonyms, and word synonyms. This test requires you to be good at playing logic and focus in order to pass it successfully.

This psychological test is used to determine your ability to deal with problems and how you see cause and effect. In order to take this test, you will need to learn various vocabulary words and their meanings. The important thing is to use logic. Of course, you have to concentrate fully on this test. If you’re taking this test, you can try taking it from the one that’s easiest for you. That way, if you have time to solve problems that are difficult to solve, at least you will get the correct results from the problems that have been solved. The key to passing this exam is proper preparation.

2. Wartegg Psychological Test Questions

The Wartegg Psychological Test is the result of research by German psychologist Ehrig Wartegg. The Wartegg test is used to find out what character is in a person. For example, problem solving skills, tenacity, adaptability, and work motivation. In the Wartegg test, you will receive 8 squares of paper. Squares come in a variety of patterns, from curves to dots. Your task is to draw more patterns on the problem, of course, this should match your imagination and creativity. Don’t rush this exam. First, try to understand the pattern.

3. Arithmetic Psychology Test Questions

If you apply for a job that involves a lot of mathematical activity using mathematical formulas, such as data analyst, finance, software engineer, you will definitely encounter the psychology of arithmetic. This is because there are some patterns in the test that need to be understood. This series of numbers must be able to be solved by dividing, multiplying, subtracting, adding, dividing numbers, and passing percentages. So you have to be able to focus and concentrate in order to do this type of problem well.

In practice, you have to pay attention to the whole series of numbers by reading the shape of the pattern. The pattern in question is a form of grouping jumps or sequences, as well as grouping sequentially. Remember, don’t focus too much on the numbers in front of you. This is usually because the numbers are not represented correctly. Also, don’t focus too much on one question because it’s too interesting. You also need to keep in mind the set deadlines.

4. Picture Series Logic Psychological Test Problems

The Logic Series Psychology Test has a concept like the arithmetic logic test. A special form is the use of 2D or 3D image media. The key to this psychological test is paying attention to concentration and patterns. Don’t miss any of these details, such as spot placement or color swirls. This test consists of a combination of numbers and photos. In this logic test, one question is usually associated with another. One thing you should be aware of is that the examiner usually only gives instructions once. Hence, you should be very careful while dealing with this matter.

In addition, this psychological test can help you measure your understanding in understanding and carrying out orders, analyzing problems, and speeding up decision making. If you have difficulty taking this psychological test, then you have limited time and need to answer simple questions first.

5. Pauli or Kraepelin Psychological Test Questions (Newspaper)

Pauli’s Psychological Test is commonly known as the Koran Test. The Pauli test is a simple arithmetic test and looks very simple. The task in this test is to start with 09 and add up a series of numbers arranged vertically. But don’t get excited just yet because there’s just so much that needs to be added together. Pauli’s problem resembles a newspaper page filled with columns of numbers. It seems simple, but the Pauli Test is quite tiring and can lose concentration. Because the numbers need to be added sequentially and a lot.

Please note that this Kraepelin / Pauli test is intended to ensure speed, consistency and accuracy. Answering with several mistakes can reveal that you are a person with high pressure. There is another way to run the Pauli test. First, add the two numbers next to each other. Then write down the result between the two numbers added to the right. Third, if the answer consists of two digits, write down only the last digit.

If you make a mistake in the calculation, cancel the wrong answer and write the correct answer next to it. you mustn’t ignore the missed paths. Continue to the next path. Finally, underline the last number you added when there was a stop signal before moving on to the next question. One thing to remember is that you have to answer Pauli’s test questions in order from top to bottom. The examiner usually allocates 60 minutes for this test. In that one hour, you will be able to accurately count as many questions as possible.

6. Problem Drawing People or Drawing Trees

This type of test must be familiar to Sinaumed’s’ ears. In this test, the examiner asks you to draw a tree on A4 paper. However, you are not allowed to draw coconut trees or small plants. The tree image you need to make is a tree with branches. Likewise when drawing a person. In this test, the examiner will judge you not by your beauty, but by your personality and personality. When doing the human drawing test, draw the human in proportion. Make complete body components and balanced facial compositions.

This type of psychological test question is to find out how confident, stable and responsible you are at work. Don’t worry, you don’t have to be good at drawing to take this test. At work, you have to draw the full explanation yourself. For example, if you are a woman, you can describe yourself as a woman. Likewise, if it’s a man, try to draw in detail the complete body. If you want to draw a doctor, equip him with official clothes and activities that the doctor usually does.

7. Psychological test questions Edward Personal Preference Schedule (EPPS)

Of the various types of psychological tests that exist, the EPPS Psychological Test is probably the easiest to do. The purpose of this psychological test is to find out more about your personality and what your personality is like. The test is very easy, but don’t answer randomly. What emerges from this test is consistency in answering the questions asked. You must try to answer all the questions in the question, even if it doesn’t suit your personality. This psychological test asks a lot of questions. It’s easy to see if you answered a question honestly. This phase is usually about your personality and suitability for the position you are applying for. Therefore, this test also helps to see what the workplace atmosphere is like both in terms of culture and the systems implemented in the office.

Examples of Psychological Test Questions and Tips on How to Answer Them

Based on the explanation of the types of psychological test questions above, here are some examples of psychological test questions that Sinaumed’s can look at along with tips for answering them:

1. Examples of Psychological Test Questions for Verbal ability

• An example of an equivalent word
  INSOMNIA = ?
  a. sad
  b. anxious
  c. in fact
  d. Can’t sleep
  Answer : Can’t sleep

• Examples of Opposite Words
  BONGSOR = ?
  a. Dwarf
  b. Shrink
  c. jam
  d. Accumulating
  Answer: Dwarf

• Examples of Car Analog Questions
  – Gasoline = Runner – ?
  a. track
  b. food
  c. Shoes
  Answer: Food
  Gasoline is a form of energy source for the car to finally be able to move. Then eat which is a form of energy for humans to be able to run.

Additional Tips: Try to do the easier questions for this type of question first. If time has passed to solve the problem and you can’t answer all the questions, at least you can make sure that the answers to the questions that have been answered are correct.

2. Examples of Wartegg Psychotest Questions

3. Examples of Arithmetic Logic Psychology Test Questions

1 24 20 16 12 = ?
a. 8b
. 2
c. 4d
. 6
Answers: 8
Explanation: In the series of numbers above subtract each number by 4, then the final result of the series of numbers is 12-4 = 8

Tips for doing this type of logic test require you to read patterns and look at whole sets of numbers. The pattern in question can be in the form of hopping groups , sequences , or sequence groups . These numbers are usually not well represented, so don’t focus too much on the next 2-3 numbers. Also, don’t focus too much on one question because it’s too cool to work on. Also, keep in mind the set time limit.

4. Examples of Picture Series Logic Psychological Test Problems

5. Example of Kraepelin’s or Pauli’s Psychotest Questions (newspaper)

6. Examples of Psychotest Questions Drawing People and Trees

7. Examples of Psychotest Questions Edward Personal Preference Schedule (EPPS)

So, that’s an explanation of several types of examples of psychological test questions along with tips on how to solve them. The examples of psychological test questions above are certainly not enough to familiarize yourself with psychological test questions. To be better prepared for this psychological test, Sinaumed’s can visit sinaumedia’s collection of books on psychology at www.sinaumedia.com , enjoy studying. #Friends Without Limits.

Knowing examples of economic activities in the form of production, distribution and consumption activities is very important so that we can distinguish the three.

In their daily activities, people carry out economic activities. These activities include buying, selling, and distributing a product or service. These economic activities are carried out to meet the daily needs of the community. Economic activity is an activity that is very close to the community, it can be said that news about economic activity will always be there every day.

For Sinaumed’s who want to see various other examples of existing economic activities, you can read the book 100 Basics of Economic Activity 1 which is below which provides material exposure through comics so that it is more fun to learn.

There are so many things that fall into the category of economic activity. But sometimes we don’t realize it. Economic activity includes three things, namely the production process, the distribution process and the consumption process. If Sinaumed’s doesn’t know examples of these activities, this article will explain and provide examples of economic activities.

A. Examples of Production Activities

Production is an activity to produce or create a service or goods. Goods created can be in the form of raw goods, semi-finished or almost finished goods, and finished goods or ready-to-use goods. In addition to adding value to an item, the production process in economic activity aims to seek maximum profit.

The objectives of production activities include the following:

•       Meet consumer consumption needs
•       Get maximum profit
•       Helping to increase the prosperity of society
•       Stimulating the opening of other production so that it can create jobs
•       Help increase the income of the state and society
•       Helping the country by producing goods that can be exported so that it becomes a source of foreign exchange

a. Example of Trade Production

Production in the field of trade is an economic activity that we often encounter. This production activity is the activity of reselling goods that have been purchased to consumers.

Examples of these activities include:

• grocery shop
• agent
• stall
• shop
• supermarket
• and others.

b. Industrial Sector

Production activity in the industrial sector is the production of material processing. Materials will be processed according to what will be sold.

Existing raw materials will be processed so that they become semi-finished, almost finished, or finished goods. In addition there is also the processing of semi-finished goods into finished goods.

Examples of production activities in this field are:

• Processing wood raw materials into furniture.
• factory produces leather bags
• the factory produces clothes
• restaurants produce food
• the factory manufactures motorcycles
• producing shoes

c. agricultural sector

Production in the agricultural sector is production done with nature. Processing of natural products to raise animals and plants.

Examples of production in the agricultural sector are as follows:

• plantation (garden of mangoes, durians, watermelons, melons etc.)
• animal husbandry (raising chickens, ducks, ducks, rabbits etc.)
• aquaculture (cultivation of carp, tilapia etc.)
• agriculture (growing rice, vegetables etc.)
• and others.

d. Extractive field

Production in the extractive sector is the production of an item with minimal processing. The point is that there is no processing of the materials needed in production. Items are taken directly from nature.

Examples of production in the extractive sector are:

• gold mining
• sand mining
• and others.

e. Service sector

Production in the service sector is indeed different from production activities in other fields. If production in other fields is to make goods, not with production in the service sector. Production in the service sector is production that produces a service for consumers.

Examples of this production are:

• hospitals that provide doctors for patients to treat,
• banking provides employees to assist the financial process,
• schools provide teacher services to educate their students,
• open a barber service
• provide graphic design services
• provide architectural services
• and others similar to the provision of services.

Examples of Producers in Indonesia

a. Food/Beverage Manufacturers

•       Indofood
•       Unilever
•       Nestle
•       Sido Appears
•       Kraft Foods
•       A B C
•       Akasha Wira International
•       Three Pillars of Prosperous Food
•       ETC

b. Service Producer

•       bni
•       BCA
•       BRI
•       Indonesian Telecommunications
•       Jasa Marga
•       ETC

As an example of a producer in Indonesia, Sinaumed’s can study the production process carried out in Walanda Bandoeng’s Producer Ontbijt book below.

B. Examples of Distribution Activities

Factors Affecting Distribution

There are several factors that affect the distribution process, including the following:

a. Product factors
Non-durable products, such as food and beverages, have a different way of distribution than durable products such as clothing. The distribution process will be seen from the product, such as the quality of the goods.

b. Purchasing factors
Another factor that also influences the distribution process is the purchasing factor. Distributors must be able to see what is needed by buyers or consumers. Like whether the need for intermediaries in the purchase.

c. Factor markets
Markets are places for people to buy and sell. Market factors that influence distribution are how consumers buy, the number of consumers, the number of orders and so on.

d. Company Factors
The company factors that influence the distribution process in question are regarding funding in the distribution process. In addition, the management of the company also influences the distribution process. If the company’s work is good, then product distribution will run smoothly.

Examples of Distribution Activities Based on the Type of Channels

a. Indirect distribution example

Indirect distribution is the distribution or distribution of a product or goods, which is done through intermediaries. In direct distribution activities, producers do not directly provide or distribute their products or goods to consumers.

Goods or products that have been produced are distributed through agents or other sellers before they can reach consumers.

An example of an indirect distribution is:

• a rice warehouse owner who does not sell his rice directly to the public, but through a rice agent.
• a factory exports wood to other countries such as Malaysia, China, and so on using certain agents
• a clothing factory sells its products using retail traders

With the development of technology in today’s world, intermediaries or distributors must also adapt to existing digital technology in order to survive. Learn about it through the Complete Distribution Management Guide book.

b. Semi-direct distribution

Semi-direct distribution is the distribution or distribution of a product or goods, which is carried out by someone other than the producer.

The difference with indirect distribution is that the person to whom the product or goods are distributed is part of the producer.

An example is a factory that produces goods or products and is distributed by a special team, which is still part of the factory.

c. Direct distribution

Direct distribution is the distribution or distribution of an item or product that is carried out directly by producers to consumers.

Examples of direct distribution are:

• sellers of Nasi Padang side dishes who immediately serve their customers when they come.
• Meatball sellers sell their meatballs directly to consumers by traveling around the village
• a shop that sells food and drinks in a village.

With intermediaries in the distribution process, various strategies are needed to prepare it. Sinaumed’s can use the Business Opportunity Book to Establish a Distributor Company to develop the right strategy to form a good distributor company.

 

C. Examples of Consumption Activities

Read more: Definition of Consumption

Characteristics of Consumption Activities

a. Consumption activities are carried out directly
One of the characteristics of consumption economic activities that must exist is that consumption activities need to be carried out directly. The point is that economic activity is carried out directly and aims to meet the needs of the community.

b. Goods or products obtained from purchasing activities
When consumers want to consume goods or products, the thing that must be done is to buy the product.

c. Products, goods or services used will be reduced.
An example of this characteristic is when a pencil is used for writing, over time the pencil will run out. This is an example of a product that used to be reduced. This happens because it is the consumption activity of consumers. If the product has been used, then the use value of the product will also decrease.

d. The product used is useful
The next feature in consumption activities is that the product or goods used have benefits or use value. Even though the value of the item that has been used is reduced, that means the item or product is useful.

There are two types of goods or products based on their value. First, products whose value runs out when used in one use. An example is food or drink. Second, products whose value will slowly run out when used continuously or repeatedly. Examples include notebooks, pencils, makeup, and others

Examples of Consumption Activities

There are three actors in consumption activities, namely household consumption activities, corporate consumption activities, and state consumption activities.

a. Examples of Consumption Activities by Households

Actors in household consumption activities can be categorized as the general public. Examples of these activities are:

• buy food at the stall
• buy clothes in the store
• buy staples in the market
• buy household items at the store
• use a haircut
• using netflix premium
• use paid internet

b. Examples of Consumption Activities by Companies

Actors of company consumption activities are goods or products needed to run the company. When a company produces an item or product, the company will need raw materials. This is what is called the perpetrators of corporate consumption activities, for the benefit of the company. In consumption activities carried out by a company, it is important to always manage both expenses and income, and this can be learned by Sinaumed’s in the book Managing Business Transactions Accurate+ CD.

Examples of consumption activities in companies include:

• Advertise on social media / internet
• Purchase office equipment
• Purchasing raw materials for production
• Hiring workforce
• Pay electricity rent, building rent, internet, telephone

c. Consumption Activity Actors by the State

A simple example of actors in state consumption activities are the things that the state needs to build people’s needs. Examples of consumption activities by the state:

• state infrastructure development
• personnel spending on salaries, benefits, meal allowances and other costs for civil servants
• spending on state goods for government administration
• spending by central government agencies
• regional shopping
• interest and debt repayments both domestically and abroad
• subsidies are expenditures for various kinds of government subsidies such as the community such as fuel and electricity
• construction of bridges in remote areas
• construction of places of worship
• and others.

Conclusion

Economic activity has three processes, namely production, distribution and consumption. These three processes are related to each other, when the production process is complete, distribution will be carried out to reach consumers. But before the production process takes place, producers certainly need raw materials to make a product, so that at this time producers act like consumers. This process will continue to rotate so that economic activity will run well.

That’s some information about economic activities in the form of production, distribution and consumption. Find other interesting information at www.sinaumedia.com. Sinaumed’s can find the right recommendation books to learn more about economics. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always provide the best books.

Also read articles related to “Examples of Economic Activities” :

• Definition of Consumption
• How to Calculate Production Costs
• Monetary policy
• Definition of Economics
• Definition of Macroeconomics
• Definition of Microeconomics
• Definition of People’s Economy
• Types of Economic Systems
• What is an Economic Recession

Source: from all sources

Author: Wida Kurniasih

How about examples of popular articles? Popular articles are one of the readings that we often encounter, even though we are not aware of it. There are various popular articles scattered on the internet. How to tell the difference? Check out the following explanation.

What are Popular Articles?

Then, in the presentation of popular articles, they will use popular language. The popular language is a language that is easily understood by ordinary people, at one reading. This technique of writing popular articles is used more by people in presenting an article on a site or other media.

In principle, the way of writing is the same as an ordinary article. It’s just that, the process of making the article requires skills such as writing techniques, reasoning power, insight, foresight, as well as proper writing ethics.

Popular articles are articles that contain summaries of scientific articles. Delivered using light language. The purpose of this is to increase the number of visitors or readers.

This change in writing model is of course very useful in broadening the reader’s horizons, not a few of which include ordinary people. This is because not all article readers are academics.

Tricks to Make Popular Articles

1. Make a very catchy title
2. Pay attention to the length of the writing. Either every sentence, paragraph, or whole.
3. Write the opening of the article briefly and not rambling.
4. Pay attention to actuality.

Examples of Popular Articles 1

The following are examples of popular articles that you can use as references for writing:

Don’t Be Afraid To Meditate

By: Wida Kurniasih

Meditation is a way to practice and understand thoughts, feelings, and physical sensations so that we can understand them better. Meditation is not a religious ritual or worship, it can be done anywhere and anytime. Meditation trains to focus on one point, there we will get instructions or answers to what we are asking, besides that we will get positive energy that can help control emotions.

The purpose of meditation is to connect the conscious mind and subconscious mind, increase awareness, control breathing, result in calm relaxation, freeing the mind while focusing awareness on something that is being done, releasing all burdens or negative thoughts, and most importantly being relaxed.

Reporting from  alodokter.com  , there are many benefits of meditation that you need to know, including:

1. Manage stress

When things get difficult, the mind will definitely be disturbed, even if it’s not for a big reason. When your mind is disturbed and you don’t deal with it right away, it’s possible that you’ll get stressed because you keep thinking about it without facing it. Then if you are stressed, without you knowing it, other activities will be disrupted.

Therefore stress needs to be managed,  so this  meditation is one of the right ways to manage our stress  . One technique that can be tried is mindfulness meditation because it is believed to reduce high levels of the hormone cortisol when feeling depressed or stressed. In addition, you can accompany meditation with exercise because physical activity can produce endorphins which play an important role in managing stress.

2. Overcoming anxiety disorders and depression

Think about it now carefully, how is your mental health? Are you mentally healthy? Regular meditation is believed to reduce levels of cytokines released in response to stress, which can affect mood and eventually lead to mental disorders such as depression. So you can overcome problems with your mental health.

3. Control emotions

If you feel you can’t do your assignments or office work in a crowded place, that could be a sign that you don’t have good emotional control,  you know . One way to control emotions is to meditate. In addition to relieving anxiety disorders, becoming calmer, feeling happy, and thinking positively, meditation can actually improve brain performance which plays a role in the process of learning, remembering, and concentrating.

4. Maintain heart health

It turns out that excessive stress can harm your body  , you know , because if it’s excessive, blood pressure will increase, causing the heart’s work to increase. Such conditions can cause various problems in the heart and blood vessels, such as strokes or heart attacks. This can be overcome by doing meditation, because it makes you more relaxed and less stressed so that blood pressure will remain stable.

5. Strengthen the immune system

In addition to living a healthy lifestyle and exercising regularly, several studies have shown that people who regularly meditate are believed to experience an increase in antibodies or immune-forming substances. Regular meditation can also ward off disease and infection.

6. Reduce pain

There are many types of pain felt by humans, the most common is pain in the body. For example pain when there is a disease such as cancer that arises due to various things. In this case, meditation plays a role in relieving the pain that is felt. This is proven by a study which shows that the  mindfulness meditation method  can relieve pain in cancer sufferers.

Actually meditation can be done anywhere and anytime, done alone or with a psychologist. For example, when you are at the office, try to use your rest time to meditate by sitting comfortably and then controlling your breathing, trying to focus on your thoughts or things around you, do it for 3-5 minutes regularly.

Another example when you want to sleep, you can do it lying down. Empty your mind and try to relax, the right time to communicate with the subconscious is when you are almost asleep but still awake, usually the subconscious will give an image for about 15-30 seconds. In addition to mental health, meditation also has an impact on physical health, so let’s do meditation regularly.

Examples of Popular Articles 2

The following are examples of popular articles that you can use as references for writing:

Healthy Eating for a Strong Spirit

By: Wida Kurniasih

What is healthy food? Healthy food is food that is free of harmful ingredients such as preservatives, MSI coloring, artificial sweeteners and others. Apart from being free from harmful ingredients, healthy food should also contain nutrients and nutrients that are good for our bodies. Because every body has its own needs and every nutrient has its own function.

Like carbohydrates which are a source of energy, protein acts as a building agent and repairs damaged tissue, fat as an energy reserve and solvent for vitamins, minerals and vitamins functions to maintain endurance, and fiber which is useful for maintaining digestion.

Reporting from  halodoc.com  , there are many types of healthy foods that we can consume every day. Among them are vegetables, especially green vegetables such as broccoli, because they have compounds that can reduce the risk of heart disease, diabetes, and some types of cancer. Then there is kale which contains vitamin C and vitamin K, and vegetables that have green leaves such as spinach can reduce the risk of type 2 diabetes and are good sources of vitamins A, B6, C, E and K.

Besides vegetables, there are fruits that are no less important. There are so many types of fruit and their benefits that can be consumed daily. Other healthy foods that also need to be consumed include meat and eggs, whole grains, nuts, fish and seafood, milk, and others. However, before consuming healthy food, we need to be smart in choosing healthy and good food ingredients when buying them.

For example, when buying beef, first pay attention to the color, choose beef that is fresh red in color (not pale and dirty). Second, look for a texture that is still chewy, by pressing the meat, if it returns to normal then the meat is still fresh. Third, the smell of the meat is irresistible. Fresh meat certainly has a distinctive beef odor and does not smell sour. Lastly, choose beef that is not juicy.

Just like beef, there are a number of ways you can go when buying healthy fruits and vegetables. First, choose fruits and vegetables that have bright colors and look fresh. Second, choose those that don’t use pesticides, marked by no white spots on the outside or to make it easier for vegetable leaves that have holes due to caterpillars, meaning they grow without using pesticides.

Also get to know the texture of the fruit or vegetable you are going to buy, especially fruit because each fruit. Fruit has a different texture, especially when it’s ripe. The last way is to buy ingredients at the morning market or directly to the farmers.

The benefits of eating healthy food are certainly not in doubt, which is good for our bodies. Like eating a lot of tomatoes will make healthy eyes but if excessive will cause hair loss. Eating avocados can protect the skin from UV rays and can speed up wound healing. Eating oranges can prevent colds, and many more.

Always remember, if we eat healthy food then our skin will also be healthy including facial skin,  wow  that’s great isn’t it!

To keep the body healthy and strong, we need to eat healthy food in the right portion, especially for those who are on a diet, it still has to be done in a healthy way too! There are several diets that are well-known among the public, but it turns out that these diets only last temporarily for weight loss.

The recommended diet is gradual weight loss such as 0.5 kg-1 kg per week which is considered safe for dieting. The way to start is to eat fruits, vegetables, nuts and seeds as a substitute for calorie foods. However, what is no less important for a healthy diet companion is a lot of movement or exercise, so that the results are maximized!

Reproduction is carried out by plants and animals but the system that distinguishes the two. In plants there are various types of reproduction methods, namely generative and vegetative reproduction, but all of these things must be in accordance with existing regulations. Generative reproduction is a very common development carried out by living things. However, it cannot be denied that the reproduction between animals and plants has something in common, that is, they both use gamete cells to produce new offspring. Animals use egg cells and sperm cells, while plants use various methods. One example of many plants that reproduce by spores.

In general, plants reproduce to add new individuals so as not to experience plant extinction and to maintain the balance of the ecosystem. The balance of the ecosystem will be maintained depending on the use of plants, if the use of plants is disturbed, the balance of the ecosystem will also be disturbed.

A. Definition of Spores

Spores are a collection of several cells covered by a protective layer (haploid or diploid). In addition, spores are relatively small in size and difficult to see with the naked eye using a microscope. Spores themselves have a dormant nature in every type of plant. Dormant is a condition in which they do not develop and are not active. Therefore it can be concluded that dormant cells are only able to grow in an environment that meets the existing conditions or requirements will develop into new individuals.

Spores and seeds can be said to reproduce almost the same because the goal is to be disseminated to obtain new offspring. When viewed from the side of anatomy and evolution both can be said to be the same, because basically seed plants can be seen from the point of view of evolution which produces spores.

B. Types of Spores

After knowing the meaning of spores, let’s look at the types of spores. Many people say that spores are plants that do not have seeds, such as ferns and mosses. The types of spores can be distinguished based on several things, one of which is based on its function, including:

1. Spores are a common means of dispersal for plants that have non-seeds, such as mosses, fungi and Myxozoa. However, this section is also known as the diaspora.

2. Endospores and exospores are spores of certain bacteria that have been formed whose purpose is as a means of survival against extreme conditions.

3. Chlamydospore, also known as chlamydospore, has a function that is almost the same as the endospore, but what distinguishes it is the part that is produced in the form of function.

4. The zygospore is a haploid dispersal tool from the function of the Zygomycota, in which these spores have thick walls and are able to grow madas and become conidium (zygosporangium).

C. Examples of plants that reproduce by spores

Plants capable of spore reproduction include ferns, mosses, suplir plants, mushrooms, rane plants, azolla plants, water ferns, ferns, deer plants and algae. In general, the location of the spores can be seen on the leaves of the plant which are on the back, in the form of powder and stored in the spore city known as the sporangium.

In the process of propagating spores from ferns, there are two stages in their life cycle (metagenesis). The two stages are known as gametophyte and sporophyte. In ferns, the form of the sporophyte phase (plants with spores) will produce spores, while the form of gametophyte generation (plants with gametes) is called a prothallus or prothallium, which is a small plant in the form of sheets with a green color that is almost similar to liverworts, but does not have roots, stems and leaves.

In the process prothallium will grow from spores that fall from damp places. Then the prothallium will produce anteridium (male sex cells) and archegonium (egg cells) with a very small size that is difficult to see directly with the eye without the help of special tools. In the process of fertilization the egg cannot be carried out alone but requires the help of water as a medium for spermatozoids to move by swimming towards the archegonium to fertilize the egg. This will continue with the fertilized ovum which will develop into a zygote and then will grow into a new sporophyte.

Some examples of ferns such as the Selaginellales and Salviales groups have relatively very small male spores known as microspores, while female spores are known as megaspores or macrospores. This symptom is known as heterospory, but groups with the same spore size are known as homospores.

However, if one looks at or pays close attention that seed plants or Spermatophyta also have a life cycle like heterosporous ferns, but have evolved much further and lead to the conclusion that at the gametophyte stage they are unable to live independently and must be supported by life from the sporophyte. The spores produced will immediately grow into pollen (jatan) or embryo sacs (female).

1. Moss Plants

Moss plants are very small green plants that grow in damp places, such as growing on the banks of rivers, on bricks and on soil with high humidity levels. In breeding, continuing offspring to create new individuals is somewhat unique. Metaginesis is a way to continue offspring which is characterized by alternation between sexual and asexual generations. In the gamete-producing generation, the spore-producing generation is known as the gamtophyte to the sporophyte.

2. Nail Plants

Ferns are widely known by the public with various names, but in general they are known as ferns which are included in ferns. This fern is one of the plants belonging to the Tracheophyta or true vascular system which does not produce seeds as a continuation of offspring, but by releasing spores. In addition, ferns belong to the cormus group, which means that the real body parts consist of roots, stems and leaves. In this fern plant does not produce seeds, but is able to reproduce spores. In the sporangium for ferns it can be found on the underside of the leaves, if the leaves are turned inside out the sporangium will be visible on the edges of the fern leaves.

3. Mushroom Plants

Mushrooms or fungi are plants that have a single cell and those that have many cells and do not have chlorophyll. Basically fungi or mushrooms are eukaryotic organisms. Where fungal cells have walls consisting of several chitin. In addition, mushrooms do not have flowers and do not bear fruit and do not have seeds. Mushrooms generally reproduce in spores with various shapes and colors and often grow in moist soil, receiving little light and soil containing organic compounds that are useful as a food source. The mushroom body itself contains almost 90% water content. This spore-producing fungus can usually be found in damp areas, for example in dead plants and animals and stale food. In the tempeh mushroom itself, the location of the sporangium is at the bulging end of the hyphae. The hyphae will form threads which will then form the mushroom body.

4. Rane plant

Rane plants are classified as vascular plants which belong to the Semennellaceae tribe. In this rane plant reproduces in a free spore which is considered as part of the Pteridophyta plant. This rane plant has characteristics such as small and simple leaves called microphytes which resemble flat scales and are not stemmed, but this right is capable of producing two types of spores that differ in size. In the growth part, the branches and leaves are not in the form of open rolls or like true nails. In general, rane plants reproduce by means of spores, which are generally similar to mosses and mushrooms.

5. Water Ferns

In water ferns, this includes ferns. The habitat of this water fern can be found in areas that are drained by water, such as in rice fields and even river areas. This water fern is affected by the presence of water flow, if the water gets less or even disappears, the water fern will slowly die. In this water ferns reproduce spores.

6. Azolla plant

The azolla plant is included in the water fern plant which in its leaves floats above the surface of the water and its roots hang under the water. In the opinion of the community, the azolla plant is known as ganggeng, catfish eyes or springs. This azolla plant is often found in areas that are inundated by water such as ditches, ponds, rice fields, rivers or lakes. However, on the other hand, azolla plants are able to live in tropical areas, for example in American and Asian countries and even Indonesia. In general, the size of the azolla plant is very small, ranging from 1 – 2 cm with a glossy light green, red green and orange green leaf color on the leaves. Basically the azolla plant is a plant that is weak against cold temperatures which can cause the plant to die.

7. Suplir Plants

Suplir plants are included in the group of plants that function as decoration for a certain room or corner. Suplir plants are plants of the surname Adiantum. This suplir plant reproduces generatively through the spore stage which is located on the underside of the mature leaf. Suplir plants have a unique and distinctive shape and appearance which in general can be distinguished from other types of ferns. The leaves of this suplir plant are not elongated but tend to be rounded. Spores are protected by the sporangium which is protected by indusium. On the underside of the leaves on the edges there are groups of indisium (sorus) which are protected by leaf folds. On the stalk is black and shiny which has fine scales when mature.

8. Kiambang Plant

The kiambang plant is a type of water fern that can float on the surface of the water. In general, kiambang plants can be found in fish ponds and so on, in rice fields and in lakes or rivers where the water flow is calm. Based on several opinions, the kiambang plant includes plants originating from southeastern Brazil and northern Argentina. The common feature of the kiambang plant is that it has a horizontal rhizome which is located below the surface of the water and two types of leaves that float and submerge. In mature ferns, many will produce egg-shaped spore sacs which will naturally contain infertile spores. Kiambang plants do not have true roots, but the submerged leaves function as roots. Where there are three leaves that are coiled, meaning two leaves are floating and one is submerged. When the leaves are floating, their position is opposite to the others with a round to oval shape. If one looks closely, the upper surface of the leaves of the kiambang plant has rows of cylindrical papillae consisting of four hairs at the distal end.

9. Fern Plants

Ferns are classified as ferns. In this fern plant spore breeding can be seen on the back of the fern leaves. The color that appears is black dots, these spots are a collection of various spores that have coalesced and exist. However, for some time the spores in the form of spots will break and then the spores will come out which will then fly due to angina. When the spores fly, they fall to the ground and then grow and develop into new ferns. In addition to wind, spores can also be spread through water and carried by animals indirectly. However, spores carried by these animals are rare.

10. Algae

Algae is one of the plants that do not have roots, stems and leaves in shape. However, algae contain chlorophyll which is autotrophic, which means they are able to make their own food. Algae bodies consist of one cell or unicellular, but there are also many cells or multicellular. In unicellular algae they live as phytolactones, while for multicellular algae they can live as benthos, nekton and periphyton. The location of the spores or sporangium on the algae is located on the body of the algae itself, where each spore is equipped with whip hairs or vibrating bladders which function as a dai’s geral in water. In general, spores in algae are known as zoospores. The development of spores in this algae depends on the surrounding conditions, when getting a suitable and suitable place,

If we look again at the ten examples of these plants, there are several plants that can be consumed by humans, one of which is the fern plant, which many people use as food to make vegetables. In addition, the community believes that plants are safe for consumption if they are managed correctly and properly.

Spore Classification

The following is a classification of spores based on several categories such as function, life cycle, and mobility.

Based on function

a. Diaspora

Diaspora is a type of spore that functions as a means of dispersal for non-seed plants.

b. Bacterial spores (endospores and exospores)

Endospores and exospores are also commonly known as bacterial spores. This is because the formation comes from bacteria, in contrast to other types of spores which are produced through a process of division.

Bad environmental situation will change the surviving bacteria into cysts. When they turn into cysts, the bacteria enter a resting stage which is resistant to all environmental threats such as extreme dry or cold weather, even when the temperature reaches 120 degrees Celsius and for years. This cyst plays an important role as a protector. This ability is also called the defense function.

In this process, the bacteria will begin to form spores. Spores produced inside the cell are known as endospores, while spores formed outside the cell are known as exospores. If it can survive all the onslaught of the bad ecosystem, the bacterial spores will grow into the organisms from which they were formed, namely bacteria.

c. Chlamydospores

Similar to bacterial spores, chlamydospores also have a defensive function. However, the fundamental difference between the two lies in the origin of their formation. Bacterial spores originate from bacteria, while chlamydospores form from fungi. Chlamydospores have thick walls due to their ability to survive in unfavorable conditions.

d. Zygospores

Like diaspora, zygospora also has a function as a means of dispersal. Zigospores are a type of spore produced by the zygomycota fungus and function as a haploid dispersal tool.

Based on origin during life cycle

a. Meiospore

Meiospores are spores produced by meiosis. By this origin, meiospores are haploid organisms and are capable of growing haploid daughter cells or haploid individuals. Examples are the gametophyte precursor cells of seed plants found in flowers (angiosperms) or cones (gymnosperms), and the zoospores that result from meiosis in algal sporophytes such as ulva.

b. Microspore

Microspores are meiospores which produce male gametophytes or pollen in seed plants.

c. Megaspore

Megaspores or also called macrospores are meiospores that produce female gametophytes. In seed plants the female gametophyte is formed inside the ovule.

d. Mitospora

Mitospores, also known as conidia or conidiospores, are spores produced by mitosis. Mitospora is included in the characteristics of ascomycetes. Fungi that only have mitospores are called mitossporic fungi or anamorphic fungi.

Based on mobility

The following are types of spores that are categorized according to their ability to move.

a. Zoospores

Zoospores are a type of spores that move. Zoospores move by means of one or more flagella. Usually zoospores are found in some varieties of algae and fungi.

b. Aplanospora

Not all types of spores can move, some of them are not endowed with this ability. In contrast to zoospores, aplanospores are a type of spore that cannot move.

c. Autospora

Autospores are spores that are similar to aplanospores, which are spores that do not move.

d. Balistospora

Balistospores are spores that are expelled either forcibly or naturally from the fruiting bodies of the fungus as a result of internal forces, such as pressure buildup. Most basidiospores are also ballistospores and another important example is the spores of the genus pilobolus.

e. Statismospora

Statismospores are not much different from ballistospores, in that they are both released from the fruiting bodies of the fungus. If the ballistospores are ejected due to internal forces, on the other hand, the statismospores are ejected as a result of external forces, such as raindrops or passing animals. An example of statismospora is the puffball .

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Examples of Personal and Official Letters – Letters are one of the media used to communicate in writing. There are many types of letters that can be grouped based on their respective types of importance. According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a letter is defined as written paper and so on (various kinds of contents) or a piece of paper and so on as a sign or statement; card. Letters are also interpreted as something written; written; writing.

Nurdjan (2016) in a book entitled Indonesian for Higher Education states that letters are a means of communication to convey written information by one party to another with the aim of informing the intent of the message from the sender. The information provided in the letter is in the form of an introduction, notification, assignment, request, agreement, order, order, report and decision.

Letters can be used for various purposes, namely:

• As a representative of the author or agency as the sender with the aim of communicating with other individuals, groups or organizations.
• As a basis and guidance in work.
• As written evidence that is authentic and clear, and has legal force.
• As a backup reminder or archive for certain purposes.
• As an important historical document in the past or a carrier of information about the development and changes of an organization.
• As a security guarantee for an activity.

Yustinah and Ahmad Iskak in a book entitled Indonesian Language (2006) write that letters are divided into four types, namely personal letters, government letters, commercial letters, and social letters. In addition, letters can also contain warnings, reprimands, and awards. Its function includes five things, namely a means of notification, request, thoughts, and ideas; written evidence; reminder tools; historical evidence; and work guidelines.

In general, postage and envelopes are needed as a means of paying for mail delivery services. The farther the destination of the letter is, the greater the value listed on the postage. However, along with its development, now letters do not only use paper media, but can also be delivered electronically, one of which is electronic mail (e-mail).

However, what will be discussed specifically in this paper are personal letters and official letters. This article will discuss the differences between official letters and personal letters, as well as the differences in their functions.

Letters in Indonesia

Correspondence in Indonesia has started since the days of the Kingdoms of Majapahit, Sriwijaya, and Tarumanegara in written form or correspondence. The script used is Pallawa. At that time, letters circulating among the monks and aristocrats were made using stone, wood, or paper along with the arrival of Hinduism and Buddhism in Indonesia. Paper here refers to materials such as thinly sliced ​​bamboo skin and using palm leaves.

The arrival of the Dutch in Indonesia then also influenced the development of correspondence in Indonesia. In 1596, came Cornelis de Houtman who brought letters to the kings in Jakarta and Banten. At that time, the letters in circulation were only intended for official officials and did not contain news about the company in Indonesia. The existing postal services also had not yet reached a regular stage, even though they were quite advanced at that time. This was because the mail service still depended on company ships that sailed from island to island.

Finally, on August 26, 1746, Governor General GW Baron van Inhoff built the first official post office in Jakarta. The purpose of establishing this post office is to facilitate and guarantee the safety of letters sent, especially for those outside Java Island.

During the reign of Daendels, the Anyer-Panarukan postal highway was built in 1809 which was completed within one year. This road stretches along the North Coast of West Java to East Java. This construction was inspired by the construction of a postal road from the Roman Empire under the name Cursus Publicus. Along the way, there have been various minor developments, such as the existence of tariffs for posts that cross the sea.

During the Japanese government, the Postal Savings Service was also known in the world of correspondence to mobilize money for the needs of the Japanese military. After Indonesia’s independence, there was a takeover of the Telegraph and Telephone Post Office (PTT) from Japanese hands on December 27, 1945. That day was later commemorated as Postel Service Day. Since then, there have been many reforms to the existing postal system, including regional expansions to cover hard-to-reach areas.

Types of Letters

In general, letters are divided into two types, namely letters that are reviewed in terms of form, content, and language (personal letters, official letters, and commercial letters), and letters that are reviewed based on their usage (personal letters, official letters, and official letters). . In the case of submitting an application to leave the position being held, it is also known as a letter of resignation.

1. Personal Letters

Personal letters are letters that are used for personal gain. This letter can be correspondence between friends or family. The characteristics of a personal letter include:

• Do not use letterhead.
• No mail number.
• Opening and closing greetings vary.
• The use of language is free, according to the wishes of the author.
• Free letter format.

2. Official Letter

Official letter is a letter that is used for official purposes, both individuals, agencies, and organizations. examples of this letter are invitations, circulars, and notification letters. The characteristics of an official letter include:

• Use letterhead if issued by the organization.
• There is a letter number, attachments, and subject.
• Use the usual opening and closing greetings.
• Use of various official languages.
• Include a stamp or stamp from an official institution.
• There are standard format rules.

Official letter parts include:

• The head or letterhead includes the name of the agency or institution written in capital letters, the address of the agency or institution written in upper and lower case letters, and the logo of the agency or institution.
• Letter number, namely the order in which the letters are sent.
• Attachments, namely other sheets that are included besides the letter.
• It, namely the outline of the contents of the letter.
• Date of letter (writing on the right parallel to the letter number).
• Address(es) (don’t use the word “to”).
• Opening or greeting (ending with a comma).
• The contents of the letter include a description of the day, date, time, place and so on which are written in lower case, except for writing based on enhanced spelling (EYD) which must be adjusted.
• The closing letter includes closing greetings, title, signature, and name (usually accompanied by the employee identification number or NIP).
• Copy of the letter, namely inclusion or notification to superiors about the existence of an activity.

3. Commercial Paper

Commercial letters are used by bodies that carry out commercial business activities such as industry and service businesses. This letter is very useful in building relationships with outsiders, so it must be prepared properly. Commercial papers consist of buying and selling, receipts and trade letters; and can be divided into internal commercial letters and external commercial letters. One example of a commercial letter is an offer letter and a billing letter.

4. Service Letter

Official letters are used for formal work purposes such as official agencies and office assignments. This letter is important in administrative management within an agency. The function of an official letter is as a document of written evidence, a reminder tool related to its function with archives, historical evidence on the development of agencies, and work guidelines in the form of decrees and instructions. The characteristics of official letters include:

• Using letterhead and the agency or agency concerned.
• Use the letter number, attachments, and subject.
• Use standard opening and closing greetings.
• Use standard language or official variety.
• Use the stamp or stamp of the letter-making office.
• Has a certain letter format.

Difference between Personal and Service Letters

1. Personal Letters

Personal letters are letters written for personal matters. In writing personal letters, it is not uncommon for a writer to refer to himself with the word “I”. Because of their friendly and relaxed nature, personal letters usually use casual or informal language. Meanwhile, quoted from a book entitled Be Smart Bahasa Indonesia (2008) written by Ismail Kusmayadi, personal letters are very dependent on the purpose of the letter to be sent.

However, based on its content, personal letters can be divided into two types, namely private letters that are private and private letters whose contents are official. Private letters that are private means letters sent to friends, family members, acquaintances, and so on. Meanwhile, an official personal letter is a letter sent to an official of an agency or to an organization, for example a job application letter.

It is also mentioned in a book entitled Indonesian Language Textbooks and Scientific Writing compiled by Sarmadan and La Alu (2015) that personal letters are a form of correspondence written by a person as a person and not related to officialdom. In general, personal letters are informal and contain personal matters.

2. Service Letter

According to Soedjito and Solchan, official letters are letters sent by government or private offices to government or private offices and vice versa. This letter must use standard language, language that conforms to the rules of the Indonesian language regarding spelling, choice of words, and sentences.

Official letters are also commonly referred to as official letters, which are sent for official purposes or for government administrative purposes. Official letters usually contain official or government matters. This letter is only made by government agencies and can be sent to all parties who have a relationship with the agency, for example meeting invitation letters and notification letters.

As reported from the website of the Ministry of Education and Culture of the Republic of Indonesia , official letters are written communication tools that have a legal and formal character. This letter becomes official evidence that has legal force. In addition, official letters within the organization can also be used as historical evidence and remind the activities carried out by the institution.

Based on the provisions, official letters must be written following the standard provisions. The letter must also be made using the correct preparation technique, such as letterhead, attachment number and subject matter, date of letter, writing address, and paying attention to the form of writing the letter. In addition, the contents of the letter must also be stated concisely, clearly and explicitly.

The language used in official letters is also formal or standard according to the rules for using good and correct Indonesian. Official letters must be written effectively. That is, a language that can precisely achieve its goals. Effective language must fulfill the elements of simple, reasonable, concise, clear, polite and interesting.

—

Quoted from a book entitled A Practical Guide to Writing Official Letters written by Muhammad Hamzah and Andi Neneng (2017), the definition of an official letter is a type of essay or composition aimed at conveying the intent to be conveyed.

Official correspondence is a very important activity to support the implementation of the main tasks and functions of the organization. In addition, official letters also have several functions, namely as authentic evidence, reminders, historical evidence, work guidelines, and ambassadors or co-authors.

Unlike the case with official letters, quoted from a book entitled Definitely Can Complete Discussion of Indonesian Language Competence written by Agus Trianto (2007), personal letters are letters addressed to other people as individuals, not as representatives or envoys related to institutional/official/ official. Generally, personal letters contain invitations, requests and requests for explanations, acceptance and rejection, or expressions of one’s feelings that one wants to convey to others.

The difference between official letters and personal letters lies in the title of the sender, personally or institutionally. In addition, when writing an official official letter, you should use an interesting format, not too long, and use clear, concise, and concise language, while the rules of language when writing personal letters are not given too much attention.

Examples of Personal and Service Letters

After knowing the differences between official letters and personal letters, here are examples of each letter that you can use as reference material to make them.

1. Personal Letters

Example 1

Example 2

Jakarta, 28 April 2020

Defandra Ramadhan
Jl. Friendship No. 63
Dago Atas, Bandung, West Java

Hello Defan, how are you? I hope you are all well and always happy, even though you haven’t seen each other for a long time. I’m also here healthy and always happy, although some time ago I had a little chill. However, I have recovered and can play as usual again, really! Hehehe …

Oh yeah, have you heard the good news? After finishing this high school, I have plans to continue studying in Bandung! It’s great fun, we’ll be able to keep playing and see each other every day, just like we used to when we were little. I can’t wait! You also learn enthusiastically and more actively! Wait for me to catch up with you! Ha ha ha …

It’s been a while, Def, I’m waiting for a reply from you, okay! Don’t forget to eat and don’t play PS too much, your mother will scold you later, you know. Hahaha … Greetings to your mother and father, yes!

From Defan’s Beloved Friend

 

Alea Riviana

2. Service Letter

Example 1

Bogor, 08 April 2028

No : 08/OSIS/UND EX/V/28
Lamp : –
Subject : Invitation to PORSENI (Sports and Arts Week)

To the Dear
Student Council

With respect,
In connection with the end of the 2027/2028 academic year, we, as administrators of SMA Negeri 8 Bojonggede request the presence of school representatives to take part in various sports and arts competitions which will be held on:

Day/Date : Monday/28 April 2028
Time : 08.00 – Finish
Place : Field of SMA Negeri 6 Bojonggede
Event : PORSENI

Due to the importance of the event, we expect the school representatives to be present on time.

Knowing,
the Head of Student Council of SMA Negeri 8 Bojonggede

Henry Ramadhan

—

You can use this explanation of the differences and examples between personal and official letters as a guide for compiling and writing letters that are needed. Hope it is useful!

Examples of Fine Art – The types of works of art that Sinaumed’s can encounter everyday in homes, museums, art galleries, and public spaces are very diverse. So, what kinds of works of art do Sinaumed’s know?

Fine art is all forms of expression of aesthetic experience that are consciously carried out by humans through the media of dots, lines, shapes, colors, textures and spaces.

Various Indonesian Art Works

The following are examples of the various kinds of works of art that can be found in Indonesian regions, namely:

1. Art painting

Painting is a two-dimensional art which is also the oldest type of art in the world. Painting in each region has its own painting characteristics. Regional paintings generally symbolize the beliefs of the local community. Examples of painting in Indonesia are:

• Kamasan painting from Bali
• Wayang Semar painting from Yogyakarta
• Kalimantan Dayak Painting
• Glass painting from Cirebon
• Khombow painting from Papua
• Painting of Leang-Leang from Central Java
• Lampang painting from Borneo

2. Sculpture

According to Mikke Susanto in the book Diction of Fine Arts, Collection of Terms and Fine Arts Movement (2011), sculpture is a three-dimensional work that has a shape and is made by subtractive methods (reducing materials such as carving and cutting) or additive (adding such as printing and casting). . Examples of the variety of sculpture in Indonesia are:

• Sculpture of the Asmat Tribe of Papua
• Batak Sculpture Art (Batak Toba, Simalungun, Pakpak Dairi, and Karo)
• Batak mask art (Simalungun, Tapanuli, Pakpak Dairi, and Karo)
• Reog mask from East Java
• Nias sculpture
• Carving from Toraja
• Asmat Carving Art
• Miniature from South Sulawesi

3. Craft art

Craft art is art that has functional properties or has uses in human life. Crafts in every region of Indonesia are made by hand and also simple tools in accordance with the customs and culture prevailing in that area. Examples of craft art in Indonesia are:

• Batik from Yogyakarta
• Batik from Toraja
• South Sulawesi woven fabrics
• Batik Buketan from Bali
• Kris motifs from Yogyakarta
• Sasirangan fabric of the Banjar people of South Kalimantan
• Tanggui Woven from South Kalimantan
• Woven Bingga Central Sulawesi

Definition of Fine Arts

According to the book Basic Knowledge of Fine Arts (2015) by Sofyan Salam, and friends, fine art is a branch of art that forms works of art with media that can be captured by the eye and felt by touch.

The style of this fine art is created by processing the concepts of line, area, shape, volume, color, texture, and lighting with aesthetic references.

Broadly speaking, the translation of fine arts into English is fine art . However, in accordance with the development of the modern art world, the term fine art has become more specific for the notion of pure art.

The difference with other types of art, fine art is a work that emphasizes aesthetic values ​​or beauty. In this context, fine art has a function as a medium that aims to beautify a place or object.

Practically, fine art is used to show the side of beauty. However, this fine art is also very influential in the way of assessing, processing, and enjoying a work.

Elements of Fine Arts

There are several elements in fine arts, namely:

1. Lines

Line is the most basic element as well as the most important to create a work of art. The embodiment of a work of art generally begins with a scribbled line on the design.

Lines have 2 longitudinal dimensions and have specific directions and properties. For example long, short, horizontal, vertical, curved, straight, wavy and so on have their respective meanings.

2. Sharpen

The shape is the appearance of the piece or shape of an object. Where patterns can be formed from lines that cover a certain area size and form fields.

Then, expression can also mean the embodiment of an object or what is often referred to as a shape or field.

Buildings or fields, namely elements that always have a relationship with objects, both artificial objects and natural objects.

On the other hand, a plane can be a regular shape i.e. circle, quadrilateral, triangle or irregular. Apart from being solid, objects also have a plastic shape.

3. Space

Space is an element of a work of art that shows the dimensions of the work of art itself. That is, a two-dimensional space can only show size and dimensions of length and width. Meanwhile, space in works of art has a three-dimensional shape, because there is volume that can give a deep impression.

4. Texture

Texture elements or what is often called baric are the tactile qualities of a surface. Tactile means that it can be touched or has something to do with the sense of touch.

In addition, texture can also be interpreted as a description of the structure of the surface of an object, both rough and smooth.

5. Color

Color is an element that is basically an impression and is caused as a result of the reflection of light hitting the surface of an object.

In fine art, color can take the form of lines, spaces, planes, and dark or light tones.

Types of Fine Art Works

Types of works of art are divided into a number of categories, as quoted from the book ‘Basic Knowledge of Fine Arts’ by Sofyan Salam, Sukarman B., Hasnawati, and Muh. Muhaemin.

1. Types of works of art according to their forms

Based on its form, art can be divided into three, namely:

1. Two-Dimensional Artwork

Two-dimensional works of art or also known as two-dimensional works. Two-dimensional works are works that can only be enjoyed from one direction, namely the front. Because, this work only has dimensions of length and width. Examples of two-dimensional works are photographs, drawings, paintings, weavings and batik.

2. Three Dimensional Art Works

Types of three-dimensional works of art or also known as three-dimensional works. Three-dimensional works are works that have dimensions of length, width and height. Three-dimensional works have volume, so that their form can be enjoyed from various directions. Examples of three-dimensional works are buildings, sculptures, dolls, and various types of product designs.

3. Four Dimensional Art Works

This type of four-dimensional art work is also known as time-based art. These works include video art that can be projected onto walls, happening/performing art that involves art makers acting and being videotaped to become a work of art themselves, and new media art that has interactive characteristics.

Interactive new media art includes computer animation, digital art, robotics, and others that are intended by art makers to explore the potential of the latest technology.

2. Types of Fine Art Works According to Their Functions

Based on its function, art can be divided into two, namely:

1. Works of Fine Art

Fine Art Works are works of art made solely for the purpose of fulfilling needs and expressing an aesthetic or beautiful sense, without the intention of fulfilling a practical function or use. Examples of works of pure art are paintings, sculptures, tapestry, and other works of art intended solely for the expression of aesthetic feelings.

2. Applied Art

Types of works of applied art are works of art made with the main aim of fulfilling functions and uses that have a practical nature. Examples of works of applied art are types of design and craft works, such as posters, book cover designs, banners, logos, furniture, vehicles, and architectural works.

3. Types of Art Works According to Manufacturing Techniques

Based on the manufacturing technique, fine art can be divided into twelve, namely:

1. Fine Artwork with Color Stroke/Sweep Techniques

a. Picture Art

Drawing art is generally dominated by linear strokes produced from pencils, pens, or markers. However, this technical characteristic is less and less absolute because drawings can also be dominated by painting, like a painting. Drawing art or what is also known as drawing consists of several types according to its specific characteristics, namely as follows:

• Shape image
• Models image
• Illustration image
• Projection and perspective drawing
• Decoration picture
• Sketch drawing
• Imagination picture

b. Art painting

Technically, painting is dominated by color painting done in the medium. However, this feature is also increasingly not absolute, just like the art of drawing. Painting traditionally can be divided based on the field of painting into easel painting which can be supported by the easel and mural painting on the surface of the building.

Painting is also commonly categorized based on the coloring matter, such as acrylic painting, oil paint, gouache, watercolor, ink, pastel, tempera, mixed-media, and encaustic.

c. Calligraphy Arts

The art of calligraphy is a beautiful writing art that is used as a container for ideas and has an aesthetic function.

2. Fine Art Works with Printing Techniques

This type of work of art with printing techniques is usually referred to as graphic art or printmaking. The process of creating a work of graphic art begins by creating an image called a cliché, then printing is done. Based on the type of cliche, printmaking is distinguished by high or embossed print, translucent print, and deep print.

3. Fine Art Works with Carving Techniques

This type of work of art using measuring techniques is formed by incising or sculpting the part to be removed from the material to create the desired shape. Two-dimensional carvings are called reliefs, while three-dimensional carvings are called sculptures.

4. Fine Art Works with Woven, Weaving and Knitting Techniques

This type of work of art using woven and weaving techniques is a work technique by crossing over between the materials used. The art of weaving in Indonesia is a hereditary activity in tradition.

5. Fine Art Works with Embroidery Techniques

Embroidered works of art are made by sewing using decorative threads, sequins, ribbons, and various other materials.

6. Fine Art Works with Pasting Techniques

a. Mosaic Art

This type of mosaic artwork is a work of art made by gluing together pieces of material using the default color of the material to form an object as desired.

b. Collage Art

Collage art is a type of work of art that is made by sticking together pieces, pieces, or pieces of material such as glass, paper, shells, tiles, bark, and so on to become part of the shape to be depicted.

c. Montage Art

Montage art is a type of work of art that is made by gluing paper or sticky material containing photos or drawings.

7. Art Works with Shaping and Constructing Techniques

a. Sculpture Art

Sculpture is a type of three-dimensional work of art that is shaped according to the type of material used, such as clay, stone, wood, gypsum, cement, metal and fiber.

b. Ceramic Art

Ceramic art is a type of work of art in which the object embodiment uses non-metallic and inorganic materials in a solid form through a high-temperature combustion process.

c. Architectural Arts

Architectural art can be seen as a three-dimensional work of art in a large or gigantic size, because under certain conditions it can accommodate many people. Examples are airports, stadiums, bridges, and also houses of worship.

8. Artwork with Stringing and Knotting Techniques

a. Meronce Art

The art of meronce is the art of making handicraft objects by assembling or arranging hollow objects to make objects in new forms, such as bracelets, necklaces, and so on.

b. Macrame Art

Macrame art is an art that uses the technique of knotting objects such as ropes. Examples of macrame art are bracelets, key chains, necklaces, interior decorations, and fashion decorations.

c. Ikebana Art

The art of ikebana is the art of flower arrangement from Japan by paying attention to flower composition, type of flower, place, branches and placement.

9. Fine Art Works with Batik Techniques

This type of batik artwork is generally a type of work of art made from drawing techniques on cloth using canting and wax to cover areas where you don’t want to be colored. The art of batik then also includes batik with tie techniques and stamped batik.

10. Fine Art Works with Folding Techniques

The art of paper folding is a branch of fine art that uses folding techniques to create three-dimensional shapes such as animals, plants, houses, hats, and so on.

11. Computer Processed Art Works

Computer art refers to the use of computers to produce works of art. Computer art, among others, is related to multimedia art, digital art, and new media art.

12. Fine Art Works Arranged or Performed

a. Installation Art

Installation art includes the efforts of art makers to convey ideas by arranging objects and works on the ground, floor, walls, or hanging them up.

b. Happening Arts / Performing Arts

Happening art or what is also known as happening is a form of spontaneous improvisation by art makers in a designed environment.

4. Types of Art Works According to the Artist’s Inner Attitude

Based on the artist’s inner attitude, fine art can be divided into three, namely:

1. Traditional Fine Art Works

Traditional works of art are works of art whose way of making has been a tradition. The characteristics of traditional art are following the rules and forms that have been in the tradition, in the form of functional objects, and not attaching importance to the name of the creator. An example is the Toraja shroud, Javanese leather puppets, and so on.

2. Modern Art Works

Modern works of art are not attached to traditional norms and forms. The characteristics of modern works of art are that they highlight the creativity of ideas, ideas, techniques, have a future orientation, are universal, emphasize individuality, which makes the name of the creator important.

3. Postmodern Art Works

Postmodern works of art are works of art that emphasize contextual artistic expression, have a spirit of pluralism, eclecticism and contextualism. Postmodern art works do not distinguish pure art which is considered high art and applied art which is considered low art.

• Definition of Fine Art Criticism: Types, Stages
• Get to know montage artwork and how to make it
• Mosaic is a work of art, see history
• Contemporary Dance: Definition, Characteristics, Purpose
• Craft Arts: Definition, History, Functions and Types

Optimism is an Attitude of Never Giving Up: Find Out the Definition and Benefits – Optimism, as many people know, is an attitude of fighting spirit to the end, or it is called trying to the last drop of blood if it is put into words. In responding to this attitude of fighting until the end, we can find many positive benefits because basically as a modern human being living in an all-competitive era, we are required to strive to get the best results we want to achieve.

As living beings who need socialization, humans always have an optimistic spirit in living life. Optimism or optimism is the belief that future events will have a positive outcome. With this way of thinking, most people will continue to live life with gusto, despite all kinds of trouble. Optimism is a feeling that can be evoked by a person under certain conditions. But there are some people who struggle with having this trait. The causes vary, ranging from the surrounding environment or psychological problems encountered.

The tireless fighting spirit that is born from this attitude of optimism plays an important role in human life, but do we know what the true definition of optimism is and what are the benefits in life? Therefore, here we will try to discuss unyielding attitude, namely optimism and its various benefits in life.

Optimistic Definition

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), optimism is the feeling that someone has the same opinion or sees something with a positive mindset. Optimism can also be called optimistic, it is the image of an individual with good self-confidence. According to Robert E. Franken in his book Human Dynamics, explaining that optimism is a range of biological variables in which optimism is seen as the result of a certain explanatory style and leads to a certain way of explaining cognitive approaches.

In another sense, optimism is a form of hope that good things can happen, as well as the belief that problems are resolved with good results. An optimistic attitude can appear in people’s minds. This is in line with Daniel Goleman’s point in his book Working with Emotional Intelligence, which emphasizes that optimism is a strong hope that whatever is faced in life can be resolved properly, even when overwhelmed by problems and disappointments.

Meanwhile, another definition of optimism was put forward by M Daraei and AR Ghaderi in The Impact of Education on Optimism or Pessimism, published in the Journal of the Academy of Psychology. Indian Applied Studies. Both argue that optimism is a psychological component that is closely related to positive emotions and positive behavior. The positive effects can lead to health, a stress-free life, relationships and good social functioning. From all the explanations above, it can be concluded that a person’s optimistic spirit will bring a positive mental state. So he can handle the problem well. Furthermore, optimism is something that can spark new hopes for a better future.

Examples of Non-Renewable Natural Resources – Traffic jams at rush hour are commonplace. It seems we no longer feel strange with that sight. The number of motor vehicles has increased from year to year. If it’s like this, it’s as if the road is getting narrower and can never fit a number of vehicles.

What’s worrying about this condition? Besides inconvenience, pollution is definitely something that cannot be avoided. Moreover, try? Fuel use definitely increases. Even though fuel oil cannot be obtained within a year or two years.

It takes hundreds, thousands or millions of years for fuel to form. It’s sad that the longer the fuel runs out, even though fuel is one of the non-renewable natural resources.

What is a non-renewable natural resource? Let’s discuss it here.

Definition of Non-Renewable Natural Resources

Before discussing non-renewable natural resources, we must first understand what natural resources are?

Natural resources are anything that comes from nature that can be used to meet the needs of human life. Examples of natural resources are biotic components and abiotic components

Biotic components are components of living things such as animals, plants and microorganisms. Abiotic components are components that are not living things. The examples of abiotic components, such as petroleum, natural gas, various types of metals, water, and soil.

Well, while the natural resources are divided into two. There are renewable natural resources and non-renewable natural resources.

Let’s discuss it more deeply.

Renewable Natural Resources

Renewable natural resources are natural resources that are abundant in nature. We can easily obtain it because these natural resources can be readily available. As long as humans are wise in using it, these natural resources will always be available.

Examples of Renewable Natural Resources

Examples of renewable natural resources are:

1. Plants and animals

As long as agricultural land is still available and there are still many who want to process it, food is safe. Likewise animals, as long as there are still many breeders who want to survive with their livestock, the stock of meat will not disappear. We will still feel the pleasure of the piece of meat on the plate that mother cooked.

2. Water and air

Likewise air. As long as the air is not polluted, air can be a source of human life. However, if the air is unhealthy, besides bad breath, disease can also threaten.

Apart from plants and animals, water and air are also renewable natural resources. Nature provides abundance, as long as humans really take care of it.

Non-Renewable Natural Resources.

It is not impossible that this non-renewable natural resource will eventually run out. Even though our dependence on natural resources on this one is quite high, how about that? Examples of non-renewable natural resources are mining materials such as metals, petroleum, coal, fuel producers, and so on.

Nature of Non-Renewable Natural Resources

Non-renewable natural resources include:

1. It takes a very long time to form again, usually hundreds or tens of years. If it runs out, humans cannot get it immediately. If you order a pre order or PO, I don’t know when
2. The formation process depends on the surrounding environment. If the environment does not support it, it may not be able to form again.
3. The formation process depends on the geological environment which cannot be arbitrary. There are certain terms and conditions, so if the ad says yes.

10 Examples of Non-Renewable Natural Resources

1. Minerals 

The first example of a non-renewable natural resource is minerals. Mineral natural resources are natural resources derived from minerals in the soil and these minerals are very useful for human life.

This natural resource is included in one example of a non-renewable natural resource because it can only be used for a short time. In other words, there is a time limit, so it could run out at any time. Therefore, every human being must be able to use this natural resource wisely.

2. Gold

Gold or Aurum has the symbol Au. Gold is a metal commonly identified with wealth. It is said that only people with deep pockets hoard gold. The shiny appearance of gold can beautify jewelry and is loved by women. Besides being suitable for gold jewelry, it is also stored as an investment. The skyrocketing price makes gold suitable for making a profit.

Gold or aurum has physical properties that are soft, shiny, yellow and heavy. Gold is a metal that is soft and malleable. Gold is produced through a process of magmatism or concentration on the surface.

Some precipitates are formed from contact metasomatism and hydrothermal solutions, while mechanical concentration produces placer deposits .

Even though gold can be quite expensive, it can run out at one time. This is because gold is part of an example of non-renewable natural resources.

3. Iron

Iron is a metal that we often find. At home, on the street in buildings and other structures. Even iron plays an important role in the body of living things!

Iron along with molecular oxygen in hemoglobin and myoglobin; these two compounds are oxygen-carrying proteins for vertebrates or vertebrates.

Iron Facts:

• Iron has the symbol Fe which is taken from the Latin name ferum.
• Iron is the most common element found on earth by mass.
• Iron also forms a large part of the Earth’s outer and inner core.
• Iron is even the fourth largest element in the earth’s crust.

The abundant presence of iron is presumably due to the abundance of production due to fusion reactions in large-mass stars. As a result, radioactive nickel was the last element to be produced before the violent supernova collapse. The collapse scattered iron radionuclide precursors into space.

How terrible is that?

4. Aluminum

Aluminum is a metal that is no less popular than gold and iron. Aluminum is able to conduct electricity, so it is a good conductor of electricity. The nature of aluminum is also light and strong. Aluminum is a good conductor of heat as well.

Aluminum can be hammered into sheet, stretched into wire and extruded into bars of various cross-sections. Corrosion resistant aluminum.

Uniquely, aluminum is amphoteric or can be acidic or alkaline. Due to its fantastic nature, many products use aluminum. As in high voltage cables. It is also widely used in window frames and aircraft fuselage.

Want to find aluminum at home? It’s easy because in the kitchen we find it in a pot. It was also scattered outside the house, in soft drink bottles, milk bottle caps, etc. Aluminum is also used to cover car lights and compact discs.

5. Diamond

Diamond is a valuable mineral that chemically has a crystalline form, or allotrope, of carbon. Diamond is known for having special physical properties, especially its hardness and ability to disperse light.

Diamonds are from the bowels of the earth dug up. The mining process can be either manually or mechanized. Now even many diamond miners have used mechanization, namely with a vacuum machine to suck up the excavated soil. Because diamonds come from the bowels of the earth, so one day they may run out and humans can no longer use them. Therefore, diamonds are part of an example of a non-renewable natural resource.

6. Fossil Fuels

Until now, fossil fuels are still the prima donna in fuel consumption. Why is it called a fossil fuel, because this fuel comes from the weathering of fossils millions of years ago even when humans may not have existed. Fossil fuels can be said to provide many benefits as well as convenience for every human being in carrying out their daily activities.

So that fossil fuels don’t run out easily and humans can use them longer, every human being must use them wisely. That way, this example of a non-renewable natural resource, you can feel the benefits for much longer.

7. Petroleum

Petroleum was formed since time immemorial where the geological influence of living organisms that have been buried for millions of years with marine organisms called plankton.

The precipitate which continues to thicken under the influence of high temperature and pressure followed by biochemical activity eventually forms petroleum (oil). Crude oil is a mixture of various types of hydrocarbons with a little nitrogen, sulfur, with the largest components in petroleum, namely alkanes and cycloalkanes.

Separating crude oil into fuel through a multilevel distillation process, aka distillation. This petroleum consists of components that have different boiling points. In this way each component separates itself when its boiling point is reached.

Crude oil does provide many benefits for human life, but this natural resource has a time limit. In other words, oil is an example of a non-renewable natural resource.

8. Coal

The book entitled Encyclopedia of Coal by the tekMIRA Research and Development Center contains various origins of coal, exploration, mining, utilization, and the impact on the environment with the use of coal.

Coal is a sedimentary rock that can be burned, formed from organic deposits, mainly plant remains and formed through the process of coalification. The main elements are carbon, hydrogen and oxygen and coal is an example of non-renewable natural resources. Even so, as long as it is used properly, coal can last much longer.

Coal itself consists of various kinds, and based on existing data 60% of coal resources in Indonesia have a low calorific value and high water content which requires special handling in its utilization. In the book entitled Indonesian Coal Utilization Technology by the Research and Development Center, tekMIRA will explain how to use coal optimally and also be environmentally friendly.

The formation of coal cannot arbitrarily require certain conditions and only occur in certain eras throughout geological history.

The Carboniferous Age, the most prolific formation period, approximately 340 million years ago, was when nearly all of the northern hemisphere’s economic black coal deposits were formed.

Coal-forming materials include:

• Algae occur from the Pre-cambrian to Ordovician and are single-celled
• Silophytes existed from the Silurian to Middle Devonian times, and are descended from algae.
• Pteridophytes from Upper Devonian to Upper Carboniferous. The main material that forms coal is Carbon. Plants without flowers and seeds, reproduce by spores and grow in warm climates
• Gymnosperms span from the Permian to the Middle Cretaceous. Heterosexual plants, seeds encased in fruit, such as pine, contain high levels of resin (resin).
• Pteridosperms such as gangamopteris and glossopteris are the main constituents of coal
• Upper Cretaceous Angiosperms to the present. Modern plant species, seed-covered fruit, male and female in a single flower, are less gummy than gymnosperms and so, in general, are less viable.

The process of forming coal

The process of turning plant residues into peat to coal is called coalification.

Briefly there are 2 stages of the coal formation process, namely:

Diagenetic or Biochemical Stage

This stage begins when the plant material is deposited until lignite is finally formed. The main components that play a role in this process of change are water content, oxidation level and biological disturbances which can result in decomposition and compaction of organic material which also forms peat.

Metamorphic or Geochemical Stage

This stage includes the process of changing from lignite to bituminous and finally anthracite.

9. Radioactive/nuclear material

Radioactive material is material that can emit radioactive rays by itself. Radioactive rays such as alpha beta and gamma. Material with radioactive elements found in the environment, such as uranium, thorium, and plutonium and their decay products, such as radium and radon.

In the earth’s crust radioactive material is very low, the amount is abundant when humans carry out oil and gas mining activities. So, this radioactive material is present as industrial waste, but it can be used again. This radioactive material is useful in many fields such as medicine or agriculture.

However, on the other hand, this radioactivity cannot always be used by humans because this natural resource has a time limit, so it is categorized as an example of non-renewable natural resources.

10. Aquifer Water

The tenth example of a non-renewable natural resource is groundwater stored in aquifers. An aquifer is a layer in the ground that is capable of storing and allowing water to pass through. Aquifer layers have rock formations that can release large amounts of water. Water that comes out in large quantities then forms springs.

Benefits of Non-Renewable Natural Resources

Basically, non-renewable natural resources are definitely useful for human life, it’s just that the amount is limited. From the examples of non-renewable natural resources above, there are several benefits that can be felt by humans, such as gold, petroleum and coal.

Gold

1. Can be used as jewelry
2. As an economic commodity

Crude oil

1. As a fuel for transportation, such as motorbikes and cars
2. Can be used as a raw material for Steam Power Plants (PLTU)
3. Can be used to make asphalt
4. As a raw material for making candles

Coal

1. Can be used as a raw material for perfumery
2. Beneficial as a raw material for electricity generation
3. As a raw material for making paint

How To Preserve Non-Renewable Natural Resources

After discussing examples of non-renewable natural resources and their benefits, the next discussion is protecting non-renewable natural resources. As many people already know that this non-renewable natural resource will run out, so we need to keep it from running out in the near future.

1. Make vehicle fuel savings. This can be done by using public transportation more often when traveling

2. Use electricity wisely

3. Recycle any used items

4. Wise in using any non-renewable natural resources.

Eternal Resources

1. Solar energy

For countries with tropical climates, solar energy is abundant. Recent research continues to develop technologies that utilize sunlight. From stoves to motorized vehicles.

2. Geothermal

The bowels of the earth have geothermal heat. Geothermal energy is abundant. As a result, the price is economical and of course environmentally friendly.

Indonesia, which has many volcanoes, is a geothermal-rich country. Geothermal energy can be used to generate electricity.

Therefore, in utilizing this geothermal resource, it must first be studied more deeply so as to get a detailed description and conceptual model of the geothermal area.

3. Wind

This energy is so abundant. The Netherlands even makes full use of the power of this wind through its windmills. When the wind is connected to a generator, or turbine, electricity can be generated

4. Water

Water is an abundant resource on this earth. Most of our earth instead consists of water. Water has potential energy that can be utilized as a source of electricity

5. Biomass

This energy utilizes living plants, dead trees or wood chips

6. Natural gas

Natural gas is more economical than gas produced from petroleum.

7. Tidal energy

Sea tides certainly occur, and it turns out that it is capable of producing more energy than electricity, but it’s a shame it’s expensive

So many discussions about examples of non-renewable natural resources, hopefully this will be useful information and remind us to always use energy wisely. Have a good study!.

 

Examples of Non-Military Threats – In an effort to defend the Indonesian state and its contents which include the population and natural resources, it is actually the duty of all citizens. Even though a country looks fine, there are no disputes that cause the parties to take up arms, but that does not mean that the country is not under threat.

This is because threats directed against a country do not only have to use weapons, but there are also threats that can intimidate the sovereignty, integrity and safety of the entire nation. Threats that do not use weapons are often referred to as non-military threats.

In general, these non-military threats originate from internal parties within the country and operate in an organized manner. The manifestation of this non-military threat is very diverse, ranging from robbery, smuggling and drug trafficking, illegal immigrants, to theft of natural resources and historical artifacts.

Then, what are some examples of this non-military threat? Can non-military threats later develop into military threats which can endanger state sovereignty? In what areas do these non-military threats usually occur?

So, so that Sinaumed’s isn’t confused, let’s look at the following review!

Examples of Non-Military Threats in Indonesia

Non-military threats that occur in a country are threats that do not use weapons. Usually, this threat uses non-military factors that are abstract in nature, but can endanger the sovereignty of the state, the identity of the nation, the territorial integrity of the state and the safety of the entire nation.

So, here are some examples of non-military threats that occur in Indonesia in several areas of life:

Socio-Cultural Sector

Non-military threats can also occur in the socio-cultural field, because they are directly related to social life. Usually, these threats are driven by several social issues, ranging from poverty, ignorance, injustice in society, to the backwardness of society. So, here are examples of non-military threats that occur in the socio-cultural field:

• The emergence of a westernized lifestyle

That is, people’s lifestyles are more inclined to western culture without any prior selection process. Western culture that is applied in this westernized lifestyle is usually contrary to the values ​​and norms that have been rooted in the Indonesian nation. For example imitating the minimal style of western clothing.

• The emergence of a consumptive lifestyle

Namely the lifestyle of people who always buy goods in excess, even though these goods are not necessarily going to be used. This consumptive lifestyle can also lead to waste.

• The emergence of hedonism

The nature of hedonism is almost the same as a consumptive lifestyle. The difference is that this hedonism is in the form of extravagance with things that violate norms, such as promiscuity, spree, to drunkenness.

• Individualism emerges
• The fading spirit of mutual cooperation, solidarity, and concern for other individuals
• The fading of religious values ​​in social life.
• Juvenile delinquency
• Public infrastructure is inadequate, especially in remote areas.

Technology and Information Field

The advancement of science and technology at the present time, of course, has both positive and negative impacts. If left unchecked, the negative impact of scientific and technological advances can of course develop into non-military threats in the form of cyber crimes and banking crimes.

Health

The non-military threats that have occurred in the health sector can be seen directly, especially in the last two years, namely the occurrence of a pandemic or a large-scale viral outbreak in the form of Covid-19. This non-military threat does not only occur in Indonesia, but also throughout the world community.

Yep, the emergence of global disease outbreaks can of course be a non-military threat that intimidates state sovereignty and its citizens.

Politics

The political sector, of course, will not escape the emergence of non-military threats, which have even broader sources, namely from outside and within the country. Non-military threats in the political field originating from within the country, for example:

• Coup action, namely an attempt to overthrow a government regime
• Civil War
• Provocation against several community groups
• Political blockade
• Separatism, the movement to break away from a region. For example, the region of East Timor.
• There was a clash of community groups

Meanwhile, non-military threats in the political field come from abroad, for example: international terrorism and attempts by other countries to interfere too much in domestic political affairs.

Ideology field

In Indonesia, there has not been and should not be any non-military threats in this ideological field. However, Sinaumed’s can see the example of the Soviet Union which underwent an ideological change from communist to liberal. This ideological change could also become a non-military threat which in fact caused the collapse of the Soviet Union.

Economics

The non-military threats that occur in the economic field are closely related to the socio-cultural field, because social life cannot be separated from economic activities. In this economic field, non-military threats can also come from within and outside the country. Examples of non-military threats that occur in the economic field are:

• The Indonesian economy began to be controlled by foreigners, whose profits were not shared equally.
• Free trade that is vulnerable to smuggling of prohibited goods.
• Unemployment, later can affect the crime rate.
• There is inflation, namely a general increase in prices that causes a change in the market mechanism.
• The economic system is less clear.
• Dependence on foreign parties, both in terms of trade and economic system.
• The use of goods is dominated by foreign products.
• Free investment.
• Increasing unemployment, poverty, and social inequality.

Public Safety Sector

Unknowingly, the increasing number of factories that dispose of waste carelessly can actually become a non-military threat to public safety. Yep, this non-military threat is caused by humans themselves, starting from the disposal of industrial waste containing chemicals to fires and transportation accidents.

Other non-military threats that occur in the field of public safety, but cannot be prevented are natural disasters, such as earthquakes, tsunamis, and volcanic eruptions. While natural disasters in the form of floods and forest fires can usually be prevented and anticipated in advance by humans, it’s just that most of them neglect to protect nature.

The Real Strategy in Defending Indonesia from Non-Military Threats

Based on the Indonesian Defense White Paper in 2015, it revealed that there are three types of threats in a country, namely military threats, non-military threats, and hybrid threats. At this time, the Indonesian state was facing a non-military threat which actually intimidated the integrity of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia.

According to the Director of Strategic Policy at the Ministry of Defence, Brigadier General M. Nakir, expressed his opinion regarding non-military threats at the Coordination Meeting on Implementation of National Defense and Arrangement of Defense Areas in Aceh Province. He is of the opinion that non-military threats are sometimes even more dangerous, because they have a bigger impact and directly target society.

It should be understood that the existence of non-military threats that occur in Indonesia do not always have to be resisted by the TNI and police, but also all citizens. All citizens, including the smallest elements, must play a role in defending Indonesia’s sovereignty from these non-military threats, including those within the RT/RW.

Pecalang Strategy in Sukawati Bali Traditional Village

Pecalang is a designation for customary security whose job is to secure the course of customary activities in traditional village areas. Pecalang is usually carried out by residents who have a special assignment to look after and assist in organizing activities, both related to religious and customary ceremonies.

In Bali, the existence of this pecalang is of course very influential in efforts to secure its territory from non-military threats. We certainly already know that the Bali region has become the center of tourism for all tourists, both domestic and foreign. This of course makes Bali an easy target for several parties who wish to carry out this non-military threat, ranging from drugs, hoax news, hedonistic lifestyles, to human trafficking.

In fact, according to data for 2017, the number of drug addicts in Bali reached 61,353 people, which means around 2.01% of the total number of Balinese. The Bali Provincial National Narcotics Agency (BNNP) also emphasized that Bali is included in the drug emergency area.

Not only that, according to a report by the International Organization for Migration (IOM) showing that around 2014, around 6,651 people were involved in the practice of human trafficking (human trafficking) and this occurred in Indonesia. Indonesia ranks second in the practice of human trafficking and confirms that the government will close prostitution areas, including in Bali and Papua.

Starting from drug use to the practice of human trafficking, this is also included in non-military threats, you know… Therefore, the Balinese people agreed to revitalize pecalang to ward off this non-military threat. The main task of the pecalang, which was originally to look after traditional and religious activities, began to increase by assisting the police and military.

Challenges and Threats Pecalang Must Face

Currently, pecalang is not yet on the agenda of the state defense program because it focuses on the younger generation who are agents of change for the nation in the future. However, when linked to defense and security efforts, pecalang actually becomes a supporting component in the system’s defense system. In fact, to become a pecalang member, you must receive training and guidance from the Regional Military Command and the police.

Pecalang will act actively in matters related to culture, especially Balinese culture. Therefore, when carrying out this “security” program, pecalang encountered many threats from non-military to military threats. It is not uncommon for these pecalang to encounter threats in the form of terrorism and radicalism in Sukawati village. This is because Sukawati is a strategic location for such threats.

State Defense Education Strategy in Facing Non-Military Threats Covid-19

Previously, it was written that non-military threats in the health sector are when a pandemic occurs in the form of a disease outbreak or viral outbreak that attacks all citizens. This non-military threat is happening in all countries, including in Indonesia, namely the Covid-19 pandemic. The Covid-19 pandemic is a non-military threat because it is included as a disease outbreak that has never been predicted before.

In an effort to ward off non-military threats in the form of the Covid-19 pandemic, there is research which says that the implementation of state defense values ​​can be a strategy in efforts to deal with these non-military threats. One of the national defense systems in dealing with non-military threats is the existence of a reserve component. In the non-military threat of the Covid-19 pandemic, the front line is medical personnel.

The reserve component comes from a variety of different educational and professional backgrounds, so there is a need for a common understanding to achieve the same goal in order to safeguard state sovereignty. One of them is through state defense material which can provide a new perspective on the basics of the importance of loving the motherland and the spirit of nationalism. Especially for the younger generation, without realizing it, the feeling of love for the motherland and the spirit of nationalism is gradually disappearing under the influence of globalization that is happening at this time.

The existence of this state defense education will be an important component in empowering citizens, especially the younger generation, in dealing with non-military threats, which cannot be handled physically using weapons.

The implementation of state defense education in the face of non-military threats in the form of the Covid-19 pandemic is that as good citizens, we must not allow this pandemic to continue. Therefore, we must report the addition of positive patient cases and carry out jogo tonggo , which is an effort to look after and care for neighbors who are undergoing independent isolation by providing food to them.

So, that’s a review of examples of non-military threats in various areas of Indonesian people’s lives as well as the real implementation of the strategies implemented by its citizens in terms of counteracting these non-military threats. Even though this non-military threat does not attack physically or armed, it actually attacks the community directly and affects activities in social life. For this reason, as the younger generation, always be aware of this non-military threat and sort out western culture that enters this country according to the customs and norms that have been in force.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Source:

Mandira, I Made Chandra, I Wayan Midhio, and Yusuf Ali. (2018). Challenges of Pecalang in Facing Non-Military Threats in Sukawati Traditional Village in Supporting the Universal Defense System. Defense Management, Vol 4(2). 

Widorekno, Reni Apriliani, Rena Apriliana Widorekno, and Supriyadi. (2021). Implementation of State Defense Values ​​in Facing Non-Military Threats (Covid-19). NUSANTARA: Journal of Social Sciences, Vol 8(4). 

Also Read!

• Rights and Obligations of Citizens, What Are They?
• Definition and Types of Sovereignty Theory
• Definition, Functions, and Elements of the State
• Understanding What is National Commitment and Spirit
• What Are the Impacts of Corruption?
• Definition and Elements of National Identity
• Definition of Immigration and Its Role in State Sovereignty
• Definition and Systematics of State Science
• 5 Definition of State Defense According to Experts and the 1945 Constitution
• Understanding the Theory of People’s Sovereignty

Examples of Non-living Natural Resources– Natural resources, or abbreviated SDA, are everything that is produced by nature and can be used by humans to meet their needs. Based on the type, natural resources are divided into two, namely biological or biotic natural resources and non-biological or abiotic natural resources. Biological natural resources or biotic natural resources are everything produced by living things, such as plants and animals. Meanwhile, non-biological natural resources or abiotic natural resources are the opposite of living natural resources. If living natural resources are produced from living things, non-living natural resources are not produced from living things. Biological natural resources are produced from natural processes in life, without any elements of renewal or preservation. Here are the types, for example,

The following is a book on natural resource law in Indonesia which regulates how natural resources are used and utilized in Indonesia.

 

Differences between Biological Natural Resources and Non-Biological Natural Resources

The definition of biological natural resources is a natural resource originating from living things (biotic). While non-living natural resources are natural resources from non-living things (abiotic)

Types and Examples of Non-Biological Natural Resources

Non-biological natural resources can be in the form of fossil resources, soil resources, water resources, mineral resources, solar resources, and wind resources.

1. Fossil Resources

Fossil resources, also known as fossil fuels, are natural resources that contain hydrocarbons. These natural resources are produced by fossilized animals, plants, marine micro-organisms, and other organisms that died millions of years ago. These fossils produce natural resources in the form of coal, natural gas, and petroleum.

A more in-depth discussion of fossils and how fossils form on earth to become natural resources through the book Why? Fossils with various interesting illustrations that can help Sinaumed’s understand the existing information.

1) Coal

Coal is the world’s largest fossil resource, which is more than petroleum. Coal is used to generate electricity, which is the main source of energy for human life. The coal processing process can pollute the soil, water and air because it is done by clearing forests for mining. Coal is the dirtiest fuel because it produces a lot of black carbon particles. These particles can interfere with breathing if inhaled by humans.

The following is a book on coal utilization technology in Indonesia.

2) Petroleum

Petroleum is the raw material for making gasoline, diesel, kerosene, asphalt, wax and aviation fuel. Petroleum is a fuel that is widely used by humans. Types of petroleum can be divided into two, namely light crude oil and heavy crude oil . Light crude oil or petroleum is crude oil that contains hydrocarbon, oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur compounds. This oil is removed from the earth through the drilling process. After drilling, oil is pumped up and flows through pipes. Meanwhile, heavy crude oilis oil mixed with water and contains a lot of sulfur. This oil is contained in rocks or oil sands. The oil extraction process is carried out by digging the soil and sand using heavy equipment. Oil management is done by mixing rock and oil sands with hot water and steam. After that, the bitumen contained in the rocks and oil sands is converted into crude oil and then processed in oil refineries. Crude oil can be used as vehicle fuel, raw material for oil stoves, and materials for making asphalt roads.

3) Natural Gas

Natural gas or natural gas is a gas that is formed from ethane, butane, methane and propane. Besides being formed slowly on the surface of the earth, natural gas can also be formed from the management of natural gas. Natural gas is released through the drilling process to form a well which is then given a pipe to drain the gas. The pipes used to transport gas are hundreds of kilometers long. Natural gas will be processed into LPG ( liquefied petroleum gas ) and LNG ( liquefied natural gas ). The two gases are used to light the stove or heater.

2. Soil Resources

Soil is one part that makes up the earth’s surface. Soil is a non-biological natural resource that is widely used to meet the needs of human life. Some of the benefits of land, namely as a source of biodiversity, as a support for agricultural and plantation production, as a place of activity for living things, as building materials, as well as water absorption and a provider of clean water.

Soil is produced from the weathering of rocks assisted by various organisms. Soil contains organic matter, gases, minerals, air, water, and a wide variety of organisms. The quality or level of soil fertility will greatly affect the development of plants. Soil types can be divided into three, namely clay , silt , and sand .

1) Clay (Clay)

Clay soil is soil produced from a combination of clay, sandy soil and silt. This type of soil is suitable for use as plantation land. Soil, which consists of fine particles, has a sticky texture and does not contain much organic matter. However, compared to other types of soil, this soil has more nutrients because it retains moisture well.

2) Soil Mud (silt)

Mud soils have medium-sized particles. These particles are much smaller than sandy soils, but larger than clay soils. Mud soil Mud is also quite good at holding water. This type of soil is commonly used for agricultural land, to increase soil fertility.

3) Sandy soil (sand)

Sandy soils consist of small particles of weathered rock. The content of nutrients or nutrients in this soil is very low so it is not suitable for growing plants. This type of soil also has poor water holding capacity, making it difficult for plant roots to absorb water which can cause plants to die. However, this sandy soil also has its advantages, which are good for drainage systems.

3. Water Resources

Water is the main requirement that supports the survival of every living thing. The need for water continues to increase along with the development of human life.

Water is used in almost every human activity, such as household activities, industrial activities, and agricultural activities. In household activities, water is used for cooking, washing, and bathing. With the importance of this one natural resource, its management becomes a matter of great concern, as is discussed in the Water Resources Management Reform book.

In industrial activities, water can be used as a base material or supporting material in the manufacture of a product. In agricultural activities, water is used to water or irrigate rice fields. In addition, water is also used to generate electricity as an alternative to petroleum.

The energy produced by water also tends to be non-polluting so it can reduce environmental pollution. Apart from the many excess water, water can also cause problems. Too much or too much water can cause floods and too little or too little water can cause droughts. To avoid this, various efforts need to be made to maintain water balance. Some efforts that can be done, namely reforestation, greening urban areas, and making infiltration wells.

4. Mineral Resources

Mineral resources are resources resulting from the mining process. Mineral resources have various benefits for human life, such as raw materials for jewelry, raw materials for making household appliances, and raw materials for making machines. Mineral resources have high economic value. However, due to the limited number, the utilization of mineral resources must be carried out efficiently.

Mineral resources are grouped into two, namely metallic minerals and non-metallic minerals.

1) Metal Mineral Resources

a. Base Metal

The base metals consist of zinc, copper, tin, lead, and mercury.

b. Precious metal

Precious metals consist of platinum, silver and gold.

c. Ferrous Metal and Iron Guide

Ferrous metals and ferrous metals consist of iron, manganese, tungsten, vanadium, titan, molybdenum, nickel, cobalt, and chromite.

d. Light Metals and Rare Metals

Light metals and rare metals consist of aluminum, uranium, indium, beryllium, magnesium, cadmium, bauxite, gallium, tantalum-nibium, ytrium, zirconium, thorium, lithium and rare earth metals.

2) Non-metal Mineral Resources

a. Building material

Building materials consist of marble, andesite, ashtray, tras, dacite, granite, basalt, diabase, diorite, granodiorite, peridotite, sirtu, and gabbro peridotite.

b. Industrial Minerals

Industrial minerals consist of potassium rock, zircon, limestone, sulfur, bentonite, quartzite, diatomea, dolomite, pumice, phosphate, gypsum, calcite, gypsum, calcite, ocher, quartz sand, serpentine, talc, travertine, barite, ultramafic, iodine, zeolite , and quartz.

c. Ceramic Material

Ceramic materials consist of toseki, feldspar, perlite, ball/bond clay, kaolin, clay trachith, obsidian, pyrophyllite, and magnesite.

d. Precious Stone Materials and Decorative Stones

Precious and decorative stone materials consist of amethysts, diamonds, opals, jasper, gemstones, coral, chalcedony, onyx, topaz, chert, garnet and prehnit.

5. Solar Power

The sun is the center of the solar system which is the main source of energy for life on earth. The sun produces two types of energy, namely light energy and heat energy. Both of these energies can be utilized to support the survival of living things. For plants, solar resources are useful in photosynthesis. For humans, solar resources can be used to produce electrical energy. Electrical energy produced by solar resources has the smallest negative impact compared to the use of other energy sources. The use of solar electricity does not produce greenhouse gases and can prevent environmental pollution.

Here is a book about solar power generation systems.

6. Wind Resources

Wind is a resource that moves air. The function of the wind as an air mover has various benefits for human life. Wind is currently widely used as a source of electrical energy. Wind can produce a source of electrical energy using turbines which are generally placed on a plateau with a height of more than 30 meters. Sources of electrical energy produced from wind are more environmentally friendly because they are generally cleaner than residues produced by other fuels. In addition, the wind also has many other benefits, including moving clouds, making the air temperature cooler, helping pollinate plants, helping to move fishing boats, driving grain grinding machines, driving irrigation pumps, and others.

Example of Negotiation Text and Its Structure – Negotiation can be considered as a communication skill that is very necessary in everyday life. Skills in negotiating are not easy, so don’t underestimate these negotiation skills.

For some people, the negotiation process is common, especially for traders, be it fruit traders, vegetable traders, clothes traders, and others. When negotiating, it must be in accordance with a mutual agreement so that both are happy and both benefit. However, in some cases negotiation is also used by students who beg their teachers to be remedial.

Not everyone is brave and capable of negotiating for fear of misunderstandings, so fear of commotion. Therefore, so that the fear of negotiating disappears, we must often train ourselves in negotiating.

Definition of Negotiation

When you want to practice negotiation, you can start by getting to know what negotiation is. From this understanding, it will make it easier for you to get to know negotiations more deeply. The more you know about negotiations, the faster you will be good at negotiating. Even though, you know a lot about negotiation if you don’t put it into practice the result will be the same.

Although usually negotiations are carried out by both parties, in some cases negotiations are carried out by third parties. Third parties can be referred to as intermediary parties and usually third parties are known as mediator parties.

The interesting thing about a mediator is that he has skills in negotiating. In addition to good skills, he also has good business ethics.

According to Tommy Yuniawan in Skilled Rhetoric Speaking (2012) says that negotiation is an activity or process of communication between two parties.

According to the OJK (Financial Services Authority) negotiation is a bargain between parties to reach an agreement on quantity, price, quality, or requirements in accordance with the initial agreement.

Based on KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary), negotiation is a process of bargaining by negotiating to reach a mutual agreement between one party (group or organization) to another.

Based on the two definitions above, negotiation can be interpreted as a form of communication carried out by both parties with the intent and purpose of obtaining a mutually beneficial agreement.

Types of Negotiation

For some people, there is only one type of negotiation, that is, both benefit from an agreement. However, in reality negotiations have various types that need to be known. Here are the types of negotiations that need to be known.

1. Formal Negotiations

Formal negotiations are negotiations that can only be resolved in a formal way or in black and white. In this type of negotiation, to get a fair agreement, both parties must resolve it through legal channels. Usually formal negotiations are carried out by large companies that do not want to suffer losses when negotiating.

2. Informal Negotiations

In contrast to formal negotiations that must be resolved through legal means, informal negotiations can be completed anywhere, anytime, and with anyone. So, informal negotiations are negotiations that are carried out regardless of time, place, and person with the aim of getting an agreement.

3. Negotiations With Intermediaries

Negotiations with middle parties can be said to be negotiations carried out by negotiators with a total of two or more people, so that in order to get a fair and appropriate agreement a third party or mediator is needed.

A mediator must be neutral or impartial to one of the negotiators. The mediator’s duty is to make a fair final decision from negotiations that have been carried out by both or more parties. For example, negotiations that are resolved through legal channels.

4. Negotiations Without Intermediaries

Negotiations without an intermediate party are negotiations conducted by two or more parties to reach an agreement, but without the help of a third party. In other words, the agreement obtained from the negotiation is determined by the negotiating parties. You can see this type of negotiation when representatives of institutions or companies work with sponsors to get the right deal.

5. Collaborative Negotiations

Collaborative negotiations are agreements obtained thanks to which all parties can collaborate. In this case, the collaboration is in the form of all negotiating parties being able to express their opinions and wishes. Therefore, collaborative negotiations can be called win-win negotiations because all parties always get the best deal.

6. Domination Negotiations

Domination negotiations are negotiations where the results of the agreement are unequal or only in favor of one party, the other party only gets a loss. In short, domination negotiations only benefit one party.

Therefore, only some parties want to negotiate this domination. Thus, dominance negotiations can be said to be win-lose negotiations .

7. Accommodation Negotiations

Negotiation of accommodation negotiations that can give the opponent more advantages and the party negotiating less or less profit than the opposing party or even suffer losses.

Therefore, accommodation negotiations are also known as lose-win negotiations . When conducting these negotiations, it is best if the negotiating party continues to try to keep making a profit because if it results in a loss, the negotiating party will find it difficult to replace the loss.

8. Negotiation Avoids Conflict

Just as the name suggests, this negotiation was carried out with the aim of not continuing the conflict or not creating a new conflict. Therefore, in order to obtain this negotiation, all parties will resolve it with a cool head.

This negotiation is commonly known as a lose-lose negotiation or can be interpreted as a negotiation that both yield to the common interest.

Negotiation Text Structure

In building a negotiating text, structures are really needed so that we don’t find it difficult to make a negotiating text. Below, we will explain the structures of negotiating text that you can learn, Sinaumed’s.

1. Orientation

Orientation can be our way of starting a conversation which can usually be started by greeting, saying hello, and so on. The beginning of a good conversation is a way for negotiations to get a good deal too.

2. Submission

After starting the conversation, the next step is submission. In this submission step we will submit a bid to negotiate. This submission is usually in the form of a desire to be agreed upon by both parties.

3. Offer

Bidding is an important part of the negotiation process because bargaining can determine whether the negotiation will be successful or not. What’s more, when making an offer there will be such a thing as a difference of opinion in the form of an offer from both parties.

4. Consent

After the bidding process is successful, it will proceed to the approval section. This agreement comes from an agreement obtained from a bargaining process between the two parties.

5. Cover

The end of the negotiation process is usually a thank you or a greeting.

Negotiation Text Examples

After discussing the definition of negotiation to the types of negotiation, now is the time to give examples of negotiating texts. Check out examples of negotiating text that you need to know.

1. Examples of Fruit Sale and Purchase Negotiations

Orientation

Seller: “Please fruit that is sweet and cheap.”

Buyer: “How much is it, bro.”

Submission 

Seller: “Cheap, ma’am, one kilo is only 15 thousand.”

Buyer: “Just 2 kilos 25 thousand, okay?”

Offer 

Seller: “Not yet, ma’am. If that’s the case, I haven’t made a profit yet.”

Buyer: “Wow, 15 thousand a kilo is too expensive, bro.”

Seller: “It can be less, ma’am, but not too much, I’ll lose later.”

Buyer: “How about 13 thousand a kilo, is that okay or not?”

Seller: “Raise again, ma’am. If that’s the case, I’m lucky I’m tight, ma’am.”

Buyer: “This is the last offer, brother, 14 thousand a kilo, okay?”

Seller: “Maybe, ma’am, do the math for today’s sellers.”

Agreement 

Buyer: “So, maybe 14 thousand a kilo?”

Seller: “Okay, for my mother just give it cheap.”

Closing

Buyer: Thank you, sir. Here is the money.”

Seller: Thank you too, ma’am. Come by again tomorrow, ma’am.”

2. Examples of Negotiations in the Family Environment

Orientation

Child: “Are you and Dad busy or not?”

Mother: “Mom is also just relaxing.”

Father: “Just relaxing too, what’s wrong?”

Submission 

Child: “Look, sir, tomorrow I will have tutoring, if after tutoring I can go straight to play?”

Father: “Don’t you have any homework from school?”

Child: “Yes, sir, but it’s been done.”

Offer 

Father: “Where are you going? It is far?”

Child: “It’s close. Just playing at a friend’s house, sir.”

Mother: “Who do you play with?”

Child: “Princess, Dinda, and Vina, mom.”

Mother: “How about it, sir, can Dea play with her friends or not?”

Child: “How sir, you can play with your friends, right?”

Father: “Yes, you can play with your friends, but remember not to come home late.”

Child: “Okay, sir. Later Dea won’t be back until evening.”

Agreement 

Father: “Remember, you can play but not late at night.”

Mother: “If you play, don’t forget to eat.”

Child: “Okay, sir. Okay ma’am.”

Closing

Father: “Dea, are you not sleeping?”

Child: “Yes, sir, I’m going to go to bed right away. good night.”

Father: “Good evening.”

Mother: “Good night.”

3. Example of Negotiation of Assignment Collection

Orientation

Teacher: “Good morning, children

Students: “Good morning, sir.”

Teacher: “Have you all done your homework?”

Steven: “I haven’t done my homework yet?”

Submission 

Teacher: “Why haven’t you done your homework yet?”

Steven: “I forgot, sir, that there is an assignment today.”

Teacher: “Then what punishment do you want to be given?”

Steven: “No idea, sir.”

Offer 

Teacher: “What if you are punished to be sun-dried in the field?”

Steven: “No sir. I’ll be hot.”

Teacher: “That’s your fault for not doing your homework.”

Steven: Yes, sir, but can the sentence be changed?”

Teacher: “Okay, how about you stand in front of the class during your subject?

Steven: “The time can’t be reduced, sir?”

Teacher: “No way!”

Agreement 

Steven: “Really can’t be less time, sir?”

Teacher: “No way!”

Steven: “Okay, sir. I will stand in front of the class during your subject.”

Closing

Teacher: “Next time, don’t forget to collect assignments.”

Steven: “Okay, sir. In the future I will collect assignments.”

4. Example of Money Loan Negotiation 

Orientation

Bank employee: “Good morning, ma’am.”

Customer: “Morning, ma’am”

Submission

Bank employee: “Can I help you?”

Customer: “I want to apply for a loan for business needs. Can it?”

Bank employee: “Yes, ma’am.”

 

Offer 

Bank employee: “In our bank there are two types of money lending.”

Customer: “Both are equally good, ma’am?”

Bank employee: “Yes, ma’am, both are good. For A, the money that can be borrowed is 5 million. While for B, the money that can be borrowed is 10 million.”

Customer: “If it’s A, what are the requirements needed?”

Bank employee: “Only motor vehicle BPKB, ma’am and the interest is 2.5%.”

Customer: “For guarantees, can it be other than the motor vehicle BPKB?

Bank employee: “Not yet, ma’am.”

Customer: “How many months is the installment period?”

Bank employee: “For the installment limit of 5 months.”

Customer: “Thank you for the information, ma’am. Maybe next time I can borrow money.”

Agreement 

Bank employee: “Are you absolutely sure?”

Customer: “I’m sure, ma’am.”

Closing

Bank employee: “Thank you for coming, ma’am. See you again.”

Customer: “Okay, ma’am. Once again I thank you.”

5. Example of Compensation Negotiation

Orientation

Andi: “You broke my cellphone?”

Agus: “Yeah, sorry, I accidentally dropped it when I borrowed it.”

Submission 

Andi: “LCD glass is like this, it must be expensive.”

Agus: “If it’s expensive, it means I can’t replace it.”

Offer 

Andi: “How are you doing? If I don’t replace it, I’m afraid my parents will scold me.”

Agus: “If I change it will take a long time because I have to save first.”

Andi: (calling parents)

Andi: “Earlier I called my parents, they said there was no need to replace it, it’s okay.”

Agreement 

Agus: “Thank God. Once again, I’m sorry.”

Andi: “Yeah, it’s okay.”

Closing

Agus: “Let’s play football together later in the afternoon.”

Andi: “Okay, come to me okay.”

6. Examples of Sales and Purchase Negotiations in Narrative Form 

Orientation

As usual, every morning, mother will definitely go to the market for daily shopping. The motor vehicle that is at home is always used to deliver it to the market. Mother already has a regular shop which she thinks is cheaper than other shops.

Long story short, mom’s regular shop was closing, so mom moved to the next shop. Mother started looking for ingredients to cook today and tomorrow. Mother was confused because she forgot to bring shopping notes. After recalling it, Mother wanted to buy a kilo of chicken, ingredients for vegetable soup, ingredients for chili sauce, and spices.

Mother greeted the seller by asking the prices of some vegetables to find out whether they were very expensive or not.

Submission 

Before buying these materials, mother asked the traders the price of these materials. Mother just found out that the price of chicken is a little more expensive than the shop she frequents. Without thinking twice, my mother immediately put forward a price according to her regular shop.

The seller responds with a relaxed answer, so this proposal is continued with a bargain typical of housewives and traders.

Offer 

Mom is well known when she bargains never loses. Mother began to bid back the price of the chicken, which was originally 35 thousand to 32 thousand. The traders rejected the mother’s offer and asked to raise prices.

Mother also refused because she thought the price of the chicken was too expensive. Seemingly not wanting to lose money, the trader again asked to raise the price of the chicken. Then, mother raised the price of the chicken to 33 thousand. The trader felt that he was still losing, so he offered a price of 34 thousand, but the mother considered that price.

In the end, my mother stopped buying chicken at the shop next to her customers and moved to another shop.

Agreement 

The negotiation process did not find common ground, so an agreement was not reached. Merchants are disappointed because they have to lose customers. Meanwhile, mother was tired because she had to move to another shop.

Closing

Then the mother did the right strategy by pretending to leave so that the merchant would call her back. But what power, it turns out the merchant did not call mother back.

Also read: 

• Definition of Command Sentence
• Examples of Suggestion Sentences, Definitions, and Characteristics
• The difference between Effective and Efficient
• Scientific papers
• Example of a book review
• Definition of short stories
• Meaning of Poetry
• Definition of Non-Fiction Stories
• Characteristics of short stories
• Definition of Poetry
• Ineffective Sentences

Conclusion

Negotiations can be said to be good when both parties have reached an agreement that is mutually beneficial or a win-win solution . However, in reality, there are types of negotiations that only benefit one party. Therefore, we must be good at determining what type of negotiation suits our needs.

 

Examples of Natural Resources Derived from Plants – Living natural resources and also their benefits for the life of living things cannot be doubted. Humans, animals, and also plants cannot live without living natural resources. Where basically, living natural resources have a large enough function to meet the needs of human life.

Thus, we must pay attention to the existence of these natural resources in terms of their management so that they are not damaged. We need to understand natural resources and their benefits for the survival of humans and other living things so that they can be used optimally and effectively. In this discussion, we will review examples of natural resources derived from plants, as well as the meaning of natural resources and their extraordinary benefits for our lives.

What Are Natural Resources?

Before discussing more about natural resources and their benefits for life. This time we will first discuss what natural resources are and the types of natural resources. Based on their nature, natural resources are divided into two types, namely renewable and non-renewable natural resources.

First, renewable natural resources are a type of renewable natural resources which are natural resources that will always be available in nature and will never become extinct or run out. For example, animals, soil, water, plants, sun, and also microorganisms. Even though it will not become extinct or run out, we still have to pay attention to how to manage it so that these natural resources do not end in damage.

While the second is non-renewable natural resources. Different from the previous types of natural resources, this one has a limited amount in nature. This happens because the process of forming this one natural resource requires a very long and long time, even up to millions of years. If it is used regularly and continuously, it is feared that it will run out quickly. For example, natural resources that can be renewed, namely mining and quarrying materials such as gold, petroleum, coal, and others.

Natural Resources Derived From Plants

In addition to the types of natural resources above, there are also other types of natural resources which are usually referred to as biotic natural resources and abiotic natural resources.

Examples of biotic and abiotic resources are plants or plants. You need to know that the potential of natural resources derived from plants is high, not inferior to the potential of natural air resources. This happens because the two sources are classified as examples of renewable natural resources.

For understanding the natural resources of plants themselves, namely natural resources derived from various kinds of plants. Where its existence can be used by humans to support survival. As previously explained that plant natural resources are included in the types of renewable natural resources. Because, plants are living things that are always developing and growing. The following are some examples of natural resources derived from plants and their benefits. Listen to the end if you are interested in learning this.

Types of Plant Natural Resources

The types of plant natural resources can be categorized into three, namely forests, plantation land, and also agricultural land. For more details, see the full discussion below:

a. Forest

Forests store a lot of biodiversity which has various potentials. There are various types of plants that thrive in the forest. Plants and trees in the forest are a place to live and also a place to find food for the animals that live in it. The existence of a beautiful forest has indirectly provided benefits for human life and the living things around it.

The trees that grow in the forest will produce oxygen that we breathe every day. In addition, forests also play a role in maintaining clean air conditions. Within the forest itself there are lots of springs that can be consumed and also used by humans and other living things for their daily needs.

Indonesia itself has various types of forests consisting of tropical forests, homogeneous forests, savanna forests and mangrove forests. The potential of forest natural resources is quite a lot, can be in the form of wood or non-timber. Forest products in the form of wood can be obtained from trees whose wood parts can be utilized. Meanwhile, examples of non-timber forest products are usually sap, honey, rattan, and so on.

b. Agricultural land

Agricultural land is an area that stretches wide and is deliberately used by humans to grow crops. As for some plants or plants that are usually planted are types of plants that have economic value for sale or self-consumption. Generally, we can find agricultural land in lowland areas.

Even so, residents in the highlands can also cultivate using special techniques such as terracing techniques. Types of plants that are usually planted on agricultural land are corn, rice, glutinous rice, soybeans, green beans, vegetables, and many more.

It should be understood that agricultural land must also be supported by an irrigation system or a good irrigation system. It is intended that the yields obtained can be abundant and of good quality. In addition to a good irrigation system, agricultural technology such as seed selection and fertilization must be carried out properly. In order to obtain quality agricultural products and can be exported to various countries. The quality and quantity of agricultural products should always be improved so that they can help achieve food self-sufficiency in their own country.

c. Plantation Land

Plantation land is an area in the form of a large expanse that is deliberately used by humans to serve as a medium for the cultivation of certain plants. Types of plants that are usually cultivated here are coffee, tea, oil palm, sugarcane, and various types of fruits.

Not all types of land can be used as plantation land. The land that is used as a plantation must first be adjusted to the type of plant to be planted.

For example, for tea plantations, where the land used must be in the highlands. Meanwhile, for sugar cane plantations, it can be planted on plantation land in the lowlands. There are already various kinds of plantation products in Indonesia that have become export commodities. In fact, Indonesia is one of the countries that export the largest palm oil and coffee.

Benefits of Natural Plant Sources

All parts of plants are included in plant natural resources. Almost all parts of the plant can be used by humans. The following are some examples of natural resources of plant origin:

1. Food and Beverage Ingredients

Examples of natural resources derived from plants are the use of natural plant resources as food and beverage ingredients. Some types of plants that can be used as types of food are seed plants, vegetable plants, and trees that have fruit suitable for consumption. As for examples of plants that can be used as beverage ingredients are coffee, tea, and also sugarcane.

2. As a Building Material

Plant natural resources that can be used as building materials are tree species that have strong and sturdy wood. Wood that comes from tree trunks is initially oval or elongated. Then cut and processed into various forms of building materials.

Some are formed into pillars, tables, doors, roofs, and so forth. There are even several types of wood that are carved with certain motifs to be used as decoration. The types of trees that are usually used for wood are mahogany trees, teak trees, and acacia trees.

3. As Fuel

Examples of natural resources derived from plants are biogas or wood which are used as alternative fuels. Usually, the raw material used as biogas is the remains of plants or plants in the swamps. In addition, the export commodity plants used as fuel are oil palm. The fuel obtained from the processing of palm oil is known as biodiesel.

Where the spread of oil palm covers almost all parts of Indonesia, parts of Java, Sulawesi, Kalimantan, and also Sumatra. The high economic value of oil palm makes business owners flock to open new mustard fields by cutting down existing forests. That way, it has made the forest ecosystem unbalanced.

4. Raw Materials for Herbal Medicines

The next benefit of natural resources derived from plants is that they are used as raw materials for herbal medicines. As we know that the land in the territory of Indonesia has been overgrown by various kinds of plants that have properties as herbal medicines or traditional medicines that have been used since ancient times. Some examples of plant natural resources that can be used as herbal medicine are binahong, ginger, ginger, and crown of the gods.

5. Industrial Raw Materials

The benefits of natural plant resources are then industrial raw materials. Usually the plants used as industrial raw materials are cotton plants and also rubber trees. For the rubber tree itself, the sap is usually taken alone to be used as a material for making vehicle tires and also other equipment that requires elastic properties.

As for the cotton plant, the fiber is usually used to serve as raw material for the textile industry. The process that must be carried out to make a cloth using cotton fiber is spinning cotton fiber into a thread. Then weave the yarn until it becomes a whole cloth. In the process of weaving the yarn, it can be done manually or using modern machines.

Benefits of Biological Natural Resources

The following are some of the benefits of biological natural resources that you can get. For more details, see the discussion below:

a. Benefits in the Economic Sector

One of the biological natural resources originating from animals is fish, such as skipjack tuna, tuna, and also types of seafood such as shrimp. All of these natural resources have high economic value because they can be exported to generate a lot of foreign exchange for the country itself.

In addition, the economic value of forests in the form of wood and rattan can also be exported abroad or can be used within the country itself. Then, there are several types of plants that can produce sap products, for example resin trees, rubber trees, and pine trees.

Later the sap will be used as an oil ingredient. Not only that, medicinal plants and food plants also have high economic value. Some medicinal plants and food products can be resold in local or international markets if they are of good quality.

b. Benefits in the Field of Biology

From a biological point of view, the benefits of living natural resources are to support the life of living things, such as humans, animals and plants. One example is plants that can produce oxygen needed by human respiration and other living things.

Plants can also produce food for other living things. As for the plants in the forest, they can protect the soil from landslides and erosion and can also store water reserves for the survival of humans and other living things.

Meanwhile, agriculture and animal husbandry have used a lot of biological natural resources. Where various kinds of food and clothing come from the cultivation of plants and animals. Plants and also animals that are cultivated usually come from forests where until now there are many types that can be used to improve human welfare. Various kinds of plants and animals in the forest are a source of germplasm.

Where germplasm is a superior and distinctive trait that is passed down from generation to generation. The following are examples of several types of plants and animals that have superior characteristics, among others, resistance to drought and also pests and can produce medicines. If wild plants and animals that have superior characteristics are crossed with similar plants and animals, it is likely that superior seeds will be obtained.

c. Benefits For The Environment

In this case, natural resources are a biotic component in an ecosystem. Where green plants act as producers because they can produce food for themselves and other living things. In the process of making food carried out by green plants, it is usually called photosynthesis. These activities can reduce CO2 levels and increase O2 levels in the air.

Meanwhile, animals act as consumers, where they will release CO2 into the air when they breathe. Meanwhile, microorganisms act as decomposers whose job is to convert organic substances into dissolved inorganic substances that can be absorbed by plant roots and used to make food.

Trees in the forest can also prevent erosion and landslides. If the trees on the mountain slopes are cut down illegally, then the flowing rainwater will carry the soil surface particles into a stream of mud.

That way, as a result, during the next rainy season, more water will flow down the mountain slopes because the absorption capacity of the soil becomes less. If it’s like that, then this will turn the land into arid and the trees in residential areas will further lower the air temperature.

Book & Article Recommendations

Examples of Minor Human Rights Violations – Does Sinaumed’s know what human rights are?

Yep, HAM which stands for Human Rights are the basic rights that every human being has as a form of God’s gift since they were born. This basic right must be applied to all human beings without discriminating against ethnicity, religion, race, or certain groups.

In our country, the process of upholding human rights or human rights is carried out based on the national ideology, namely Pancasila. Especially in the 4th precept which reads Just and Civilized Humanity , so of course it puts forward human values.

In fact, juridically, these human rights have been regulated in the Constitution of the Republic of Indonesia Number 39 of 1999 concerning Human Rights, which states that if human rights are violated either intentionally or unintentionally, then the perpetrators will receive the punishment they deserve.

These human rights violations can be grouped into two forms, namely minor human rights violations and gross human rights violations. With regard to the punishment, of course it has been regulated in the 1945 Constitution.

Then, what are the examples of mild human rights violations in our environment? What is the punishment for this type of human rights violators?

Let’s look at the following description!

Examples of Minor Human Rights Violations

In the Community Environment

1. Acts of violence or beatings
2. Defamation
3. Preventing someone from expressing an opinion
4. Mistreatment of others over trivial matters
5. Not getting social justice in society
6. Slap other people
7. Committing theft
8. Obstructing someone’s worship
9. Sound the exhaust brong that can disturb the public peace
10. Burning garbage carelessly
11. Setting up loudspeakers to disturb public peace
12. Slandering others
13. Environmental pollution
14. Use of hazardous substances in food and drink
15. Comment maliciously on other people’s social media posts

In the School Environment

1. Not getting equal education and health services
2. Involved in fights
3. bullying
4. The teacher punishes his students in the form of physical punishment, such as twisting or kicking
5. The teacher discriminates his behavior towards students based on wealth and intelligence
6. Disturbing friends who are praying
7. Giving empty vaccines to students (especially in the midst of a pandemic like today)
8. Harassing friends
9. Forcing students to buy books that are not related to the lesson
10. Teachers are lazy to teach and explain material to students
11. Bullying friends
12. Disturbing friends while listening to teacher material

In the Family Environment

1. Not getting equal education and health services
2. Parents force the will of college majors on their children
3. Parents torture their children
4. Employers act arbitrarily towards household assistants and each other
5. Parents force their children to work
6. Children torture parents
7. Children do not want to care for sick parents
8. Parents do not allow their children to do refreshing activities
9. Parents do not provide nutritious food to children
10. Children commit acts of lying to parents

Punishments for Light Human Rights Violations

Every year, cases of human rights violations continue to relatively increase, both minor human rights violations and serious human rights violations. This indirectly shows the low awareness of respecting human rights in most Indonesian people. In fact, human rights themselves are clearly regulated in the 1945 Constitution Article 28.

So, in an effort to uphold human rights in Indonesia, public support is needed. In addition, society must also play an active role in respecting human rights. In order to be implemented, it is necessary to have a punishment that is a deterrent effect for violators.

What are the penalties for these minor human rights violations?

1. Imprisonment

This punishment is in the form of imprisonment for a period specified in the Criminal Code. In the Criminal Code, there are regulations that determine which actions or violations of human rights are included in criminal acts, so that the sentence regarding the number of years of imprisonment imposed can be adjusted according to the violation.

The prison sentence is divided into life imprisonment and temporary imprisonment. The minimum prison sentence is 1 year and the maximum is 20 years. During this sentence, convicts who commit minor human rights violations must stay in prison and are obliged to do work inside and outside prison, and convicts do not have the right to release a fist.

It should be noted that the right of vistol is the right of the convict to change his destiny by paying a certain fee

Then, there is also life imprisonment. This sentence is usually imposed on convicts of gross human rights violations. In life imprisonment, the sentence is calculated based on the entire remaining life of the prisoner, but in various jurisdictions the period varies.

2. Fines

This criminal penalty is in the form of a penalty involving a certain amount of money to be paid in court. There are two types of fines, namely monetary fines with a fixed amount, and daily fines that are paid according to the income of the convict of minor human rights violations.

Criminal Law Resources:

• Criminal Law, among others:

1. Book I Concerning General Provisions (Articles 1-103).
2. Book II About Crime (Articles 104-488).
3. Book III Concerning Violations (Articles 489-569)

• Laws that regulate special criminal acts made after independence include:

1. UU no. 8 Drt of 1955 concerning Immigration Crime.
2. UU no. 9 of 1967 concerning Drugs.
3. UU no. 16 of 2003 concerning Anti-Terrorism, etc.

So, those are some examples of minor human rights violations in Indonesia. Indirectly, the behaviors that we often encounter in everyday life are in fact a form of minor human rights violations, right… Has Sinaumed’s ever seen these minor human rights violations directly?

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Reference source:

• https://tribratanews.kepri.polri.go.id/
• Randang, Imelda Irina Evangelista. (2018). Protection of the rights of suspects/defendants who commit crimes of serious human rights violations according to the Criminal Procedure Code. Lex Crimen, Vol VII, No.3

Examples of main ideas that we can easily find are from books, novels, articles, to news. These four things are basically built with various main ideas in each paragraph. For example, when you read a news story, you will get the most important part of each paragraph. The most important part is usually referred to as the main idea or often also said to be the main idea.

Learning and understanding the main idea is basically a difficult thing that is difficult and easy. In determining the main idea of ​​a paragraph, you need to read and pay close attention to each sentence of the paragraph. Apart from that, questions about examples of main ideas also often come out during UTBK, especially about TPS General Knowledge and Understanding (PPU). Therefore, understanding the main idea is very important to you.

This article will explain to you examples of main ideas and how to determine the main idea of ​​a paragraph. However, before discussing examples of main ideas, it is better to review what the main ideas or main ideas mean. The following is a discussion of examples of main ideas that have been successful in a concise sinaumedia. Come on, look at the discussion of the following main ideas, OK?

A. Definition of Main Idea

Broadly speaking, the main idea can basically be understood as an idea or ideas that become the subject of the development of a paragraph. This is what makes many people also call the main idea the main idea. The main idea is usually in the main sentence of a paragraph. In addition, each paragraph will have only one main idea.

The existence of the main idea in a paragraph will greatly assist the reader in understanding and also determine the main ideas that the author wants to convey. Not only that, the main idea will really help the writer to develop his writing. The existence of explanatory sentences in a paragraph is the author’s way of developing his ideas.

Another thing to note from the main idea or main idea is that the main sentence is not always located in the first sentence. The various forms of paragraphs result in the main sentence being in the first sentence, the last sentence, or even in the first and last sentence.

B. Main Idea Characteristics

After knowing about the meaning of the main idea and its function, this section will explain the characteristics of the main idea that need attention. The following main idea characteristics will really help you in determining the main idea when reading examples of main idea questions. Some of the key features of the idea include:

1. Contains the main issues or core issues.

2. The core problem is conveyed explicitly in the main sentence.

3. The main idea has an explanatory sentence or a supporting sentence from the main sentence.

4. Explanatory sentences or supporting sentences are conveyed more specifically or explanatory.

C. How to Determine the Main Idea

After knowing about the meaning and characteristics of the main idea, here’s how to determine the main idea in a paragraph. How to determine the main idea is actually not too difficult, it’s just that you need to focus and be careful when reading each paragraph. Well, here’s a complete way you can do in determining the main idea in paragraphs.

1. Read Entire Paragraph Carefully

The first way you can do to determine the main idea of ​​a paragraph is to read the paragraph carefully and thoroughly. However, if you are working on a problem, it would be nice for you to first read the questions or instructions from the problem. It can make you more effective when reading and determining the main idea of ​​a paragraph.

If the question or order from the problem requires you to determine the main idea of ​​the entire text. After that, you can only read the text carefully according to your needs in answering the question. When reading each paragraph in a text carefully basically to make it easier for you to determine the main sentences as well as explanatory sentences effectively and efficiently.

2. Look at the First Sentence to the End

The second way you can do in determining the main idea of ​​a paragraph is by looking at the first sentence to the last sentence. The paragraph itself usually has a sentence structure consisting of several sentences that you need to pay attention to when reading it. This is done so that you can minimize sentences in paragraphs that are missed or can also be forgotten to read.

3. Read Every Sentence

The third way you can do in determining the main idea of ​​a paragraph is by reading each sentence. In some examples of existing paragraphs, the main idea is usually located at the beginning, at the end, or it could also be at the beginning and end of a paragraph. By reading carefully and thoroughly the entire text, you will be able to prevent any sentences from being missed.

4. Mark the Main Idea in Main Sentences

The third way you can do in determining the main idea of ​​a paragraph is to mark the main idea. The main idea is often in the main sentence. The main sentence itself can be understood as a sentence that contains a description or represents the contents of the entire paragraph. In addition, the main sentence consists of general statements that are detailed and studied and followed by other sentences. One of the signs of a sentence that has a main idea is a sentence that does not contain reference words such as that, those, and their endings. The main sentence uses keywords more often, starting from like is, in essence, so, the most important, in principle, as a conclusion, thus, and so on.

5. Highlight Important Information in Paragraphs

The last way you can do in determining the main idea in a paragraph is to mark important information in paragraphs. Important information from a paragraph basically contains keywords. For example, in the main sentence “Waste can cause many problems and diseases for the people around it”.

Based on the analysis of important information from the main sentence, namely garbage that can cause many problems. This information can be important for you when determining the main idea in a paragraph. Therefore, you are required to match the answer choices that best suit this information.

D. An example of how to determine the main idea in a paragraph

After understanding the meaning, characteristics and five ways to determine the main idea in a paragraph. The following will present an example to determine the main idea in a paragraph, including:

Please pay attention to the following paragraphs:

People who are about to retire need not stress. Retirement means not working, but getting a salary. Being out of service means they have less to worry about at work and more free time for leisure. If free time can be optimized with positive and productive activities, then people will not be stressed.

In this paragraph, the main idea is in the first sentence. The main idea of ​​the paragraph above is “No need to stress when facing retirement”.

Based on the analysis that has been done on other sentences. In addition to the first sentence or the second sentence and so on basically has a function as an explanatory sentence for the main sentence (first sentence). This can be seen in the following example, namely in the sentence, “Being out of service means they don’t have to worry about work and have lots of free time to relax.” This sentence has the role of referring to the main sentence or can be said to provide “reasons” regarding the question “Why do people who retire do not need to stress.”

Now, after you can understand the analysis example above, here is another example.

The mud flood disaster caused by the collapse of the Situ Gintung embankment in South Tangerang has caused various diseases. Some of the diseases that will arise after the disaster are diarrhea, typhus, leptospirosis and dengue fever. Health problems for victims and the community around the disaster site must be anticipated immediately. Some of these diseases arise because the environment is dirty and clean water sources are polluted by mud.

This paragraph basically has the main idea in its first sentence, namely “The mud flood disaster caused by the collapse of the Situ Gintung embankment in South Tangerang caused various kinds of diseases”.

If you have read carefully and thoroughly the paragraph, you can definitely see that the second sentence and so on only have a function to explain and describe the disease from the mud flood disaster. The next sentence presents more specific information, so it doesn’t show a sign as the main idea. For example, in the second sentence of the paragraph contains an example of the disease caused. In addition, the last sentence in the paragraph also explains the causes of the emergence of the disease, does not explain the causes in general.

E. Examples of questions about main ideas of paragraphs

After you can understand examples of main idea analysis in a paragraph, the following is an example of main idea questions that you can use to practice.

1. Example Question 1

Example paragraph text looking for main ideas quoted from ‘Definitely TOP Success in SD/MI 2016 Exams’ published by Duta Publisher

Turning Used Goods into Works

Recycling is the activity of reprocessing unused items into new works. Used goods that can be recycled, including drink bottles, newspapers, and rags. Recycling is done to prevent many items from being wasted.

There are many benefits of recycling used goods, one of which can increase income. We can sell recycled handicrafts. In addition, recycling used goods can be a useful activity for children. Used items that children can recycle, such as old newspapers. The way to recycle used newspapers is quite easy, namely by soaking used newspaper that has been torn into a bucket filled with water for a day and a night. Then, the newspaper is blended and mixed with glue. The results of recycled newspapers can be formed into various creations.

Leftover fabrics or rags can be made into dolls or multipurpose storage containers. Various ways of making dolls from patchwork can be found on the internet. You won’t have any trouble making items out of the patchwork.

Quoted from Koran Berani, 6 November 2015, with changes

1. The main idea of ​​the third paragraph in the text ‘Turning Used Goods into Works’ is…

A. the benefits of recycling used newspapers
B. the benefits of recycling rags
C. how to recycle used goods
D. collecting rags

Answer B

Discussion:

The main idea of ​​the third paragraph in the text is contained in the first sentence. The first sentence explains the benefits of patchwork that can be used to make dolls or multi-purpose storage.

2. Sample Question 2

The text of the paragraph is quoted from the book ‘Collection of Questions and Discussion of the 2009 STAN Entrance Examination’ published by Kawan Pustaka

The focus of the driver in a moving vehicle is to look ahead through the windshield, not the rearview mirror. Focusing on the mirror will affect the speed of the vehicle and it is not impossible to cause an accident. The use of the rear view mirror is only occasional and every time it is used only for an instant, not for long (Kompas, 9 July 2007)

2. The main idea of ​​the paragraph above is

A. the driver’s main task is to look at the windshield
B. the use of the rearview mirror is sufficient at times
C. the effect of the rearview mirror on vehicle speed and accidents
D. the driver must look ahead

Answer A

Discussion:

The main idea of ​​a paragraph is the subject matter or subject matter. The main idea is general in nature and explained by specific explanatory ideas.

3. Sample Question 3

The text of the paragraph is quoted from the book ‘Definitely TOP Success in SD/MI 2014 Exams’ published by Duta Publisher

The Jakarta – Merak Toll Road Section is Uncomfortable

As a user of the Jakarta – Merak, Banten toll road, especially the Cikupa-Cilegon section, I really feel uncomfortable. Every day there are sections of the road that are repaired, then half of the roads are closed. As a result, traffic jams and long lines. For those who go with high punctuality, don’t expect to be on time.

For the Cilegon-Cikupa direction, there are currently seven location points where the road sections are being repaired. The repair length varies between 1 and 2 kilometers, namely at Kilometer 74, Kilometer 65, Kilometer 56, Kilometer 51, Kilometer 49, Kilometer 44 and Kilometer 31.

Toll roads really need to be repaired so that toll users can be comfortable, safe, without obstacles. However, the problem seems to be that the repair never ends. In the last two years there have been toll roads that have been repaired. Sometimes those that were repaired were about 100 meters, but roads that were closed were more than 0.5 kilometers. The funny thing is, the road that had been repaired a few months later cracked again.

Is it possible for toll road repairs to be arranged in such a way so that traffic jams do not occur at multiple points at the same time? As a toll road user who has paid a high price, of course we hope that by using the toll road, the trip will be smooth.

3. The main idea of ​​the second paragraph in the text is…

A. the number of damaged roads
B. the direction of the repaired roads
C. the location of the damaged roads
D. the length of the repaired roads

Answer C

4. Sample Question 4

Fuel oil has a variety of uses. Motorcycles use pertalite fuel. Diesel-engined vehicles use diesel fuel. Airplanes use avtur as fuel. Housewives use kerosene as fuel for oil stoves.

4. The main idea of ​​the paragraph is ….

A. uses of fuel oil
B. various types of vehicles
C. household fuel
D. benefits of pertalite and kerosene

Answer key: A

5. Example Question 5

Traffic accidents on the highway are caused by various things. Many road users do not obey traffic rules. For example speeding, violating traffic signs, and wanting to win alone. In addition, many vehicles are not equipped with mirrors. If all road users obey the rules, then traffic accidents can be reduced.

5. The main idea of ​​the paragraph is ….

A. observance of traffic on the highway
B. awareness of traffic on the highway
C. causes of road accidents
D. reduce road accidents

Answer key: C

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Examples of loanwords – loanwords have many forms and origins. Indonesian itself has a large number of loanwords. When examined based on history, the Indonesian language was originally derived from the Malay language. The characteristics of an open language make an open language so that it can always develop.

In everyday life, there are many examples of this absorption word, both those we are used to and those we have never heard of. Indonesian quite a lot absorbs several other cultures, for example Javanese, Sanskrit, Arabic, Dutch, Hokkien or Chinese, Portuguese, English, and so on.

Well, this article will show you examples of loanwords in Indonesian. However, before heading to the example of absorption words, it’s a good idea to go back to discussing the meaning of absorption words first.

A. Definition of Loan Words

An absorption word can basically be defined as a word that is absorbed from another language, but it’s still based on the rules of the recipient’s language. This ultimately creates an example of an absorption word in Indonesian which is actually a word that has fulfilled the main linguistic conventions of Indonesian, both from spelling, speech, to writing.

The absorption word itself can be caused by many factors that influence it. For example, in Indonesian, borrowed words that appear in society and enter Indonesian are usually influenced by factors of community interaction. However, in several examples language absorption was found to be influenced by scientific and technological developments from various fields and life.

In carrying out absorption, Indonesian has several ways, starting from adoption (collection in its entirety), then adaptation (adjustment to spelling and speech), and collection or translation (adjustment of a foreign language according to phonology and morphology). As stated above, Indonesian is an open language, so it will be very easy to develop.

The language has many examples of loanwords, many words that are absorbed come from Sanskrit, Arabic, Dutch, Hokkien, Portuguese and English. There are thousands of examples of loanwords in Indonesian which are formed to make it easier to understand a particular term.

B. Examples of loan words from Javanese

It’s easy to find Indonesian which actually comes from Javanese. This is of course influenced by the factor of the population of the country of Indonesia. Not only that, Javanese is also referred to as the largest language among other regional languages ​​native to Indonesian society.

The following is an example of an absorption word from Javanese:

1. Completed = completed = finished

2. Easy = easy = not heavy/not difficult

3. Burnt = charred = burned to the ground

4. Big = big = more than medium size

5. Joget = dance = rhythmic body movements

6. Anyar = new = never existed

7. Dasa = ten = 10th after 9th

8. Warsa = year = a period of 12 months

9. Besan = parents-in-law = family by marriage

10. Son-in-law = son-in-law = marrying off a child

11. Bude = big mother = mother’s/father’s older sister

12. Bindeng = nasal = nasal

13. Snub = flat nose = flat nose

14. Literacy = not sleeping = awake

15. Gingsul = misaligned teeth = growing teeth irregularly

16. Andong = gig = rented horse-drawn carriage

17. Manut = obey = like to obey

18. Resign = step down = no longer hold office

19. Manners = small talk = customary manners

20. Event = event = organize, invite

21. Caraka = caraka = envoy, ambassador.

22. Bandha = object = wealth

23. Wiyata = wiyata = teaching, lesson

24. Kanca = konco = friend, friend, helper, accomplice

25. Alum = alum = wither, languish

26. Bablas = bablas = to go on, vanish, die

27. biting = biting = a pin made from a stick to pin the wrapping leaves

28. Glenik = glenik = speak slowly about small things, empty promises

29. Joglo = joglo = typical Javanese building style

30. Palagan = palagan = war, battle, battlefield

B. Examples of loan words from Sanskrit

Sarujin in his work says that Indonesian has two ways of absorbing Sanskrit, either directly or indirectly. Sanskrit itself can be said to be the language that entered Old Javanese first. There are lots of old words that were commonly used in the Old Javanese era until they were finally absorbed and entered into Indonesian.

The following is an example of loanwords from Sanskrit:

1. religion (āgama): din; sacred tradition

2. script (akṣara): letters

3. various (assorted): all kinds

4. read (vaca): interpret writing

5. like (bhāga): similar

6. language (bhāṣa): accent

7. chili (cavi): chili

8. story (carita): story

9. manner (ācāra): conduct

10. thirst: thirst, resistance to the government

11. funds: money

12. suffering (dhṛta): tribulation

13. eka: one

14. double: two

15. style: style

16. graha (gṛha): house, building

17. treasure (artha): money, material wealth

18. despicable: low

19. cubits: hand

20. rhythm (virama): rhythm

21. palace (āsthāna): the king’s residence. See palace

22. special (āstām eva): special

23. jagat (jagat): world

24. prosecutor (adhyakṣa): the prosecutor in a court of justice

25. soul (jīva): spirit

26. district (from the word bhūpati): the area of ​​government of a regent

27. because (kāraṇa): cause

28. karma (karma): result

29. profit (labha): profit

30. song (laghu): chant

31. cross: cross

32. honey (madhu): a sweet liquid bee product

33. young (mūḍha): not old

34. partners: Friends, colleagues

35. name (nāma): designation or nickname

36. country: part of the country

37. hell (naraka): hell

38. lotus: flower

39. five (pañca): five

40. post (paścat): after

41. body: body

42. Rupiah (rūpya): Indonesia’s currency

43. willingly: willingly

44. sabda (sabda): word, word

45. sakti (śakti): supernatural power

46. ​​ocean (ocean): a large sea

47. bear (tyaga): don’t care

48. tuna: To lose (from having to not having) / not having.

49. farmer: farmer

50. air (air): a substance in the earth’s atmosphere

51. camel (uṣṭra): a type of animal that lives in the desert

52. effort (upāya): power, stratagem

53. discourse (vacana): discourse

54. vehicle (vāhana): medium, vehicle

55. citizen: clan

56. foundation (based on yaśa): institution. See also services.

C. Examples of loanwords from English

The following are examples of loanwords from English:

1. Access = access = entrance

2. Accommodation = accommodation = something that is provided for needs

3. Actor = actor = cast of the story

4. Ballpoint = ballpoint pen = filled pen

5. Balloon = balloon = large coffers of rubber

6. Bus = bus = public transportation vehicle

7. Bomb = bomb = bullet-shaped weapon

8. Calm = calm = not in a hurry

9. Calendar = calendar = list of days and months in a year

10. Campus = campus = college

11. Career = career = position

12. Coffee = coffee = coffee fruit

13. Department = department = government agency

14. Detergent = detergent = material for cleaning clothes

15. Dilemma = dilemma = a difficult situation to make a choice

16. Design = design = form framework

17. Ethnic = ethnic = custom, ethnicity

18. Evacuation = evacuation = rescue from disaster

19. Fashion = fashion = style of dress

20. Feminine = feminine = dealing with women, being female, resembling women

21. Innovation = innovation = income, introduction of new things, updates

22. Insecticide = insecticide = chemical compound to kill insects

23. Instant = instant = directly drinkable or eaten

24. Juice = juice = fruit juice

25. Keeper = goalkeeper = goalkeeper

26. Landscape = landscape = layout outside the building, the total number of aspects of each area

27. Legislative = legislative = authorized to make laws

28. Marginal = marginal = related to the limit, not very profitable

29. Nuance = nuance = very subtle variation or difference, sensitivity to

30. Science = science = science in general, systematic knowledge about nature and the physical world, botany, physics, chemistry, geology, zoology, and so on.

D. Examples of absorption words from Arabic

The following is an example of an absorption word from Arabic:

1. century (ابد century) = 100 years

2. nature (عالم `ālam) = world

3. alphabet (ابجد alphabet) = script

4. chapter (باب bāb) = chapter, sargah

5. body ( body) = body

6. inner (bāṭin) = deep

7. propositions (dalīl) = evidence, thesis points, arguments

8. prayer ( du`ā’ ) = pray

9. world ( dunya) = universe

10. spell (هجأ hijā’) = how to write, set characters, spelling

11. benefit = makma

12. understand = understand

13. dawn = early in the morning

14. occult (unseen) = lost; invisible

15. robe ( qamīṣ) = long dress

16. passion ( ghaira) = desire

17. Hebrew = the language of the Jewish nation, ratio to the descendants of the Prophet Abraham

18. Eid al-Adha, Eid al-Fitr = Muslim holiday

19. Schedule = schedule

20. Friday = the fifth day of the week

21. corpse = corpse

22. content (قدر) = size

23. Worried = Hesitating

24. Doomsday (قيامة) = Resurrection Day

25. usual = common, usual, usual

26. dialect = accent, dialect

27. Proficient (ماهر) = One who is clever or clever

28. Lazy from mallets (ملت) = tired, weary

29. Paper = maqalatun

30. prophet = God’s messenger to mankind

31. Naughty = abuse

32. Christians = followers of Christianity, from Nazareth absorption

33. person = someone

34. Pas = Bas which is usually interpreted as enough

35. Al-Qur’an = holy book of Muslims

36. people = citizens

37. Official (رسمي) = official

38. Fortune = fortune

39. Moment = hour (time)

40. Saturday = the seventh day of the week

41. satan = devil

42. soap = sobuun

43. Ta’jil = a dish for breaking the fast, especially sweet foods such as compote, dates, etc.

44. Sufism = the science of Sufism

45. Divorce = divorce = divorce between husband and wife, release of marriage ties

46. ​​horizon ( ufuq) = firmament, horizon

47. scholar (علماء ulamā’ ) = religious teacher

48. umma (أمة umma) = religious community

49. plague ( wabā’ ) = an infectious disease that spreads quickly

50. died ( wafāh) = died

51. face ( wajh) = face

52. Jew (يهودي Yahūdī) = a nation in the Middle East

53. believe (ياقين yaqīn) = believe

54. namely (يعني ya`nī) = namely

55. olive (زيتون zaitūn) = a type of fruit or tree from the Mediterranean or Mediterranean region

56. penis = penis, male genitalia

57. pilgrimage = pilgrimage of worship

E. Examples of loan words from Dutch

The following is an example of loanwords from Dutch:

1. absence

2. academy (academie)

3. ballad (ballade)

4. bankrupt (bankroet)

5. chocolate (chocolade)

6. dance (dansen)

7. tie (das)

8. service (dienst)

9. egotisch

10. echelon (echelon)

11. invoice (factuur)

12. function

13. alley (alley)

14. free (free)

15. stop (stop)

16. almost (amperes)

17. idea (idee)

18. break even (break even)

19. jamboree (jamboree)

20. suit (suit, overjacket)

21. turkey (chalcoene)

22. office (office)

23. labile (labile)

24. duct tape (plaque band)

25. realtor (broker)

26. absent (mankeren)

27. pineapple (ananas)

28. dapper (netjes)

29. oil (oil)

30. omg (oom)

31. factory (fabriek)

32. initial (paraphrase)

33. exactly

34. parsley (parsley)

35. rack (rack)

36. raid (razz)

37. screen printing (sjabloon)

38. sanctie

39. appraise (taxeren)

40. pliers (pliers)

41. vandel (vandel)

42. rims (rims)

43. default (default)

44. sink (sink)

F. Examples of loanwords from Portuguese

The following is an example of loanwords from Portuguese:

1. Acta = deed = letter of evidence containing a statement

2. Fleet = fleet = group of one unit

3. Banco = bench = board and so on

4. Bataco = brick = made from a mixture of sand and cement

5. Garfo = fork = shaft

6. Janela = window = vent

7. Jornal = journal = daily record

8. Caldo = broth = stewed meat

9. Campo = village = village; hamlet

10. Leilao = auction = sale in front of many people

11. Manteiga = butter = condensed fat

12. Falso = false = fake

13. Pen = pen = tool for writing with ink

14. Saco = pocket = pocket on a shirt, skirt, pants

15. Escola = school = building for learning

16. Trigo = flour = wheat flour

17. Mandador = foreman = supervisor of work

18. Dona = miss = unmarried daughter

19. Onda = waves = movement of sea water up and down

20. Ink = ink = colored liquid

21. Tent = tent = camp

22. Pen = pen = tool for writing with ink

23. Lace = lace = openwork made from crocheted threads

24. Wheel = wheel = wheel, wheel

25. Natal = christmas = the birth of someone, the birth of Jesus Christ

G. Examples of loanwords from Hokkien (China)

The following is an example of an absorption word from Hokkien:

1. Angpao = red envelope = small envelope where money is placed

2. Anglo = brazier = small stove with charcoal

3. Noodles = noodles = noodles

4. Grass jelly = grass jelly = cold drink

5. Dim sum = dimsum = traditional Chinese dish

6. Encang = uncle/uncle = brother of mother/father

7. Encing = aunt = sister of mother/father

8. Lipstick = lipstick = lipstick

9. Soy sauce = soy sauce = processed soy bean liquid

10. Lou-cheng = attic = ceiling of the house

11. Lun-pia = spring rolls = snacks made from flour dough

12. Mihun = vermicelli = fine noodles

13. Bishou = knife = thin and sharp iron blade

14. Tauhu = tofu = food made from white soybeans

15. Teh-ko = teapot = earthenware kettle

16. Wushu = wushu = martial art

17. Luck = hockey = luck; fate

18. Chinese New Year = Chinese New Year

19. Marry = marry = form a family

20. Noodles = noodles = food ingredients made from wheat flour

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Examples of Less Commendable Traits – Basically, humans have two characteristics, namely commendable traits and less commendable traits. Both are naturally human. Humans can do commendable or dishonorable things.

When people make mistakes, they should correct them. Especially mistakes that harm others. If you don’t want to be harmed, then you shouldn’t belittle or even harm others.

As a human being can not always do good or commendable. Commendable itself in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) is interpreted as very good; famous for its goodness; very noble; sublime. Praiseworthy traits should be carried out by all human beings without exception. Although it’s hard to stay consistent.

Examples of Praiseworthy Traits

Launching from the Bobo.grid.id page , here are examples of commendable traits that can be practiced in everyday life.

1. Be Responsible

Being responsible is a serious action and accepting all the risks. Being responsible will make Sinaumed’s able to carry out his obligations properly and become one of the laudable traits. For example, after every meal, Sinaumed’s has to wash the dishes as a form of responsibility for the dirty dishes used for food.

2. Be honest

Honest is an action that is in accordance with the facts or truth and does not hide anything. Being honest can save Sinaumed’s and avoid lying. For example, when taking an exam, you have to be honest and you can’t copy other people’s answers.

3. Trust

Trust means trustworthy. Sinaumed’s must be a person who can be trusted both in words and actions. The nature of trust can be a provision to become a leader for yourself or others. For example, we must be trustworthy when carrying out tasks or responsibilities that have been given and completed properly.

4. Humble

Humility is an attitude that is aware of one’s own abilities and is not arrogant. By having humility, we can realize our mistakes and correct them. For example, friends still have to be humble about what we have even though other people see this as an advantage.

5. Please Help

Please help is an attitude of helping others who are in trouble and lighten their burden. The attitude of mutual help must be maintained because in principle humans as social beings still need the help of others. For example, when a friend is in trouble, he must be helped as much as we can.

6. Tolerance

Tolerance is an attitude that respects fellow human beings from wherever they come from and from any background. We as humans must tolerate each other and respect the differences that exist around us.

Differences are not an obstacle to making friends and relating to anyone. For example, when we have friends of different religions at school, we have to be friends regardless of their religion and ethnicity.

7. Generous

Generosity is an attitude that gives some of what we have to others who need it more. For example, when a natural disaster occurs, Sinaumed’s can help with donations in the form of money, groceries or clothes.

8. Not wasteful

Not extravagant attitude should be owned by all humans. Not wasteful means spending something on the right things and needed. For example, don’t buy things on the market place if you don’t really need them. So, the money that is owned can be right on target and not wasted in vain.

9. Keep Promises

When we make a promise, we must keep it. Thus, people will believe in us and maintain a good relationship. For example, when you promise to go to the night market, you have to keep it, not just walk away with a thousand excuses.

10. Be patient

Patience in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) is defined as being resistant to trials (not easily angry, not easily discouraged, not easily broken hearted); stoic; calm; unhurried; not impetuous.

Simply put, patience is an attitude of holding back desires that have not been achieved. For example, if others treat us badly, we must always be patient and not reciprocate with badness either.

11. Respect for Elders

When we meet older people, we must respect them. When talking to parents, you should use polite language and behave appropriately in front of your parents.

12. Not Envy

Not jealous today is a commendable trait that must be instilled in oneself. Envy is a bad trait because it wants what others have and harbors hatred. For example, Sinaumed’s should not be jealous when a friend or neighbor buys something. We should not be jealous of achievements or things that others buy.

13. Confident

Confidence in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) is interpreted as believing in one’s own abilities or strengths. This trait is certainly part of a commendable trait because it can positively influence other people and makes us not hesitate in taking action.

For example, when answering questions the teacher must remain confident even though the answers given are not quite right or even wrong. In addition, this self-confidence is also needed in daily activities such as dressing. When getting dressed, you have to walk confidently even if you mix and match the wrong colors.

14. No Profanity

Profanity occurs when someone says something inappropriate. For example swear words, swear words, or other bad words. By keeping his word, Sinaumed’s has done a commendable deed.

15. Not Doing Persecution

Persecution in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) is defined as cruel acts (such as torture, oppression). Not doing wrong to others is included in a commendable character because it does not harm others.

Examples of Less Commendable Traits

As humans, we must avoid traits that are less than commendable. Launching from various pages on the internet, the following are traits that are not commendable that may not be done on purpose.

• Littering.
• Being impolite and unfriendly to family, neighbors, and friends.
• Wasteful in using water and electricity.
• Ignoring other people who are in trouble (not giving help to those in need).
• Do not participate in community service activities in the environment.
• Say rude and hurtful to others.
• Not doing assignments.
• Throwing plastic bags.
• Burning plastic waste.
• Do not like cleaning and tidying up the room.
• Reckless cutting of trees. Hunting for rare animals.
• Lying or not telling the truth and committing slander.
• Disobeying the regulations in force in Indonesia.
• Breaking the law.
• Take away the rights of others.
• Breaking the law or using the law at will.
• Do not carry out development that does not pay attention to nature and oppresses others.

Bad Attitudes That Should Not Be Tolerated

Everyone must have bad attitudes, but there are some attitudes that should not be tolerated. Launching from the Hallosehat.com page, here are some bad attitudes that should not be tolerated or given concessions.

1. Manipulative

Someone who has a manipulative attitude will control the people around him to get what he wants. Manipulative people can do various ways to make Sinaumed’s the victim feel guilty and suspect themselves.

When the victim knows the bad character of someone who is manipulative, he will insist on denying reality and reverse the accusations against Sinaumed’s. In this case, the perpetrator will change Sinaumed’s’ perception that he is the real victim in this situation.

2. Like Underestimating Others

As humans, we need criticism as learning material. However, some of the criticism that came in seemed to belittle, ridicule, and even drop the character with unpleasant remarks. This behavior is not an attitude that needs to be tolerated.

Speeches that are longer will reduce the trust and self-esteem of those who receive them. Disdain can also be seen from someone’s absence from promises made or not paying attention to what Sinaumed’s said.

3. Don’t Want To Listen

Sinaumed’s certainly has met or had contact with people who would not listen and refused to discuss the problems that occurred in the relationship. This behavior should be avoided.

This attitude is included in the less commendable and manipulative nature. People who don’t listen tend to think that they are always right and the other person is always wrong. Such people should be avoided.

4. Making Sinaumed’s helpless

Making Sinaumed’s powerless is almost the same as gaslighting, but it is more done to make Sinaumed’s powerless, to stop Sinaumed’s from speaking, and to put Sinaumed’s under his control.

This method is done to take advantage of various things he knows about Sinaumed’s. Someone who makes other people helpless will make nervous when angry or show Sinaumed’s weakness to others.

At first, this behavior is difficult to see and detect. However, this attitude becomes a pattern that persists throughout the course of the relationship. Therefore, this attitude is a bad attitude that should not be tolerated.

5. Likes to insult

Laughing, making fun of, and showing bad physical gestures such as rolling the eyes with the aim of insulting others are included in bad behavior that should not be tolerated. In every relationship, whether romantic or family, there must be mutual respect and appreciation.

Insults through words and attitudes have shown that Sinaumed’s is worth avoiding. Especially if the Sinaumed’s couple does this, then the relationship should be ended.

6. Venting Emotions on Sinaumed’s

Dr. Craig Malkin wrote a book called Rethinking Narcism which states that venting emotions is one of the ways that narcissistic people often do. Narcissistic people try to show their emotions and anger to others.

The method is quite diverse, one of which is by clenching your fists and tightening your jaw muscles until your face turns red. In this way, he will try to make other people angry and dominate other people’s feelings.

7. Ignoring Sinaumed’s’ Thoughts and Feelings

Don’t ignore or suppress Sinaumed’s’ feelings and thoughts. Either by laughing at it or not attaching importance to what Sinaumed’s said. Because, every relationship must respect each other’s opinions and feelings. If the opposite happens, then Sinaumed’s needs to rethink this relationship.

8. Often pressures Sinaumed’s to do something

Closest friends or even relatives can pressure him into complying. They can pressure and even force them to do things that Sinaumed’s don’t want. For example using drugs, drinking alcohol, having sex, signing contracts, and so on.

These pressures can be expressed implicitly or explicitly. For example, “Come on, just try one. Everyone here has tried it too, really.” Some people will probably want to do it because they feel shy and afraid of not having friends anymore.

However, this attitude is not good because it will make you do unwanted things. Friends or environment like this should be shunned and abandoned. Such people should not be accompanied or maintained a relationship.